P-39-DEVICHEM-CHEMICAL-32018

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

(EIA) REPORT
FOR

PROPOSED BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES

MANUFACTURING UNIT
BY

DEVI CHEMSCIENCE PVT. LTD. (DCPL)

PLOT NO. C-174/1, MIDC CHINCHOLI,
TAL.: MOHOL, DIST.: SOLAPUR,
MAHARASHTRA STATE

PREPARED BY

TM

EQUINOX ENVIRONMENTS (I) PVT. LTD.,

ENVIRONMENTAL; CIVIL & CHEMICAL ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS & ANALYSTS,
KOLHAPUR (MS)
E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
AN ISO 9001 : 2015 & QCI - NABET ACCREDITED ORGANIZATION

2018 - 2019

       
  

   
 ! " #   $ #  %  & '  & ( ' ) 
%  * + , -

                                     .  /

0 1 2 3 4 5 2 0 0
 6  7  8  9    8 : ;  / < 6     : 7 8 =  / < >   ?   : 6   =    >    / @        =  8  

0
= = 8       =      A  B =   C 8  =  C A  D 8             9  ?   9        8    = ?  9    ?   ?  =  C

E    7    =  C        C 8   =     9    8     8  /   F = 8  C   C       ?   8   9     D 


% 
8     9  8   = : 8  D   D       C C 8 = 9  = = 8   = F 8               C   9   8 9    ?    =   /

1
;   8     F   C    C 9   ?    8   = F    = =  ? ?     8 D   C   8      A  B G  ?    ?   ?   8  

1  H ' I J ! "  $ K L ' I J M J &

8  ?   = =  C      / >   8            =  C ?    8   F 8   7 8   9   

F =  F  =  8      =  8     8   C   8      9    =    = = 8       / ;       D      9  > 8  N

@       :    = = 8 =   9  :  C ?    ?    = ?   =       C      ?   C  9  8   : ?   9  = =  =  C C   8  =  

    9    8       6  / O 8 D   G F   C 7  / >  =  8    P C  8 = C    ? ?   9 8   C / B  =  :   

1 0 - Q
9   ?    8     =      7 8 = C    9    F   C   C     /

% H R S ' )  H ' * T J U L J ! J $ & ,  H ' )

H " ' * $ V H J ( J
   =         ;  9   8 9  7 8   9    =     

L J ! J $ & ,  H ' I J ! ( J "  J $  ,  H ' T ' W ' %  " &  ,

H ' W ' L '  R X 
H '
 C      ?      C   ?    =  C

 $ J U Z V ! J H  V H J Z V X J
Y       8  [    C  8     9     8 [   8   = 8     A  B =   C 8  =  C   ?   

?   ?   8   / 7  = ? 8      8  [  =  = 9   C    = 8       8 D   = 8  8  = : 9       =  C  F  ?     = = 8   = :    

F     F  = D 8  [   :    8   :         9  = =   8  ?   = \  8   C D 8 = 8  =  C C 8 = 9  = = 8   = /

0 1
6  =         A  B >   C           =    9  8 D  9      C  8    C 9   C 8          8     = 

1
         C 8  ?   = C   8         8    8   :   ?    ?   ?   8    C ?   =     8   = / ;        = 

  ?    =   D  8   =    9  8      =  D  9     8 [    C    8  [  =  /

Q 1
=  [           =  :    9     8 [   8   =            9   8 9  =       [   =  C  [         

8 =  =  C    ? ?   9 8   C     /

 I ' L  I
] ^ I 

_ ` a b c d b d e f g h i g d d b

0
 8    j 6 7

- Q - Q
A k  8    A  D 8        = l   C 8 m D  /  C / l A A  m \ P    ?  
 CERTIFICATE
Declaration by Expert contributing to the EIA in respect of proposed Bulk Drugs and
intermediates manufacturing unit by “Devi Chemscience Pvt. Ltd. (DCPL)” to be setup at Plot
No. C-174/1 at Chincholi MIDC, Taluka: Mohol, District: Solapur.

We, hereby, certify that we were a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed
the above EIA.

Project Number P-39-DEVICHEM-CHEMICAL-32018

EIA Coordinators
Name :
Dr. Ramdas Wani

: Ms. Sulakshna Ayarekar

Period of Involvement : December 2017 –December 2018

Contact Information : [email protected]

Functional Area Expert:

Sr. Functional Name of the Involvement

Signature
No. Area expert/s (Period & Task)
1 WP Dr. Sangram December 2017 – August 2018
Ghugare • Study of process and operations
• Site visit and finalization of water
sampling locations
• Preparation of water balance and
identification of wastewater
generation.
• Evaluation of water pollution &
control management
• Identification of impacts, suggestion
and finalization of mitigation
measures
• Study on Treatment of effluents
through existing ETP and to be
upgraded under proposed expansion
was contemplated and designs were
done accordingly.
2 EB Prof. (Dr.) Jay March 2018 – May 2018
Samant • Selection of Site for conducting
ecological & wildlife surveys.
• Interaction with Govt. offices and
agencies for certain secondary data
and information pertaining to region
specific issues
Dr. Rohan Lad • Review of rules, legislation and
criteria towards knowing and
understanding inclusion in the study
region of any eco-sensitive zones,
Sr. Functional Name of the Involvement
Signature
No. Area expert/s (Period & Task)
wild life sanctuary.
• Collection, compilation and
presentation of the data as well as
incorporation of same in to the Draft
EIA report.
3 SE Dr. Anuradha March 2018 – May 2018
Samant • Collection of data on socio-economic
aspects in study area through surveys.
• Public opinions and recording of
events for future industrialization in
Mr. Neeraj the study area.
Powar • Study of sociological aspects like
human settlement, demographic and
infrastructural facilities available in
study area.
• Compilation of primary and
secondary data and its inclusion in
EIA report.
4 AP Mr. Yuvraj December 2017 - June 2018
Damugade • Involved in detailed study of mass
balance w.r.t. raw materials &
products especially from view point
of process emissions.
• Site visit and finalization sampling
locations
• Identification of impact and
suggesting the mitigation measures.
5 AQ Mr. Yuvraj December 2017 - June 2018
Damugade • Designing of Ambient AQM network
for use in prediction modeling and
micro metrological data development
• Development and application of air
quality models in prediction of
pollutant dispersion,
• Plotting of isopleths of GLCs, Worst
case scenarios prediction w.r.t.
source and receptors.
6 HG Dr. J.B. Pishte March 2018 – May 2018
• Hydro geological studies, data
processing; analysis and evaluation,
Ground water table measurement and
monitoring network methodology
preparation.
Mr. Vaibhav • Planning and scheduling of
7 GEO groundwater sampling stations in the
Survase
region.
• Study of geology & general
geological configuration of the region
as well as sub-surface geology.
• Determination of impact and
suggesting mitigation measures
Sr. Functional Name of the Involvement
Signature
No. Area expert/s (Period & Task)
8 SHW Dr. Sangram December 2017 – May 2018
Ghugare • Detailed study of manufacturing
process and mass balance.
• Solid wastes generation in different
steps of manufacturing was identified
and their quantification done was
checked.
• Identification of various hazardous
wastes generated through
manufacturing process.
• Practices of storage and disposal of
HW its impact and mitigation
measures.
9 RH Dr. Ramdas May 2018
Wani. • All the necessary literature for
processes storage of hazardous
chemicals was studied before visit.
• Site visit and Verification of
adequacy of on-site emergency
preparedness plan for proposed unit
was done.
• Identification of probable
emergencies and procedures for
preparedness for handling the same
was verified.
• Worst case analysis by using
ALOHA, Ware house safety
measures, suggestion of mitigation
measures.
10 NV Mr. Vinay December 2017 - May 2018
Kumar Kurakula • Verification of noise levels
Monitoring (both work zone and
11 LU ambient) in the industrial premises
and study region
• Finalization and verification of
sampling locations, ambient noise
monitoring stations and the data
collected.
• Land use land cover mapping
using NRSC Satellite image,
• Satellite image processing, Image
classification, Technical analysis
and study for setting up of facility,
planning of storage facility.
12 SC Mr. B. S.Lole March 2018 – May 2018
• Involvement physical analysis &
characterization of the soils.
• Identification of Impact and its
mitigation measures
• Interpretation of soil analysis,
Sr. Functional Name of the Involvement
Signature
No. Area expert/s (Period & Task)
results and data including
comparison of same with standard
soil classification.
• Collection, study and evaluation
of soil information from data
obtained from secondary sources
& its interpretation.

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person:

I, M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur, Environmental , Civil &
Chemical Engineers, Consultants and Analysts, hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts
prepared the final EIA in respect of Bulk Drugs and intermediates Manufacturing Unit of ‘Devi
Chemscience Pvt. Ltd. (DCPL).’ located at Plot No. C-174/1 at Chincholi MIDC , Taluka:
Mohol , District: Solapur, MS.

I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading
information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Name: Dr. Sangram P. Ghugare, Chairman & MD

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL);
Kolhapur.
 ABBREVIATIONS
AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
AGL Above Ground Level
AP Air Pollution
AQ Air Quality
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards
BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand
CGWB Central Ground Water Board
CMD Cubic Meter per Day
CO Carbon Monoxide
CO 2 Carbon Dioxide.
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CPU Condensate polishing Unit
CREP Corporate Responsibility For Environmental Protection
CER Corporate Environment Responsibility
CTE Consent to Establish
CTO Consent to Operate
CWC Central Water Commission
dB (A) Decibel (Ambient)
DG Diesel Generator
DIRD Directorate of Irrigation Research and Development
DO Dissolved Oxygen
EAC Expert Appraisal Committee
EB Ecological Biodiversity
EC Environmental Clearance
EEIPL Equinox Environments India Pvt. Ltd.
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMP Environmental Management Plant
EPA Environmental Protection Act
ETP Effluent Treatment Plant
GEO Geology
GIB Great Indian Bustard
GLC Ground Level Conservation
GSDA Ground Water Survey and Development Agency
HG Hydrology, Ground Water and Water Conservation
HSD High Speed Diesel
IMD Indian Metrological Department
IRS Indian Remote Sensing
IS Indian Standards
ISO International Organization For Standardization
KL Kilo Liter
KLPD Kilo Liter per Day
KVA Kilo Volt Ampere
LC Land Cover
LU Land Use
MEE Multiple Effective Evaporator
MoEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change
MPCB Maharashtra Pollution Control Board
MSL Mean Sea Level
MT Metric Tone
N North
NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standard
NBWL National Board for Wild Life
NE North-East
NO x Oxides of Nitrogen
NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units
NV Noise and Vibration
O&M Operation and Maintenance
OHSAS Occupational Health and Safety Management System Standards.
PCCF Principle Chief Conservator of Forest
PH Public Hearing
PLC Programmable Logic Controller
PM Particulate Matter
PP Project Proponent
RO Reverse Osmosis
SC Soil conservation
SE Socio - Economic
SEIAA State Environment Impact Assessment Authority
SHE Safety and Health Environment
SHW Solid and Hazardous Waste
SO 2 Sulphur Dioxide
SPM Suspended Particulate Matter
SS Suspended Solids
STP Sewage Treatment Plant
SW South -west
TEE Triple Effective Evaporator
SWD Side Water Depth
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
TFH Thermic Fluid Heater
ToR Terms of References
TPH Tones Per Hour
W West
ZLD Zero Liquid Discharge
 CONFIGURATION OF REPORT
Chapter 1 - Introduction

This chapter is an introductory chapter, presenting the background information of the project, its
location, objective of the project and scope of the study and documentation.

Chapter 2 - Project Description

This chapter deals with the technology and process to be used for the proposed project. It also
deals with the sources of pollution and mitigation measures under the proposed activity.

Chapter 3 - Description of the Environment

In this chapter the study of various attributes of environment such as Air, Water, Noise, Soil,
Land Use Pattern, Geology, Hydro-geology and Ecology is carried out so as to know the existing
environmental status. Also, the present social status is discussed to know if there are any
sensitive issues in the area.

Chapter 4 - Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

This chapter presents the conclusion drawn by studying the impact considering both the pre -
project and post - project scenario. It describes the sum impact of the proposed project and
mitigation measures for abatement of the pollution.

Chapter 5 - Analysis of Alternatives

Various alternatives in terms of site selection and technology to be used are discussed in this
chapter and the environment friendly and best suited technology is selected for the proposed
project.

Chapter 6 - Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter deals with the planning of Environmental Monitoring Program both during
construction phase and operational phase to assess the performance of pollution control
equipments to be installed.

Chapter 7 - Additional Studies

This chapter illustrates the possible risk area under the proposed project and the safety and
disaster management plan prepared to mitigate the same.

XIII
Chapter 8 - Project Benefits

This chapter describes the predictable benefits due to proposed project of Food Colours, Lake
Colours and Sulphanilic Acid manufacturing unit.

Chapter 9 - Environment Management Plan

This chapter deals with the protection and mitigation measures for abatement of pollution after
execution of the project. It also deals with the roles and responsibilities of the environmental
management cell for proper implementation of the Environmental Management Plan.

Chapter 10 - Summary and Conclusion

This chapter summarizes the conclusion of the EIA report.

Chapter 11 - Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

In this chapter the name and brief resume of the consultant organization engaged in preparation
of the EIA report is presented.

XIII
 INDEX

CHAPTER NO. TOPIC PAGE NO.

Chapter - 1 Introduction 1 – 13
Chapter - 2 Project Description 14 – 43
Chapter - 3 Description of the Environment 44 – 109
Chapter - 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation 110 – 164
Measures
Chapter - 5 Analysis of Alternatives 165
Chapter - 6 Environmental Monitoring Programme 166 – 173
Chapter - 7 Additional Studies 174 – 190
Chapter - 8 Project Benefit 191
Chapter - 9 Environment Management Plan 192 – 202
Chapter -10 Summary and Conclusion 203 – 213
Chapter - 11 Disclosure of Consultants engaged 214 – 218
Appendices 237-797
Annexures 798-857
 CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION

Introduction
1.1 Introduction 1
1.2 The Project and Project Proponents 1
1.3 The Place 2
1.4 Importance to the Country, Region 3
1.5 Scope of the Study 3
1.5.1 Details of Regulatory Scoping Carried out as per Terms of 3
Reference

CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Project Description
2.1 Type of Project 14
2.2 Need for the Project 14
2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential 14
2.3 Project Location And Site Selection 15
2.4 Wildlife Clearance from NBWL 16
2.5 Project area requirement 17
2.6 Project Operations, Approvals and Implementation 17
2.7 Technology & process Description 18
2.7.1 Energy Requirement 18
2.7.2 List of Equipments 18
2.7.3 Products & Byproducts 19
2.7.4 Details of Raw Materials 23
2.7.5 Manufacturing Processes, Flow Charts Chemical Reaction and Mass 26
Balance
2.8 Sources of Pollution and Mitigation Measures 27
2.8.1 Water Pollution 27
2.8.1.1 Process Water Requirement 27
2.8.2 Effluent Generation 28
2.8.2.1 Domestic Effluent 28
2.8.2.2 Industrial Effluent 28
2.8.3 Solvent Recovery System 31
2.8.4 Air Pollution 36
2.8.4.1 Boiler and D.G. Sets 36
2.8.4.2 Transportation Details of Raw material 37
2.8.4.3 Transportation Details of Final products 37
2.8.4.4 The Scrubbers 37
2.8.5 Fugitive Emissions 38
2.8.6 Solid Waste 38
2.8.6.1 Coal Ash characteristic 38
2.8.7 Hazardous Waste 39
2.8.7.1 Storage of Hazardous Waste 39
2.8.8 Noise Pollution 41
2.8.8.1 Sources of Noise pollution 41
2.8.9 Land Pollution 41
2.8.10 Odour pollution 42
2.9 Operation and maintenance cost 42
2.10 Green belt development plan 42
2.11 Rain water harvesting aspect 43

CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Description of The Environment
3.1 Introduction 44
3.2 Land Use and Land Cover (Lu & LC) 44
3.2.1 Scope of Work 44
3.2.2 Study Area 44
3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping 47
3.2.4 Methodology for LU & LC Study 47
3.2.5 Satellite Data 48
3.3 Land Use Studies 50
3.3.1 Topographical Features 50
3.3.2 Eco Sensitive Map 52
3.3.3 Land Use of Study Area 53
3.3.4 Settlement Map 56
3.3.5 Contour Map 56
3.4 Soil Characteristics 59
3.4.1 Introduction 59
3.4.2 Methodology 59
3.4.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 59
3.4.2.2 Sources of Information 60
3.4.3 Soil Types 60
3.4.4 Interpretation 65
3.4.5 General Observations 70
3.5 Drainage and Geomorphology 71
3.5.1 Drainage 71
3.5.2 Geomorphology 72
3.6 Methodology 75
3.6.1 Data Generation 75
3.6.1.1 Hydrogeology 75
3.6.1.2 Geology 75
3.6.2 Data Analysis 75
3.6.2.1 Hydrogeology 75
3.6.3 Hydrology 78
3.6.3.1 Surface Water 78
3.6.3.2 Ground Water 78
3.6.3.3 Ground Water Development & Management Strategy 83
3.6.3.4 Ground Water Development 83
3.7 Meteorology 83
3.7.1 Introduction 83
3.7.2 Methodology 84
3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 84
3.7.2.2 Sources of Information 84
3.7.2.3 Wind Pattern at Project Site during Study Period 85
3.8 Air Quality 85
3.8.1 Introduction 85
3.8.2 Methodology 85
 3.8.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations 85
3.8.2.2 Frequency & Parameters for Sampling 86
3.8.3 Presentation of Results 87
3.8.4 Observations based on Period March 2016 to May 2016 89
3.9 Water Quality 90
3.9.1 Introduction 90
3.9.2 Methodology 91
3.9.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 91
3.9.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation 91
3.9.4 Presentation of Results for Survey from March 2016 to May 2016 92
3.9.4.1 Surface Water 92
3.9.4.2 Ground Water 93
3.9.4.3 General Observations 95
3.10 Noise Level Survey 96
3.10.1 Introduction 96
3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations 97
3.10.2.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations 97
3.10.2.2 Method of Monitoring 99
3.10.2.3 Standards for Noise Levels 99
3.10.3 Presentation of Results 100
3.11 Socio-Economic Profile 101
3.11.1 Introduction 101
3.11.2 Methodology 101
3.11.3 General observation in the study area through SIA survey 101
3.11.4 Specific Observations at Village level 101
3.11.5 Result & Discussion 102
3.12 Ecology & Biodiversity 105
3.12.1 Study Area 105
3.12.2 Methodology 106
3.12.3 Ecology 107
3.12.4 Biodiversity 108
3.12.5 Green Belt 109

CHAPTER 4- ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

4.1 Introduction 110
4.2 Construction Phase 110
4.3 Operation Phase 115
4.3.1 Impacts due to Process & Products 115
4.3.2 Impacts due to Manufacturing Equipment & Machinery 122
4.3.3 Impact on Air Quality 125
4.3.3.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modeling 125
4.3.3.1.1 Impacts Under Accidental Scenarios 131
4.3.3.2 Mitigation Measures 136
4.3.4 Impact on Climate 137
4.3.5 Impact on Water Resources 137
4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures 139
4.3.6 Impacts on Geology 140
4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures 140
 4.3.7 Impacts of Solid & Hazardous Waste 140
4.3.7.1 Mitigation Measures 141
4.3.8 Impact on Soil & Agriculture 141
4.3.8.1 Mitigation Measures 141
4.3.9 Impact on Noise Levels 142
4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures 144
4.3.10 Impact on Land Use 144
4.3.10.1 Mitigation Measures 144
4.3.11 Impact on Ecology & Biodiversity 145
4.3.11.1 Mitigation Measures 145
4.3.12 Impacts on Occupational Health & Hazard 145
4.3.13 Impacts on Historical Places 146
4.4 Evaluation of Impact 146
4.4.1 Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) 147
4.5 Environmental Impact Evaluation for DCPL Project 148
4.5.1 Biological Environment 149
4.5.1.1 Terrestrial Environment 149
4.5.2 Environmental Pollution 151
4.5.2.1 Water 151
4.5.2.2 Soil 151
4.5.2.3 Air 152
4.5.2.4 Noise 152
4.5.2.5 Vibration 152
4.5.3 Aesthetics 152
4.5.3.1 Topographical Character 152
4.5.4 Human Interest 153
4.6 The Mitigation Measures 159
4.7 Impacts Due to Decommissioning Activity 161
4.7.1 Decommissioning Phase 161
4.7.2 Planning for Decommissioning of the Plant 161

CHAPTER 5 - ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

Analysis of Alternatives
5.1 Introduction 165
5.2 Analysis of Alternative Technologies 165
5.2.1 Raw Material Alternative 165
5.2.2 Technology Alternatives 165
5.3 Analysis of Alternative Sites. 165

CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

Environment Monitoring Program

6.1 Introduction 166
6.2 Monitoring Program during Construction Phase 166
6.3 Monitoring Program during the Post Construction Phase 166
6.3.1 Air Pollution Management 167
6.3.2 Water Management 167
6.3.3 Noise Level Management 167
6.3.4 Land Management 168
6.3.5 Odour Management 168
6.4 Operation Control and Equipment Maintenance 168
6.5 Occupational Health & Safety Measures 168
6.6 Measures for Socio-Economic Development 169
6.6.1 Better Employment Opportunities 169
6.6.1.1 List of Activities to be undertaken for Corporate Social 170
Responsibility (CSR) Planning
6.6.1.2 Measures for Improvement of Ecology 171
6.6.1.3 General Guidelines 171
6.7 Environmental monitoring programme schedule 171
6.8 Implementation schedule for environmental management aspects 173

CHAPTER 7- ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Additional Studies
7.1 Public Consultation 174
7.2 Risk Assessment Report 174
7.3 Brief information about manufacturing process 174
7.4 Objective of the Risk & Hazard Analysis 174
7.5 Methodology 175
7.6 Hazard Identification 175
7.6.1 Risk Prone Areas 175
7.7 Reaction & Separation Sections of Production Unit 175
7.8 Storage & Handling of Hazardous Raw Materials 176
7.8.1 Hazard Identification 176
7.8.2 Storage of Hazardous Chemicals 176
7.8.3 Main Hazards in Storage of Chemicals 177
7.8.4 Mitigation Measures to Avoid Fire & Explosion 178
7.8.5 Storage of Toxic Chemicals 179
7.8.6 Storage of Other Hazardous Chemicals in Tanks 180
7.8.7 Risk Assessment for Storage & Handling of Hazardous Chemicals 181
7.8.8 Action Plan & Safety Systems for Handling and Storage of
184
Hazardous Chemicals
7.8.9 Quantification of Hazards due to Storage of Hazardous Materials 184
7.8.10 Electrical Hazard 187
7.8.11 Storage of Coal 187
7.8.11.1 Mitigation Measures for Coal Storage 187
7.9 Fire Fighting 187
7.10 Fire Protection 188
7.11 Occupational Health Center 188
7.11.1 EHS Policy 189
7.12 Onsite Emergency Plan 189
7.12.1 Training & Mock Drill 190
7.13 Disaster Management Plan 190

CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 Project Benefits 191

8.2 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure 191
8.3 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure 191
8.4 Employment Potential 191
8.5 Other Tangible Benefits 191
Chapter 9 – ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLANT (EMP)

Environment Management Plant (EMP)

9.1 Introduction 192

9.2 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) 192
9.3 Working of Environmental Management Plan 194
9.4 Recommendation and Implementation Schedule 194
9.4.1 Summary of Recommendations Air Pollution Control Measures 194
9.5 Environmental Post Monitoring Programme 200
9.6 Post Environmental Clearance Compliance 201
` 9.6.1 Monitoring Equipments 201
9.7 Compliance with recommendations of the CREP guidelines 202
9.6.1 Other Compliance 202

CHAPTER 10 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

Summary and Conclusion 203

10.1 Introduction 203
10.2 Project at a Glance 203
10.3 Process Description 204
10.3.1 Product & Byproducts 204
10.3.2 Raw Material 207
10.4 Manufacturing Processes, Flow Charts Chemical Reaction and Mass Balance 211
of Proposed Products
10.5 Sources of Pollution and Mitigation Measures 211
10.5.1 Water Pollution 211
10.5.2 Air Pollution 211
10.5.3 Noise Pollution 212
10.5.4 Solid Waste 212
10.5.5 Hazardous Waste 212
10.5.6 Odour Pollution 212
10.6 Environmental monitoring program 213
10.7 Conclusion 213

CHAPTER 11 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ORGANIZATION

Disclosure Of Consultants Organization 214

11.1 The Organization 214
11.2 Technical Key Personnel 214
11.3 Services Offered 218
 APPENDICES PAGE No.
Appendix - A Plot Allotment and Company Registration 237-240
Certificate
Appendix - B Wildlife Documents 241-245
Appendix - C Plot Layout 246
Appendix - D MPCB Consent To Establish Application 247-248
Appendix - E Electrical Breakup 249
Appendix - F List of Equipments 250-251
Appendix - G List of Products with CAS number 252-253
Appendix - H Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) of Products 254-566
Appendix - I Flow Chart & Mass Balance of raw materials & 567-771
products
Appendix - J Product wise Water Consumption 772-776
Appendix - K SE Survey with Photoplates 777
Appendix - L Worst case scenario for Hazardous raw material 778-797
 LIST OF TABLES

Sr. No. Table Page No.

1.1 Promoters of DCPL 1
1.2 Summary of Terms of Reference 3
2.1 Details of manpower 14
2.2 Salient Features of DCPL Project Site 16
2.3 Area Statement of DCPL Project 17
2.4 Capital Investment 18
2.5 Approval and Implementation Schedule 18
2.6 Electricity Break up 18
2.7 List of Equipments 19
2.8 List of Products 19
2.9 List of Byproducts 22
2.10 List of raw materials 23
2.11 Water Consumption 27
2.12 Effluent Generation 28
2.13 Quantification of Recovered Solvent 31
2.14 Details of fuel 36
2.15 Transportation details of Raw Material 37
2.16 Transportation details of Final Product 37
2.17 Scrubber Details 37
2.18 List of Solid Wastes 38
2.19 Typical Characteristic of Coal ash 39
2.20 Hazardous Wastes 39
2.21 Storage & Disposal of Hazardous waste 39
2.22 Capital as well as O & M Cost 42
3.1 Existing Status of Industrial Areas in Solapur district 45
3.2 List of major industries in Chincholi MIDC 45
3.3 Area Statistics for Land Use & Land Cover Classes 55
3.4 Analytical Techniques for Soil Analysis 60
3.5 Soil Sampling Locations 62
3.6 Existing Soil Characteristics 63
3.7 Standard Soil Classification 71
3.8 Well Inventory Data in the Study Area of DCPL 80
3.9 Meteorological Parameters 84
3.10 AAQM Locations Details 85
3.11 AAQ Parameters and Monitoring Frequency 86
3.12 Summary of AAQ Levels for Monitoring Season [February 2018 to 87
April 2018]
3.13 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Specified by 88
CPCB Notification (New Delhi, the 18th November, 2009)
3.14 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water 91
3.15 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water 91
3.16 Surface Water 92
3.17 Ground Water 93
3.18 Noise Sampling Locations 98
3.19 Ambient Noise Level Standards 99
3.20 Standards for Occupational Exposure 99
Sr. No. Table Page No.
3.21 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure 100
3.22 Ambient Noise Levels 100
3.23 Details of Sample Size 102
3.24 Names and distance from project site of study villages for EB 102
survey
4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction 111
Phase
4.2 Process& Products Modifications for Pollution Control and Impact 117
Minimization
4.3 Equipment Modifications for Pollution Control and Impact 122
Minimization
4.4 Predominant Wind Directions 125
4.5 Predominant Wind Direction and Speed Categories 126
4.6 Baseline Concentrations 126
4.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 values 128
4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values 129
4.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2Values 131
4.10 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 values for Non-Operation 132
of APC
4.11 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values for Non-Operation 134
of APC
4.12 Human Health Impact of Process Emissions 135
4.13 Permissible Exposure In Case of Continuous Noise 142
4.14 Standards in Respect of Ambient Noise Levels 143
4.15 Occupational Health and Safety 146
4.16 Application of BEES for Impact Evaluation due to DCPL, Chincholi 154
MIDC, Solapur
4.17 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in BEES 158
for DCPL
4.18 Quantum of Soil from Surface Layer 162
4.19 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of DCPL project 163
6.1 Health Care Facility Equipments 169
6.2 Budgetary Provisions to be undertaken by DCPL under CER 170
6.3 CER Implementation Schedule 171
6.4 Yearly Monitoring Plan within Industrial Premise 172
6.5 Yearly Environmental Monitoring Plan in Study area 173
6.6 Environmental Monitoring Program 173
7.1 List of Flammable Solvents Stored in Warehouse 177
7.2 List of Toxic Chemicals 179
7.3 List of Chemicals Stored in Tanks 181
7.4 Risk Assessment for Storage & Handling of Hazardous Chemicals 182
7.5 Risk Assessment - Worst Case Scenario & Mitigation Measures 185
7.6 Details of Fire Extinguishers 188
9.1 Environmental Management cell 192
9.2 Employment Criteria for Environment Cell 193
9.3 Summary of Recommendations 194
9.4 Implementation Schedule 200
9.5 Compliance against the Consent Condition 201
Sr. No. Table Page No.
10.1 Project at a Glance 203
10.2 List of Products 204
10.3 List of Byproducts 206
10.4 List of Raw Materials 207
10.5 List of Solid Wastes 212
10.6 Hazardous Waste Details 212

LIST OF FIGURES

Sr. No. Figure Page No.

1.1 Location of the Project Site 2
2.1 ETP Flow Diagram 30
2.2 Hazardous Waste Storage Tank 40
2.3 Hazardous Waste Storage Area 41
3.1 Google image showing 10 Km radius of Study Area 46
3.2 Process flow chart 48
3.3 Satellite Image 49
3.4 Visual Interpretation Key Used for the Study 50
3.5 Topographical Map 51
3.6 Wild Life Sanctuary and National Park in Study Area 52
3.7 Land Use & Land Cover Classification Settlement Map 53
3.8 Land Use & Land Cover Statistics 55
3.9 Settlement Map 57
3.10 Contour Map 58
3.11 Soil Map 61
3.12 Drainage Map 73
3.13 Geomorphologic Map 74
3.14 Extension of Deccan Trap Province 76
3.15 Lithological Sections at Darfal 77
3.16 Lithological Sections at Akolekati 77
3.17 Geological Map 79
3.18 Ground Water Table Contour Map around DCPL Site 80
3.19 Geo-Hydrological Map 82
3.20 Age Distribution within Sample Size 103
4.1 Impact Identification Process Flow Chart for manufacturing unit 116
4.2 Wind Rose for February- March – April 2018 127
4.3 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 128
4.4 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 129
4.5 Isopleths of SO2 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 130
4.6 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 132
4.7 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 133
9.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities 193
9.2 Environmental Management Plan 194
 Chapter 1

INTRODUCTION
 INTRODUCTION…1

1.1 INTRODUCTION
'Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)' is the process of evaluating likely environmental
impacts, both positive and negative, of a new or expansion project by taking into account
natural, social and economic aspects. It also comprises of suggesting possible mitigation
measures, for the negative impacts, before implementation of the project. The main
objectives of an EIA report are -

 To describe a pre-project baseline condition with respect to Environmental Indicators.

 To identify possible sources of pollution and their environmental impacts including
identifying risks associated with setting up of a new/expansion project and suggesting
appropriate mitigation measures for alleviating adverse impacts to the extent possible.
 To suggest environmental/risk management plans for implementing the mitigation
measures.

The market for bulk drugs and intermediates is high in India and abroad with dependency of
many industries on them as raw materials. Also, there is an ever increasing demand for sale
and manufacture of chemicals in India and abroad.

With a due consideration to all the above facts, the management of ‘Devi Chemscience Pvt.
Ltd. (DCPL)’ has decided to establish an industry for manufacturing of bulk drugs and
intermediates. Appendix-A may be referred for Plot allotment letter.

1.2 THE PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENTS

DCPL would be established on Plot No. C-174/1 at Chincholi MIDC in Taluka Mohol of
Solapur District. As stated earlier, it is a proposed bulk drugs and intermediates
manufacturing unit to come up in a notified industrial area.

This report is made in the overall context of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
Notification No. S.O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 and amendments thereto issued by the
Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi. As per the said
notification the proposed project comes under Category B, listed at item 5 (f). The Great
Indian Bustard Sanctuary is located within 5 Km of the project area. Hence, the category of
the industrial unit has been classified as A instead of B.

The EIA report has been prepared by incorporating required information with regards to the
project as mentioned in the Standard Terms of Reference (ToRs) issued by MoEFCC vide
letter J-11011/580/2017-IA II (I) dated 05.02.2018 to DCPL. The DCPL unit would be
designed in a versatile fashion by adopting latest process techniques as well as with state-of-
the art machinery. The total capital investment towards proposed bulk drugs and intermediates
manufacturing unit is Rs. 25 Crores. The names and designation of DCPL promoters are as
under -

Table 1.1 Promoters of DCPL

No. Name Designation
1 Dr. Ramsingh S. Rawat Director
2 Dr. Shashikant Kadam Director
3 Mr. Deepak Rawat Director
4 Mr. Vivek Rawat Director

1
 INTRODUCTION…1

1.3 THE PLACE

The proposed project would be located on Plot No.C-174/1 at Chincholi MIDC in Taluka
Mohol of Solapur district.

Figure 1.1 Location of the Project Site

2
 INTRODUCTION…1

The total land acquired by the industry is 16309.00 Sq. M. (1.63 Ha) Out of this total land
area, the built-up area of proposed unit is 5112.24 Sq. M. (0.51 Ha). For detailed area break
up refer Table 2.3 of Chapter2.

1.4 PROJECT IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY & REGION

The Indian Pharmaceutical Industry has witnessed a robust growth over the past few years
moving on from a turnover of approx. US $ 1 billion in 1990 to over US $30 billion in 2015
of which the export turnover is approximately US $ 15 billion. The country now ranks 3rd
world wide by volume of production and 14th by value, thereby accounting for around 10% of
world’s production by volume and 1.5% by value. Globally, it ranks 4th in terms of generic
production and 17th in terms of export value of bulk actives and dosage forms. Indian exports
are destined to more than 200 countries around the globe including highly regulated markets
of US, West Europe, Japan and Australia.

The pharmaceutical industry comprises of pharmaceutical formulations, drugs and basic

chemicals' manufacturing. The Indian pharmaceutical industry is providing employment to
millions of people and offering essential drugs at affordable prices to the vast population of
the sub - continent. Bulk drugs have become a part of our life for sustaining many of our day-
to-day activities, preventing and controlling diseases. The drugs manufacturing sector in
India is well established and has recorded a steady growth in the overall Indian industrial
scenario. The bulk drugs and allied industries have been amongst the fastest growing
segments of the Indian industry.

1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

1.5.1 Details of Regulatory Scoping Carried out as per Terms of Reference

The DCPL has submitted a duly filled online Form – 1 application to the MoEFCC, New
Delhi on 22nd December 2017 for grant of Terms of Reference (TORs). This EIA report has
been complied with the Standard TORs issued by MoEFCC. The summarized details of same
are provided in following table –

Table 1.2 Summary with Terms of Reference

Sr. No. List of TOR’s Compliance

Page No.
Chapter / Appendix
A Standard Terms of Reference
1. Executive Summary Refer Chapter 10 203
2. Introduction
i Details of the EIA Consultant Refer Chapter 11 214
including NABET accreditation
ii Information about the project Refer Chapter 1 1
proponent
iii Importance and benefits of the project Refer Chapter 1 & 3 & 191
Refer Chapter 8
3. Project Description
i Cost of project and time of completion. Capital investment of the 18
proposed project is Rs. 25
Cr. For more details Refer
Chapter 2

3
 INTRODUCTION…1

Sr. No. List of TOR’s Compliance

Page No.
Chapter / Appendix
ii Products with capacities for the Refer Chapter 2 19
proposed project.

iii If expansion project, details of existing Not Applicable 19

products with capacities and whether
adequate land is available for
expansion, reference of earlier EC if
any.
iv List of raw materials required and their Refer Chapter 2 23
source along with mode of
transportation.
v Other chemicals and materials required Refer Chapter 2
with quantities and storage capacities
vi Details of Emission, effluents, Refer Chapter 2 39
hazardous waste generation and their
management.
vii Requirement of water, power, with Refer Chapter 2 14, 27, 36.
source of supply, status of approval,
water balance diagram,
man-power requirement (regular and
contract)
viii Process description along with major Refer Chapter 2 26
equipments and machineries, process
flow sheet
(quantative) from raw material to
products to be provided
ix Hazard identification and details of Refer Chapter 7 176
proposed safety systems.
x Expansion/modernization proposals: Not Applicable -
c Copy of all the Environmental Not Applicable -
Clearance(s) including Amendments
thereto obtained for
the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall
be attached as an Annexure. A certified
copy of the latest Monitoring Report of
the Regional Office of the Ministry of
Environment and Forests as per
circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the
status of compliance of conditions
stipulated in all the existing
environmental clearances including
Amendments shall be provided. In
addition, status of compliance of
Consent to Operate for the ongoing
existing operations of the project from
SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-
EMP report.

4
 INTRODUCTION…1

Sr. No. List of TOR’s Compliance

Page No.
Chapter / Appendix
d In case the existing project has not Not Applicable -
obtained environmental clearance,
reasons for not taking EC under the
provisions of the EIA Notification
1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006
shall be provided. Copies of Consent
to Establish/No Objection Certificate
and Consent to Operate (in case of
units operating prior to EIA
Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of
FY 2005-2006) obtained from the
SPCB shall be submitted. Further,
compliance report to the conditions of
consents from the SPCB shall be
submitted.
4. Site Details
i Location of the project site covering The proposed project is 15
village, Taluka / Tehsil, District and located at Plot No. C-174/1
State, Justification for selecting the Chincholi MIDC, Tal.
site, whether other sites were Mohol, Dist. Solapur,
considered Maharashtra. For more
details Refer Chapter 2.
ii A toposheet of the study area of radius Refer Chapter 3 50
of 10km and site location on
1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2
sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas
and environmentally sensitive places)
iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for No any alternative site is 165
selection of site considered because the only
site is located at MIDC
Chincholi.
iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four 17046’11.58’’N and 15
corners of the site. 75049’0.42’’ E
17046’8.48’’ N and
75049’3.14’’ E
17046’5.84’’ N and
75049’1.83’’ E
17046’7.51’’N and
75048’58.56’’ E
17046’9.62’’N and
75048’57.85’’ E
v Google map-Earth downloaded of the Refer Chapter 3 46
project site.
vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as Refer Appendix A. 237-240
well as proposed unit indicating
storage area, plant area, greenbelt area,
utilities etc. If located within an
Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout

5
 INTRODUCTION…1

Sr. No. List of TOR’s Compliance

Page No.
Chapter / Appendix
of Industrial Area indicating location
of unit within the Industrial
area/Estate.
vii Photographs of the proposed and Not Applicable -
existing (if applicable) plant site. If
existing, show photographs of
plantation/greenbelt, in particular.
viii Land use break-up of total land of the Refer Chapter 3 50
project site (identified and acquired),
government/private - agricultural,
forest, wasteland, water bodies,
settlements, etc shall be included. (not
required for industrial area)
ix A list of major industries with name Refer Chapter 3 45
and type within study area (10km
radius) shall be incorporated. Land use
details of the study area
x Geological features and Geo- Refer Chapter 3 75
hydrological status of the study area
shall be included.
xi Details of Drainage of the project upto Refer Chapter 3 71
5km radius of study area. If the site is
within 1 km radius of any major river,
peak and lean season river discharge as
well as flood occurrence frequency
based on peak rainfall data of the past
30 years. Details of Flood Level of the
Project site and maximum Flood Level
of the river shall also be provided.
(mega green field
projects)
xii Status of acquisition of land. If Not Applicable -
acquisition is not complete, stage of
the acquisition process and expected
time of complete possession of the
land.
xiii R&R details in respect of land in line Not Applicable -
with state Government policy.
5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if
applicable):
i. Permission and approval for the use of Not Applicable -
forest land (forestry clearance), if any,
and recommendations of the State
Forest Department. (if applicable)
ii Land use map based on High Not Applicable -
resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of
the proposed site delineating
the forestland (in case of projects
6
 INTRODUCTION…1

Sr. No. List of TOR’s Compliance

Page No.
Chapter / Appendix
involving forest land more than 40 ha)
iii Status of Application submitted for Not Applicable -
obtaining the stage I forestry clearance
along with latest
status shall be submitted.
iv The projects to be located within 10 Not Applicable -
km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries,
Biosphere Reserves,
Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals,
the project proponent shall submit the
map duly authenticated by Chief
Wildlife Warden showing these
features vis-à-vis the project location
and the recommendations or comments
of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.
v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly Refer Chapter 2 & 16
authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Appendix B.
Warden of the State
Government for conservation of
Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the
study area.
vi Copy of application submitted for Appendix B. 241-245
clearance under the Wildlife
(Protection) Act, 1972, to the
Standing Committee of the National
Board for Wildlife.
6. Environmental Status
i Determination of atmospheric By using meteorological 84
inversion level at the project site and data the wind rose has been
site-specific micrometeorological data plot. The same is reflected
using temperature, relative humidity, in Chapter 3.
hourly wind speed and direction
and rainfall.
ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 Refer Chapter 3 85
locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
NOX, CO and other parameters
relevant to the project shall be
collected. The monitoring stations
shall be based CPCB guidelines and
take into account the pre-dominant
wind direction, population zone and
sensitive receptors including reserved
forests.
iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for Refer Chapter 3 86
12 weeks of all stations as per
frequency given in the NAQQM
Notification of Nov. 2009 along with -
min., max., average and 98% values

7
 INTRODUCTION…1

Sr. No. List of TOR’s Compliance

Page No.
Chapter / Appendix
for each of the AAQ parameters from
data of all AAQ stations should be
provided as an annexure to the EIA
Report.
iv Surface water quality of nearby River Refer Chapter 3 92
(100m upstream and downstream of
discharge point)
and other surface drains at eight
locations as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC
guidelines.
v Whether the site falls near to polluted Refer Chapter 3 95
stretch of river identified by the CPCB/
MoEF&CC, if yes give details.
vi Ground water monitoring at minimum Refer Chapter 3 93
at 8 locations shall be included.
vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations Refer Chapter 3 97
within the study area.
viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB Refer Chapter 3 59
guidelines.
ix Traffic study of the area, type of Refer Chapter 2 37
vehicles, frequency of vehicles for
transportation of materials,
additional traffic due to proposed
project, parking arrangement etc.
x Detailed description of flora and fauna Refer Chapter 3 108
(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the
study area shall be given with special
reference to rare, endemic and
endangered species. If Schedule-I
fauna are found within the study area,
a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be
prepared and furnished.
ix Socio-economic status of the study Refer Chapter 3 101
area.
7. Impact and Environment
Management Plan
i Assessment of ground level Refer Chapter 4 125
concentration of pollutants from the
stack emission based on site-specific
meteorological features. In case the
project is located on a hilly terrain, the
AQIP Modeling shall be done using
inputs of the specific terrain
characteristics for
Determining the potential impacts of
the project on the AAQ. Cumulative
impact of all sources
of emissions (including transportation)
8
 INTRODUCTION…1

Sr. No. List of TOR’s Compliance

Page No.
Chapter / Appendix
on the AAQ of the area shall be
assessed. Details of
the model used and the input data used
for modeling shall also be provided.
The air quality contours shall be
plotted on a location map showing the
location of project site, habitation
nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.
ii Water Quality modeling - in case of Refer Chapter 4 137
discharge in water body
iii Impact of the transport of the raw Refer Chapter 2 37
materials and end products on the
surrounding environment shall be
assessed and provided. In this regard,
options for transport of raw materials
and finished products and wastes
(large quantities) by rail or rail-cum
road transport or conveyor cum - rail
transport shall be examined.
iv A note on treatment of wastewater Refer Chapter 2 28
from different plant operations, extent
recycled and reused for different
purposes shall be included. Complete
scheme of effluent treatment.
Characteristics
of untreated and treated effluent to
meet the prescribed standards of
discharge under E(P)Rules.
v Details of stack emission and action Refer Chapter 2 36
plan for control of emissions to meet
standards
vi Measures for fugitive emission control Refer Chapter 2 38
vii Details of hazardous waste generation Refer Chapter 2 39
and their storage, utilization and
management. Copies of MOU
regarding utilization of solid and
hazardous waste in cement plant shall
also be
included. EMP shall include the
concept of waste-minimization,
recycle/reuse/recover techniques,
Energy conservation, and natural
resource conservation.
viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be Refer Chapter 2 39
ensured as per Fly Ash Notification,
2009. A detailed plan of action shall be
provided.
ix Action plan for the green belt Refer Chapter 2 42

9
 INTRODUCTION…1

Sr. No. List of TOR’s Compliance

Page No.
Chapter / Appendix
development plan in 33 % area i.e.
land with not less than 1,500 trees per
ha. Giving details of species, width of
plantation, planning schedule etc. shall
be included. The green belt shall be
around the project boundary and a
scheme for greening of the roads used
for the project shall also be
incorporated.
x Action plan for rainwater harvesting Refer Chapter 2 43
measures at plant site shall be
submitted to harvest
rainwater from the roof tops and storm
water drains to recharge the ground
water and also to use for the various
activities at the project site to conserve
fresh water and reduce the water
requirement from other sources
xi Total capital cost and recurring Refer Chapter 2 42
cost/annum for environmental
pollution control measures shall be
included.
xii Action plan for post-project Refer Chapter 6 166
environmental monitoring shall be
submitted.
xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural Refer Chapter 7 190
and Man-made) Preparedness and
Emergency Management Plan
including Risk Assessment and
damage control. Disaster management
plan should be linked with District
Disaster Management Plan.
8. Occupational health
i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the Refer Chapter 7 188
occupational health & safety of all
contract and casual workers
ii Details of exposure specific health Not Applicable -
status evaluation of worker. If the
workers' health is being evaluated by
pre designed format, chest x rays,
Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision
testing (Far & Near vision, colour
vision and any other ocular defect)
ECG, during pre placement and
periodical examinations give the
details of the same. Details regarding
last month analyzed data of above
mentioned parameters as per age, sex,

10
 INTRODUCTION…1

Sr. No. List of TOR’s Compliance

Page No.
Chapter / Appendix
duration of exposure and department
wise.
iii Details of existing Occupational & Not Applicable -
Safety Hazards. What are the exposure
levels of hazards and whether they are
within Permissible Exposure level
(PEL). If these are not within PEL,
what measures the company has
adopted to keep them within PEL so
that health of the workers can be
preserved,
iv Annual report of heath status of Not Applicable -
workers with special reference to
Occupational Health and
Safety.
9. Corporate Environment Policy
i Does the company have a well laid Refer Chapter 9 192
down Environment Policy approved by
its Board of Directors? If so, it may be
detailed in the EIA report.
ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe -- -
for standard operating process /
procedures to bring into focus any
infringement / deviation / violation of
the environmental or forest norms /
conditions? If so, it may be detailed in
the EIA.
iii What is the hierarchical system or Refer Chapter 9 201
Administrative order of the company
to deal with the environmental issues
and for ensuring compliance with the
environmental clearance conditions?
Details of this system may be given
iv Does the company have system of Not Applicable -
reporting of non compliances /
violations of environmental norms to
the Board of Directors of the company
and / or shareholders or stakeholders at
large? This reporting mechanism shall
be detailed in the EIA report
10 Details regarding infrastructure Not Applicable -
facilities such as sanitation, fuel,
restroom etc. to be provided to the
labour force during construction as
well as to the casual workers including
truck drivers during
operation phase.
11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

11
 INTRODUCTION…1

Sr. No. List of TOR’s Compliance

Page No.
Chapter / Appendix
i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the Refer Chapter 6 170
project cost) shall be earmarked
towards the Enterprise
Social Commitment based on Public
Hearing issues and item-wise details
along with time bound action plan
shall be included. Socio-economic
development activities need to be
elaborate upon.
12 Any litigation pending against the Not Applicable -
project and/or any direction/order
passed by any Court of Law against
the project, if so, details thereof shall
also be included. Has the unit received
any notice under the Section 5 of
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or
relevant Sections of Air and Water
Acts? If so, details thereof and
compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and
present status of the case.
13 'A tabular chart with index for point Refer Chapter 1 3
wise compliance of above TOR.
B Specific Terms of Reference
1 Details on solvents to be used, Refer Chapter 2 31
measures for solvent recovery and for
emissions control.
2 Details of process emissions from the Refer Chapter 2 18
proposed unit and its arrangement to
control
3 Ambient air quality data should Refer Chapter 3 85
include VOC, other process-specific
pollutants* like NH3*,
chlorine*,HCl*, HBr*, H2S*,
HF*,etc.,(*-as applicable)
4 Work zone monitoring arrangements Refer Chapter 6 168
for hazardous chemicals.
5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme Refer Chapter 2 28
including segregation of effluent
streams for units adopting
'Zero' liquid discharge.
6 Action plan for odour control to be Refer Chapter 2 42
submitted.
7 A copy of the Memorandum of Not Applicable -
Understanding signed with cement
manufacturers indicating clearly that
they co-process organic
solid/hazardous waste generated.
8 Authorization/Membership for the Not Applicable -
12
 INTRODUCTION…1

Sr. No. List of TOR’s Compliance

Page No.
Chapter / Appendix
disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and
solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.
9 Action plan for utilization of MEE salts would be 28
MEE/dryers salts. forwarded to CHWTSDF.
10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Appendix H __
Chemicals are being used/will be used.
11 Authorization/Membership for the Not Applicable -
disposal of solid/hazardous waste in
TSDF.
12 Details of incinerator if to be installed. Not Applicable -
13 Risk assessment for storage and Refer Chapter 7 181
handling of hazardous
chemicals/solvents. Action plan for
handling
& safety system to be incorporated.
14 Arrangements for ensuring health and Refer Chapter 7 179
safety of workers engaged in handling
of toxic materials.

13
 Chapter 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

2.1. TYPE OF PROJECT

The proposed project to be implemented by M/s. Devi Chemscience Private Limited (DCPL)
shall be a bulk drugs & intermediates manufacturing unit. The EIA report has been prepared
by incorporating required information with regards to the project as mentioned in the
Standard Terms of References (ToRs) issued by MoEF&CC vide letter J-11011/580/2017-IA
II (I) to DCPLon5thFebruary 2018. The DCPL unit would be designed in a versatile fashion
by adopting latest process techniques as well as with state-of-the art machinery. The
promoters have vast experience in this field and are well aware of the manufacturing
processes w.r.t. the various products. They have made thorough study of entire project
planning as well as implementation schedule.

2.2. NEED OF THE PROJECT

The Indian pharmaceutical Industry today is in the front rank of India’s science-based
industries with wide ranging capabilities in the complex field of drug manufacture and
technology. India's pharmaceutical industry is the third largest in the world in terms of
volume. Its rank is 14th in terms of value. India is also one of the top five active
pharmaceutical ingredients (API) producers (with a share of about 6.5%). Bulk drugs have
become a part of our life for sustaining many of our day-to-day activities, preventing and
controlling diseases. Bulk drugs manufacturing sector in India is well established and has
recorded a steady growth in the overall Indian industrial scenario. The bulk drugs and allied
industries have been amongst the fastest growing segments of the Indian industry.

The ever-increasing demand for Bulk Drugs and Intermediate in India and abroad as well as
changing market conditions for manufacture and sale of products has prompted the promoters
to go for manufacturing of Bulk Drugs and Intermediates. The improved employment
potential and development of infrastructure are the direct benefits resulting out of the
projects. The activities under proposed project would produce improvement in the socio-
economic status of people in the study area in terms of local labor employment, contract basis
jobs as well as other forms of secondary employments.

2.2.1. Employment Generation Potential

Activities under proposed project of DCPL would improve socio-economic status of people
in the study area in terms of local employment and contract basis jobs by providing
employment opportunities to the skilled and semi-skilled local populace, especially in small-
scale business and other related services. Following table gives details about the number of
workers to be employed under proposed activities.

Table 2.1 Details of Manpower in DCPL

Sr. No. Type of Workers No. of Workers

1. Skilled 40
2. Unskilled 80
Total Workers 120

14
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

2.3. PROJECT LOCATION & SITE SELECTION

The proposed project activity by DCPL shall be undertaken on Plot No. C-174/1,Chincholi
MIDC in Mohol Taluka of Solapur district in Maharashtra State. Geographical location of
site is 17o46'8.70'' N Latitude and 75°49'0.43" E Longitude and same falls under the Survey
of India Toposheet No. 47 O/9, 47O/10, 47 O/13 and 47O/14 (1:50,000 scale).

Site History:

The study area is low rainfall region. Before establishment of MIDC in village Chincholi
most of the land was fallow and stony. An area of about 1028.30 Hectare was acquired by
Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation for establishment of Industrial Estate in the
year 1986-87. On 13th May 1988 officially the Chincholi was declared as Industrial area.

Importantly, the adjoining villages namely Akolekati, Kondi were mostly covered by the
grasslands, a typical habitat required by Great Indian Bustard (GIB). Over a period of time,
due to rapid growing population, agriculture expansion and unplanned plantation in
sanctuary, the grassland habitat started declining rapidly. This also affected the dependent
grassland fauna, especially the GIB. Various industries located in Chincholi MIDC are
providing valuable employment to the local people.

While making selection of site for proposed activities of DCPL, certain aspects were taken
into consideration prominently which were namely –

(1) Availability of water : MIDC has lifted the water from Solapur Municipal Corporation
by making the agreement of 10 MLD quantity.The average daily consumption of water in
this area is 4 MLD
(2) Availability of Electricity : 132 KV & 430 KV electrical power available from
M.E.D.CO LTD.
(3) Availability of Manpower :Skilled as well as Unskilled
(4) Availability of Connectivity Transport of raw material as well as finished product was
easier and economical by all means
(a) Mode of Transportation By Road : Area is situated on the Solapur– Solapur-
Hydrabad National Highway No.09 at 3.25 Km.
(b) Mode of Transportation By Rail :
(i) Pakni Railway Station at 9Km
(ii) Solapur Railway Station at 14 Km
(c) Mode of Transportation By Air :
(i) Nearest Airport : Solapur Airport, at 20.08 km
(5) Availability of Fire Station : The construction of Fire Station is in Progress by MIDC.
(6) Availability ofCommon Facility Centre : MIDC has constructed a common facility
center building in the area. This building accommodates a post office, the telephone
exchange, a bank and the association's office.
(7) No rehabilitation and resettlement required as the site is located in Notified industrial
area.

15
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

Table 2.2 Salient Features of DCPL Project Site

No. Particulars Details

1. Name and Address of the Industry M/s. Devi Chemscience Private
Limited(DCPL),
Plot No. C-174/1, Chincholi MIDC, Tal.:
Mohol, Dist.: Solapur, Maharashtra
2. Land acquired for the plant 16309 Sq. M. (1.63Ha)
3. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all five 17046’11.58’’ N and 75049’0.42’’ E
corners of the site 17046’8.48’’ N and 75049’3.14’’ E
17046’5.84’’ N and 75049’1.83’’ E
17046’7.51’’ N and 75048’58.56’’ E
17046’9.62’’ N and 75048’57.85’’ E
4. Elevation 495 Meter above sea level
5. Nearest habitation/Schools/ hospitals Chincholikati (1.60 KM)
6. Nearest city Solapur(15.31 Km)
7. Nearest highway NH-9 (3.25 Km)
8. Nearest railway track Pakani Railway Station (6.2 Km)
Solapur Railway station(14Km)
9. Nearest airport Solapur Airport (20.08 Km)
10. Nearest tourist places Old Temple of Sri Siddheshwar (14.15 Km)
11. Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius
12. Archaeological important place/ Bhuikot Fort (13.89 Km)
Historical Monuments
13. Ecological sensitive zones Entire MIDC area wherein site is located
does not come in Eco-sensitive Zone of
Great Indian Bustard Bird Sanctuary. The
site is located at 0.65Km from boundary. The
declaration of Eco-Sensitive Zone around
GIB Sanctuary is under process at DCF;
Solapur and Standing Committee of Wild
Life of NBWL, New Delhi.
14. Reserved / Protected forest / National Great Indian Bustard Bird Sanctuary is
Parks / Wildlife Sanctuary/ wetland / located at 0.65 Km from project site. ESZ is
estuaries/ biosphere reserves (from yet to be declared.
Project Site)
15. Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies River Sina flows at a distance of 6.97 Km
(from Project Site) towards the South West Direction.

2.4. DETAILS OF WILDLIFE CLEARANCE

The project site of DCPL in Chincholi MIDC is located at 0.65 Km from the boundary of
"Great Indian Bustard Sanctuary". This attracts applicability of general condition of the EIA
Notification dated 14.09.2006 and amendment dated 25.06.2014. Moreover, as per Hon.
Supreme Court orders, the finalization of Eco Sensitive Zone (ESZ) of Great Indian Bustard
(GIB) Sanctuary is in process at PCCF Nagpur and NBWL. As per the directions in the TORs
letter, DCPLhas submitted an online application at MoEFCC on04.12.2017 for procuring
Wildlife clearance. Along with the application, duly signed authenticated map by the Chief
Wildlife Warden; Maharashtra State showing features surrounding the project location and

16
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

their recommendations were submitted. An acknowledgement copy of the application

submission and duly signed authenticated map is enclosed at Appendix – B.

2.5. DETAILS OF LAND REQUIREMENT

Total land area acquired by the DCPL 16309 m2 (1.63Ha).Out of this, 5112.24 m2 is built up
area. Detailed area statement is given as follows:-

Table 2.3 Area Statement of DCPL Project

Sr. No. Description Area in Sq. M.

1. Production Block- 1 1900
2. Production Block -2 1900
3. Tank Farm 327.63
4. Drum Storage 262.8
5. WTP 272.08
6. Utility 201.25
7. RM 323.36
8. Solid waste Storage 86.1
9. ETP 312
10. SWD Tank 123
11. RWH 114.76
12. Fire Water Tank-1 & Tank 2 185.25
13. Fire Pump Room 185.25
14. Raw Water Tank 123.82
15. Warehouse FG 525.3
16. Admin QA/QC & R&D 441
17. Security 25
Total Build-up area 7308.6
Total Plot Area 16309
Proposed Green Belt Area(33% of Plot Area) 5381.97
Open Space 3618.43

From the above table, it is observed that the land available is adequate for activities under the
proposed unit. Appendix – C may be referred for plot layout plan.

2.6. PROJECT OPERATIONS, APPROVALS & IMPLEMENTATION

The management has planned to go for establishment of Bulk Drugs and Intermediates
manufacturing unit. The industry has been granted ‘Consent to Establish’ by the MPCB for
manufacturing activities. Copy of above mentioned order is presented at Appendix – D.

The proposed project would be implemented only after procurement of all approvals and
permissions namely EC; consents from MPCB, permissions from various other Govt.
departments etc. The overall planning of proposed project shall be done in such a manner so
that the utmost care of safety norms and environment protection shall be taken. Total
investment of Proposed Project would be25 Crores. The details in respect of capital investment
are given in Table 2.4.

17
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

Table 2.4 Capital Investment

Sr. No. Fixed Assets Amount (Rs. Lacs)

1. Land 36
2. Building / Premises 950
3. Plant, Machinery and Equipment 1350
4. Furniture and Fixtures 80
5. Stabilizer, UPS, Bio- metric, Bio-metric door openers, 84
CCTV, Computer, Server, Internet System, Lease lines, etc
Total Rs. 2500

2.6.1. Approval and Implementation Schedule

Table 2.5 Approval and Implementation Schedule

Sr. Activity Date of Approval /

No. Implementation schedule
1. Grant of EC by MoEF&CC; New Delhi January 2019
2. Construction and Erection of Machinery February2019–December 2019
3. Application for Consent to Operate from MPCB December 2019
4. Trials & Commissioning of Plant January 2020

2.7. TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.7.1. Energy Requirements

Power required to the tune of 1.133 MW for the proposed unit would be taken from MSEB
Grid. Also, D.G. set of 1010 KVA would be used to provide uninterrupted power supply to
emergency facilities. The electricity break up is given in following table-

Table 2.6 Electricity Break Up

Sr. No. Area of Utilization Electricity (KW) Sources

1. Process Load 112.515 Max.
2. Non Plant Building 57.9 Demand-
3. Utility Load 423.1 1133.765KW
4. HVAC Load 397.25
5. Miscellaneous Load 143.0
Appendix – E may be referred for detailed Electrical break up.

2.7.2. List of Equipment

Following table represents details about the equipments under proposed activities

18
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

Table 2.7 List of Equipments

Sr. No. Equipment Capacity MOC Quantity

REACTION
1. Glass Lined Reactor 3 KL MSGL 7
0.5 KL MSGL 1
4KL MSGL 1
2. Stainless steel Reactor 3KL SS 316L 7
0.5 KL SS 316L 1
4KL SS 316L 1
2KL SS 316L 1
FILTRATION
3. Centrifuge 48’’ SS 316 4
36’’ SS 316 1
4. Sparkler Filter 18’’ SS 316 2
5. Nutche Filter 18’’ SS 316 3
DRYING AND POWDER PROCESSING
6. Vacuum Tray Drier 48 Trays SS 316 2
7. Fluidized bed Drier 200Kgs SS 316 1
120 Kgs SS316 1
8. Roto Cone Vaccum dryer 1.5 KL SS316 1
2 KL SS316 1
9. Drum Drier 1.5KL SS316 2
10. Multimill 60 Kg/hr SS316 1
11. Conemill 60 Kg/hr SS316 1
12. Vibro Sifter 30’’ SS316 2
DAY TANK
13. Mother Liqour Tank 2KL SS316 1
3KL SS316 1
14. Recovered solvent Tank 2KL SS316 1
3KL SS316 1
15. Fresh solvent Tank 3 KL SS316 2
16. Dump Tank 3KL SS316 1
5KL SS316 1
Appendix-F may be referred for the more details of equipments under DCPL.

2.7.3. Products & Byproducts

The details of products that would be manufactured under proposed project are presented in
following table.
Table 2.8 List of Products

Sr. Name of the Quantity Quantity Uses

No. Product (MT/Day) (MT/Year)
1. Metoprolol 0.1 36 To treat chest pain, heart failure, and
Succinate& high blood pressure. Lowering
Intermediates high blood pressure helps prevent
2. Metoprolol 0.1 36 strokes, heart attacksand kidney
Tartrate&Inter problems

19
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

Sr. Name of the Quantity Quantity Uses

No. Product (MT/Day) (MT/Year)
mediates
3. Acetozolamide 0.067 24 To prevent and reduce the symptoms of
& altitude sickness. Used treat a certain
Intermediates type of eye problem.
4. Bambutetrol 0.00083 0.3 Used in treatment of asthma, COPD and
HCl & other respiratory disorders
Intermediates
5. (R)- 0.00083 0.3
Bambutetrol
HCl
&Intermediates
6. Bromohexine 0.13 48 Used to treat chest congestion and
Hydrochloride cough.
&
Intermediates
7. Chlorphenesin 0.2 72 Muscle relaxant: Used to treat
& muscle pain and spasms
Intermediates
8. Clopidogrel 0.067 24 Used to prevent heart attacks and strokes
Bisulfate & in persons with heartdisease,recent stroke,
Intermediates or blood circulation disease
9. Defriprone & 0.0067 2.4 Used to remove excess iron in the body
Intermediates
10. Dioctyl 0.03 12 Laxatives and as Cerumenolytics
Calcium
Sulfosuccinate
&
Intermediates
11. Dioctyl 0.03 12 Used as Laxative, Wetting agent and has
Potassium some useful applications in Agro
Sulfosuccinate industry as well
&
Intermediates
12. Dioctyl Sodium 1.67 600 Surfactant, wetting agent, and solubilizer
Sulfosuccinate used in the drug, cosmetics, and food
& industries. Also been used in laxatives
Intermediates and as cerumenolytics
13. Dorzolamide 0.00083 0.3 Used to treat glaucoma, a condition in
Hydrochloride which increased pressure in the eye can
& lead to gradual loss of vision.
Intermediates
14. Formoterol 0.000167 0.06 Used as a long-term (maintenance)
Fumarate treatment to prevent or decrease
Dihydrate & wheezing and trouble breathing caused
Intermediates by asthma or ongoing lung disease
15. Furosemide & 0.067 24 Used to treat fluid build-up and swelling
Intermediates caused by congestive heart failure, liver

20
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

Sr. Name of the Quantity Quantity Uses

No. Product (MT/Day) (MT/Year)
cirrhosis, or kidney disease
16. Guaifenesin & 0.67 240 Coughs and congestion caused by the
Intermediates common cold, bronchitis, and other
breathing illnesses
17. Ipratropium 0.00016 0.06 Treating, symptoms of asthma, colds,
Bromide & allergies, and chronic obstructive
Intermediates pulmonary disease (COPD) due
to emphysema
18. Levetiracetam 0.167 60 Used in combination with other seizure-
& control medications to treat and prevent
Intermediates seizures associated with epilepsy
19. Methocarbamol 0.167 60 Medication used with rest, physical
& therapy, to relax muscles ,
Intermediates relieve pain and discomfort caused by
strains, sprains,
20. Permethrin & 0.067 24 Used as an insecticide, to
Intermediates prevent mosquito-borne disease such
as dengue fever and malaria.
21. Quinaldic Acid 0.2 72 Used as advance intermediate in
Agrochemical industry, Chemical
industry & some of the Pharmaceutical
manufacturing as well.
22. Levo 0.00083 0.3 Used for Chronic bronchitis, Asthma,
Salbutamol Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
Sulphate and other conditions.
&Intermediates
23. Salbutamol 0.1 36
Sulphate&
Intermediates
24. Salmetrol 0.00016 0.06 Treatment to prevent or decrease
Xinafoate & wheezing and trouble breathing caused
Intermediates by asthma
25. Tiotropium 0.00016 0.06 Used to prevent wheezing, shortness of
Bromide & breath, coughing, and chest tightness
Intermediates
26. Diamyl Sodium 1 360 Used as Laxative, Wetting agent and has
sulfosuccinate some useful applications in Agro
and Solution industry as well
27. Moxifloxacin 0.033 12 Used to treat a number of infections,
Hydrochloride including: respiratory tract
28. Moxifloxacin 0.1 36 infections, cellulitis, anthrax, intra-
Intermediate abdominalinfections, endocarditis, meni
ngitis,and tuberculosis
29. Pregabalin & 0.2 72 This medication is used to treat pain
Intermediate caused by nerve damage due
to diabetes or shingles(herpes zoster)
infection.

21
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

Sr. Name of the Quantity Quantity Uses

No. Product (MT/Day) (MT/Year)
30. Carbimazole& 0.033 12 Carbimazole is an antithyroid medicine
Intermediate that's used to decrease the amount of
thyroid hormones produced by the
thyroid gland in people.
31. Methimazole 0.016 6 Methimazole is used to treat overactive
& Intermediate thyroid (hyperthyroidism). It works by
stopping the thyroid gland from making
too much thyroid hormone.
32. Ondansetron & 0.025 9 This medication is used alone or with
Intermediate other medications to prevent nausea and
vomiting caused by cancer drug
treatment (chemotherapy) and radiation
therapy and after surgery.
33. Carvedilol & 0.025 9 Carvedilol is used to treat high blood
Intermediate pressure and heart failure. It is also
used after a heart attack to improve the
chance of survival if your heart is not
pumping well. Lowering high blood
pressure helps prevent strokes, heart
attacks, and kidney problems.
Total 5.275 1899.84

Table 2.9 List of Byproducts

Sr. By Products Quantity Quantity Uses

No. (MT/Day) (MT/Year)
1. Sodium Bromide 0.0138 5 Used as a hypnotic, anticonvulsant,
and sedative in medicine
2. Sodium Chloride 0.0138 5 Used in the Solvay process to produce
sodium carbonate and calcium chloride,
to preserve some foods, such as smoked
bacon, fish, or cabbage
3. Ammonium Chloride 0.0055 2 Main application of ammonium chloride
is as a nitrogen source in fertilizers.
4. Sodium Sulphite 0.028 10 Used in water treatment as an oxygen
scavenger agent. Used as an Antioxidant
and Preservative in food industry.
5. Sodium Sulphate 0.0056 2 Used as an inert drying agent. Used in
Oxidizing agent. Used in oil and gas
exploration.
6. Potassium Chloride 0.0028 1 Used for making fertilizer, called potash.
Used in water as a completion fluid
in petroleum and natural gas operations,

Note: From above product list, only 6 products shall be manufactured daily, as per market
demand and economic feasibility of the product. Refer Appendix –G for Chemical name of
Products with CAS Number. Appendix –H for MSDS of Products.

22
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

2.7.4. Raw Materials

The details about names of raw materials and their quantities are presented in following table.

Table 2.10 List of Raw Materials

Sr.
Raw materials Quantity in kg/ batch
No.
1 Diethylene glycol 175
2 1,2-bis-(2-chloroethoxy)-ethane 514
3 Potassium hydroxide 1048
4 1,4-Dioxane 490
5 Di-chloro Methane 9510
6 Acetonitrile 2816
7 Triethylene glycol 164
8 Tetrahydrofuran 2764
9 Ammonium thiocyanate 145
10 Hydrazine hydrate 103
11 Iso Propyl Alcohol 7173.5
12 Triphosgene 548
13 Toluene 25534.52
14 Acetyl chloride 891.59
15 Triethylamine (TEA) 481.138
16 Hydrochloric Acid 1307.66
17 Sodium bicarbonate 1375.95
18 Chlorine gas 106
19 Acetic acid 1395.75
20 Liquor Ammonia 447
21 Activated carbon 50.59
22 Methanol 21237.85
23 Charcoal 87.64
24 3,5-dihydroxyacetophenone 48
25 Dimethylcarbamyl chloride 100
26 Potassium carbonate 1214
27 Anhydrous potassium carbonate 18.8
28 Pyridine 76
29 Ethyl acetate 3311
30 Dilute sulfuric acid 20
31 Sodium sulphate 206
32 copper (II) bromide 115.4
33 2’-bromo-3,5-di(N, N dimethylcarbamyloxy) 44
34 Acetophenone
35 Sodium borohydride 44.27
36 Di-ethanol amine 56

23
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

37 Pentane 160
38 Ethanol 3500
39 t-butylamine 500
40 Hydrogen chloride in diethyl ether 400
41 (-)-DIP-_Chloride 42.4
42 Cyclohexanone 175
43 Monomethylamine 754.72
44 Raney Nickel 1014.58
45 Hydrogen Gas 60.43
46 o-Nitro Toluene 500
47 Di bromo dimethyl hydentoin (DDH) 398.44
48 AIBN (Azobisisobutyronitrile) 398.44
49 MCB (mono chlorobenzene) 2005.21
50 Soda ash (Sodium Carbonate) 390.82
51 Bromine 1874
52 Nitrogen 121.74
53 Methanolic HCl 48.61
54 Epichlorohydrin 1230
55 Phosphoric acid 52.53
56 p-chlorophenol 400
57 Sodium hydroxide 2253.64
58 EDC (Ethelene Dichloride) 10100
59 2-chlorophenyl glycine 512.5
60 Thionyl chloride 918.73
61 L-Tartaric acid 385
62 Aq. Ammonia solution 62
63 IPA. HCl 800
64 2-Thiophene ethanol 175
65 p-toluene sulfonyl chloride 284
66 K2HPO4 (Potassium phosphate) 586
67 Acetone 16666
68 Formaldehyde solution 1315
69 Sulphuric acid 636.06
70 Maltol 400
71 Catechol 240
72 bis-(chloroethyl)-ether 190
74 Butenedioic acid 1900
75 monosodium sulfite 775
76 Calcium chloride 28
77 CHCl3 (Chloroform) 2400
78 Hyflow 138.28
79 Monopotassium sulfite 331
80 Methyl-3(R)-hydroxy butyrate 23.5
81 p-Toluene sulphonyl chloride 50

24
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

82 Thiophene 16.13
83 n-BuLi (n-butyllithium) 75.8
84 Sulphur 6.01
85 Formamide 152
86 Hexane 778.3
87 Sodium Chloride 93
88 Trifluoroacetic anhydride 59.2
89 Hydrogen peroxide 71.4
90 Sodium tungstate solution 16.2
91 Sodium acetate solution 94.6
92 Sodium bisulphate 42
93 Potassium dihydrogen phosphate 19.2
94 Dextrose monohydrate(Glucose) 70.6
95 NADP (Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate) 0.21
96 Glucose dehydrogenase 3.09
97 Ketosulfone reductase 5.97
98 2-Pentanone 773.67
99 Oleum 12.4
100 Chlorosulfonic acid 108.67
101 Borane THF 370
102 BMBN-Keto compound 10.06
103 DIPE( Diisopropylamine) 82
104 Acetic anhydride 2.1
105 Formic acid 1.04
106 Pd-C (Palladium catalyst) 23.62
107 Fumaric acid 0.241
108 2,4-Dichlorobenzoic acid (2,4-DCB) 265
109 Chlorosulfonic acid 440
110 Ammonia solution 488.5
111 Furfurylamine 562.5
112 Guaiacol 800
113 Tropine 1.25
114 Tropic acid 1.48
115 Isopropyl bromide 0.44
116 Butyric acid 300
117 L-Tartaric acid 344
118 HCl gas 8.75
119 4-Benzyl Albuterol 100
120 Dimethyl carbonate 500
121 Ammonia gas 125
122 Anisole 750
123 Aluminum chloride 1280.95
124 Sodium methoxide 360
125 R (-) Epichlorohydrin (EPCH) 434

25
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

126 Cat M 7
127 Isopropyl Amine 4800
128 Succinic Acid 63
129 Tartaric Acid 63
130 m-Phenoxy benzyl alcohol 150
131 DV Acid chloride (Cypermethric acid) 192
132 Tetrabutyl ammonium bromide (TBAB) 6
133 Sodium hypochlorite 220
134 Quinoline 520
135 Hydrogen peroxide 1145.5
136 Catalyst 14.6
137 Dimethyl sulfate (DMS) 885.3
138 NaCN (Sodium cyanide) 328.15
139 Methyl salicylate 218
140 Benzyl chloride 201
141 t-Butyl amine 162
142 NaBH4 (Sodium Borohydride) 61.1
143 3-(2-bromoacetyl)-salicylaldehyde 6.9
144 6-[(4-phenyl butoxy)hexyl]benzylamine 7.1
145 N-Benzyl Salmetrol 11.1
146 Xinafoic acid 2.9
147 Methyl ter-Butyl ether 41.7
148 Phenyl acetaldehyde 50
149 Malonic acid 73.33
150 Ammonium Formate 28.12
151 Scopine 1.25
152 MTDG 1.27
153 DBU 0.87
154 CDI 0.89
155 Benzylamine 2500
156 1,3-Cyclohexane dione 100
157 Phenyl hydrazine 96.43
158 Acetic acid 825
159 Zinc chloride 750
160 5% Pd-C 5
161 Diethyl bromoacetal 60
162 Methylamine 88
163 Potassium thiocyanate 26.5
164 2-Methyl Imidazole 105

2.7.5. Manufacturing Processes, Flow Charts Chemical Reaction and Mass Balance
ofProposed Products

26
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

For details on manufacturing processes and mass balance for various products refer
Appendix I. Therein, flow charts and mass balance of raw materials and products have been
elaborately presented.

2.8. SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND THEIR CONTROL

Prominent sources of pollution in the DCPL industry, under proposed activities, are –
(1) Operations and processes in the industry, (2) Boilers, and (3) D.G. Set.

Detailed identification and quantification of impacts, due to above mentioned sources, are
presented for heads – (1) Water Pollution, (2) Air Pollution, (3) Noise Pollution, (4)
Hazardous Wastes, (5) Solid Waste, (6) Odor Pollution

2.8.1. Water Pollution

Water pollution may be defined as the presence of impurities in water in such quantity and of
such nature as to impair the use of water for the stated purpose. In short, it can be said that the
water is not potable.

Fresh water requirement for the proposed activity shall be taken from MIDC water supply
scheme. In DCPL, water shall be required for process, washing (laboratory, floor and
cleaning of equipments), R & D Lab, QC Lab & Pilot plant, Boiler Feed, Cooling tower make
up, and DM Plant water for backwash, Scrubber, Ash Quenching as well as domestic
purpose. The assignment w.r.t. water pollution aspect was done by Dr. Sangram Ghugare
who is an EEIPL’s Functional Area Expert (FAE) for WP.

2.8.1.1 Process Water Requirement

For details on product-wise water consumption and effluent generation details of DCPL’s
proposed unit is appended at Appendix J.

2.8.1.2 Water Requirement

The daily water requirement in the industry for various operations and processes has been
shown in the following table:-

Table 2.11 Water Consumption

Sr. No. Description Water Consumption (M3/Day)

1. Domestic 6(#1+$ 5)
2. Industrial
#
a. Processing 26
#
b. Washing 2
#
c. R & D Lab, QC Lab & Pilot plant 2
d. Cooling *5
e. Boiler Feed 15 (#3 +*12)
f. D.M. Plant water for backwash *1
#
g. Scrubber 2
h. Ash Quenching *1

27
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

Sr. No. Description Water Consumption (M3/Day)

Industrial Total 54
3. Other (Gardening) *10
   70( 36+* 29 +$5)
#
Total (1+2+3)
49% Recycle
Note:# - Fresh water ,*- ETP treated water,$-Treated water from STP.
The water required for proposed operations shall be taken from MIDC water supply scheme.
The total water requirement under proposed activity would be to the tune of 70 M3/Day.Out
of this, 36 M3/Day would be fresh water, 29 M3/Day would be ETP treated water and
5M3/Day treated water from STP. In all about 49 % of recycled water would be used for
industrial purpose thereby reducing fresh water consumption.

2.8.2. Effluent Generation

2.8.2.1 Domestic Effluent

The domestic effluent from proposed activities of DCPL would be 5.4 M3/Day. The same
would be treated in proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and the treated effluent shall be
reused for flushing in toilets.

2.8.2.2 Industrial Effluent

Effluent generated from proposed activities would be segregated in two different streams, viz.
Stream – I (High COD, BOD & High TDS) and Stream – II (Low COD, BOD & Low TDS).
The details w.r.t effluents considered under Stream – I and Stream – II are as follows–

Table 2.12 Effluent Generation

No. Purpose Effluent Generation

(CMD)
I Domestic 5.4
II Industrial
A. Stream – I (High COD & BOD; high TDS)
a. Process 37
b. Washing (Lab, floor and cleaning of equipment) 1.5
c. R & D Lab, QC Lab & Pilot plant 1.5
Total Stream - I 40
B. Stream - II (Low COD & BOD; low TDS)
c. Cooling Tower Blow down 0.5
d. Boiler Blow down 0.5
e. DM Plant Backwash 1
f. Scrubber 1
Total Stream -II 3
Total Effluent(Stream-I + Stream –II) 43

The Stream I effluent generated would be to the tune of 40 M3 / Day. Same comprise of
effluent from manufacturing operations viz. process effluent, washing and R & D Lab, QC
Lab & Pilot plant. This effluent will be treated in an ETP comprising of Screen Chamber, OG

28
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

Removal Tank, Equalization Tank, Flash Mixer,Flocculator,Tube Settler, Holding Tank

followed by Triple Effect Evaporator (TEE) and Agitated Thin Film Dryer (ATFD). The
condensate from TEE to the tune of 36 M3 / Day would be forwarded to Stream II for
treatment. Further salts from TEE would be forwarded to authorized reprocessor.
The Stream II effluents generated would be to the tune of 3 M3 / Day, MEE condensate from
Stream I of 36 M3 / Day. Stream II effluent shall be contributed by cooling blow down,
boiler blow down, DM Plant back wash and scrubber. The same will be treated Screen
Chamber, OG Removal Tank, Equalization Tank, Flash Mixer,Flocculator, Primary Tube
Settler (PTS), MBBR Tank, Secondary Tube Settler(STS),Holding Tank, Filter Feed Tank,
Sand and Carbon Filters and R.O. Unit & Sludge Dewatering Equipment. The treated water
from stream II of 29 M3 / Day would be recycled back for cooling make up, boiler blow
down, D.M back wash and gardening. The RO reject 7 M3 / Day will be sent to MEE in
Stream-I treatment thereby achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD).

29
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

Figure 2.1 ETP Flow Diagrams

EFFLUENT TREATMENT   FLOW  DIAGRAM 

Stream-I, 40 CMD,
High COD, High TDS

Equalization Tank Tube

Holding
40 Cu.M. Settler
Tank
S creen
Chamber
OG Re m o v a l Ta n k
Flash Mixer Flocculator (2.0 mX1.5mX 2m)
(1 .2 m X1 m X1 m )
( 1mX 1m X 1.5m) (1.5m X1.5 mX2m) (3mX 3m X 3 m)
(1.5mX1.2mX S ludge
1.2m) (4m X 3m X 3.5 m)
7 CMD
No Par am t Unit Raw E ffluent
36 CMD Condensate To Stream-II
1. pH --- 6-7.5 Triple Effect Evaporator
2. COD mg/lit 13000-15000
CHWTSDF
3. B OD mg/lit 5000-7000 Salts
Agitated Thin Film
4. TDS mg/lit 18000-20000
Drier (ATFD)

Flocculator
S tr eam II, 3 CMD, Flash Mixer (1 .5 m X1 .5 m
( 1 m X 1 m X1 .5 m ) X2 m )
Low COD, Low TDS

E qualizatio MB BR Holding
PTS STS
n Tank Tank Tank
Screen
OG Removal
Chamber (2.5mX2.5mX2m) ( 2.5m X 2.5m X 2m) ( 3 mX 3 mX 2m)
Tank (5mX 5mX3m)
(1.5mX 1.2mX1.2m) ( 5.0m X 3.0m X 3.5m)
(1.2mX 1mX1m)

No P ar am t Unit Value Outlet RA S

1. pH --- 5-9 6–7 S ludge E xcess Sludge

2. COD mg/lit 800 – 1000 < 200
29 CMD Permeate Treated
3. B OD mg/lit 400 – 600 < 30 RO Water P SF
Recycle in ACF
4. TDS mg/lit 2000 - 2500 < 500 P r ocess Unit Tank

ACF- A ctivated Carbon Filter ( 5mX 3m X 3 m) ( 2 Cu.M./Hr) ( 2 Cu.M./Hr)

PS F- P ressure S and Filter Reject to
RAS- Return Activated S ludge TEE
(7 CMD) S DB
PTS - P rimary Tube S ettler
STS – Secondary Tube Settler
SDB- S ludge Drying Bed
CHWTS DF

30
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

2.8.3 Solvent Recovery System

Various solvents would be used during the manufacturing process of Bulk Drugs &
Intermediates. These solvents would be recovered and reused in process. The path of solvent
recovery would be followed is presented as follows-

 After completion of reaction the solvents are recovered in a distillation unit.

 The distillation unit has two condensers (shell and tube type).
 The first condenser has cooling tower water, while the second condenser has the chilled
water at 0 - 20 C as coolants.
 After the vapors are condensed, the condensate along with un-condensed vapors is passed
through a trap which is cooled externally with chilled water.
 The vents of condenser and receiver are connected to scrubber system.
 All the reaction vessels and centrifuges are connected to a common line. These fumes and
exhausts are sucked by ID fan and scrubbed by alkali.
 The air after scrubbing is let out into the atmosphere and the scrubbed water is sent to ETP
for further treatment.

Product-wise solvent recovery presented in following table-

Table 2.13 Quantification of Recovered Solvent

No Product Stage Solvent Input Quantity Quantity % of

Quantity of recovered lost solvent
solvent & recycled (Kg/ recovered
(Kg/batch) (Kg/batch) batch)
1. Metoprolol Stage1 EDC 1000 900 100 90
Succinate& Stage2 Methanol 1000 900 100 90
Intermediates Toluene 1200 1200 0 100
Stage 3 Toluene 1200 1200 0 100
Stage 4 Toluene 1300 1190 110 91.5
Stage 5 MDC 1890 1512 378 80
Stage 6 Toluene 1480 1200 280 81.08
Acetone 550 450 100 82
Stage 7 Acetone 3378 3000 378 89
2. Metoprolol Stage1 EDC 1000 900 100 90
Tartrate& Stage2 Methanol 1000 900 100 90
Intermediates Toluene 1200 1200 0 100
Stage3 Toluene 1200 1200 0 100
Stage4 Toluene 1300 1190 110 91.5
Stage5 MDC 1890 1512 378 80
Stage 6 Toluene 1480 1200 280 81.08
Acetone 550 450 100 82
Stage7 Acetone 3378 3000 378 89
3. Acetozolamide Stage1 -- -- -- -- --
& Intermediates Stage2 DCM 870 700 170 80
Toluene 290 225 65 77.6
Stage3 DCM 580 500 80 86

31
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

No Product Stage Solvent Input Quantity Quantity % of

Quantity of recovered lost solvent
solvent & recycled (Kg/ recovered
(Kg/batch) (Kg/batch) batch)
Stage4 -- -- -- -- --
Stage5 -- -- -- -- --
Stage6 Methanol 1450 1000 450 70
Stage7 -- -- -- -- --
4. Bambutetrol Stage1 Ethyl 40 35 5 88
HCl & Acetate
Intermediates Stage2 Ethyl 36 30 6 84
Acetate
DCM 36 25 11 70
Stage3 -- -- -- -- --
Stage4 Ethanol 130 110 20 85
Ethyl 65 50 15 77
Acetate
Stage5 -- -- -- -- --
5. (R)- Stage1 Ethyl 40 35 5 88
Bambutetrol Acetate
HCl Stage2 Ethyl 36 30 6 84
&Intermediates Acetate
DCM 36 25 11 70
Stage3 -- -- -- -- --
Stage4 Ethanol 130 110 20 85
Ethyl 65 50 15 77
Acetate
Stage5 -- -- -- -- --
6. Bromohexine Stage1 -- -- -- -- --
Hydrochloride Stage2 MCB 2005.21 1900 105.21 95
& Intermediates Stage3 Methanol 1333.33 1000 333.33 75
Stage4 Toluene 972.22 800 172.22 83
7. Chlorphenesin Stage1 -- -- -- -- --
& Intermediates Stage2 -- -- -- -- --
Stage3 EDC 1200 1100 100 92
Stage4 Toluene 800 700 100 88
IPA 40 20 20 50
8. Clopidogrel Stage1 Toluene 2000 1850 150 93
Bisulfate & Stage2 Methanol 1200 1000 200 84
Intermediates Toluene 1600 1400 200 88
Stage3 Toluene 1740 1500 240 86
Acetone 1914 1600 314 84
Stage4 Acetone 2840 2400 440 85
DCM 2100 1800 300 86
9. Defriprone&Int Stage1 -- -- -- -- --
ermediates

32
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

No Product Stage Solvent Input Quantity Quantity % of

Quantity of recovered lost solvent
solvent & recycled (Kg/ recovered
(Kg/batch) (Kg/batch) batch)
10. Dibenzo-18- Stage1 DCM 650 500 150 77
Crown-6 Acetonitril 185 125 60 68
&Intermediates e
11. Dioctyl Stage1 Propane-2- 2400 2000 400 84
Calcium ol
Sulfosuccinate MeOH 2400 2000 400 84
& Intermediates CHCl3 2400 2000 400 84
12. Dioctyl Stage1 Propane-2- 350 250 100 72
Potassium ol
Sulfosuccinate MeOH 900 700 200 78
& Intermediates
13. Dioctyl Sodium Stage1 MeOH 1080 950 130 88
Sulfosuccinate
& Intermediates
14. Dorzolamide Stage1 -- -- -- -- --
Hydrochloride Stage2A -- -- -- -- --
& Intermediates Stage 2 Toluene 411 375 36 91
Stage3 Methanol 370 300 70 81
Toluene 136 110 26 80
Stage4 2pentanon 773.67 700 74 91
e
Acetone 170 150 20 88
n-Hexane 225.3 200 25.3 89
Stage5 -- -- -- -- --
Stage6 -- -- -- -- --
Stage7 THF 161 125 36 78
Stage8 THF 44 34 10 78
Stage9 -- -- -- -- --
15. Formoterol Stage1
Fumarate Stage2 Methanol 50 35 15 70
Dihydrate & Stage3 Ethyl 13 10 3 77
Intermediates Acetate
THF 16 10 6 63
Stage4 Methanol 16 12 4 75
Ethyl 39 35 4 90
Acetate
IPA 16 12 4 75
Stage5 Toluene 15 12 3 80
IPA 30 25 5 84
Stage6 -- -- -- -- --
16. Furosemide & Stage1 -- -- -- -- --
Intermediates Stage2 -- -- -- -- --
Stage3 IPA 2063 1800 263 88

33
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

No Product Stage Solvent Input Quantity Quantity % of

Quantity of recovered lost solvent
solvent & recycled (Kg/ recovered
(Kg/batch) (Kg/batch) batch)
17. Guaifenesin & Stage 1 EDC 1200 1100 100 92
Intermediates Stage 2 Toluene 800 700 100 88
Stage3 IPA 40 20 20 50
18. Ipratropium
Bromide - -- -- -- -- --
&Intermediates
19. Levetiracetam Stage1 Dichloro 1000 700 300 70
& Intermediates ethane
Stage2 Methanol 1460 1040 420 72
Stage3 Methanol 800 560 240 70
Stage4 Toluene 800 650 150 82
Stage5 Acetonitril 2200 1600 600 73
e
Stage6 Ethyl 1500 1300 200 87
Acetate
20. Methocarbamol Stage1 -- -- -- -- --
& Intermediates Stage2 EDC 1200 1100 100 92
Toluene 800 700 100 88
IPA 40 20 20 50
Stage3 Dimethyl 500 275 175 55
carbonate
Stage4 EDC 1500 1300 200 87
21. Permethrin & Stage1 Toluene 600 540 60 90
Intermediates
22. Quinaldic Acid - -- -- -- -- --
23. Levo Stage1 Methanol 650 520 130 80
salbutamol Isopropano 300 270 30 90
Sulphate & l
Intermediates Stage2 -- -- -- -- --
Stage3 Ethanol 500 450 50 90
24. Salbutamol Stage1 Dichloro 1090 950 140 87
Sulphate& ethane
Intermediates Stage2 Acetone 1300 1000 300 77
Stage3 Toluene 1500 1400 100 94
Stage Toluene 2175 1900 275 87
4 &5
Stage6 Ethanol 1980 1800 180 91
25. Salmetrol Stage1 Toluene 41.7 35 6.7 84
Xinafoate Stage2 Toluene 55.6 48 7.6 86
&Intermediates Stage3 Methanol 55.6 45 10.6 81
Stage4 Methyl ter- 41.7 35 6.7 84
Butyl ether
Stage5 Methanol 23.6 20 3.6 85
26. Tiotropium Stage1 DCM 7.5 6.5 1 87

34
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

No Product Stage Solvent Input Quantity Quantity % of

Quantity of recovered lost solvent
solvent & recycled (Kg/ recovered
(Kg/batch) (Kg/batch) batch)
Bromide&Inter IPA 7.5 6.5 1 87
mediates
27. Diamyl Sodium Stage1 n-Pentanol 1460 700 760 48
sulfosuccinate Stage2 IPA 1500 1350 150 90
and Solution Methanol 5500 5300 200 97
Stage3 -- -- -- -- --
28. Moxifloxacin Stage 1 Toluene 1000 950 50 95
Hydrochloride Stage2 Toluene 1000 950 50 95
Stage3 Toluene 1000 950 50 95
Stage 4 Toluene 1000 950 50 95
Stage 5 Toluene 1000 950 50 95
IPA 750 700 50 94
29. Moxifloxacin Stage 2 TFH 1200 1000 200 84
Intermediate Stage3 IPA 930 850 80 92
Toluene 580 550 30 95
Stage 4 TFH 1160 1000 160 86
Toluene 600 550 50 92
Stage 5 Methanol 1350 1250 100 93
30. pregabalin Stage 1 Toluene 593 550 43 92
chloroform 450 425 25 94
Stage 2 Mandleic 406.5 246 160.5 60
acid
methanol 80 0 80 100
Stage 3 IPA 1190 1100 90 92
31. carbimazole Stage 2 THF 500 400 100 80
Ethylacetat 500 450 50 90
e
Pet ether 400 360 40 90
32. methimazole Stage 1 --- --- --- --- ---
Stage2 Ethanol 220 200 20 90
Acetone 225 200 25 88
33 Ondansetron Stage 1 --- --- ---- --- ---
hydedrochloride
dihydrate
Stage 2 Methanol 2500 2250 250 90
Stage 3 Acetone 900 800 100 88
Stage 4 --- --- --- --- ---
Stage 5 ----- --- --- --- ---
Stage 6 IPA 750 700 50 93
Methanol 750 700 50 93

35
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

No Product Stage Solvent Input Quantity Quantity % of

Quantity of recovered lost solvent
solvent & recycled (Kg/ recovered
(Kg/batch) (Kg/batch) batch)
33 carvedilol Stage 3 --- --- --- --- ---
Stage Benzylami 2500 2250 250 90
2A ne
Stage --- --- --- --- ---
1B
Stage Methanol 2500 2250 250 90
2B
Stage Toluene 48 0 48 100
3B
Stage Ethyl 40 0 40 100
4B acetate
Stage 1 Ethyl 658 600 58 91
acetate
Stage2 Methanol 750 700 50 93

Note: The recovered solvent would be sold to authorized recycler.

2.8.4 Air Pollution

Air Pollution can be defined as presence, in the outdoor atmosphere, of one or more air
contaminants (i.e. dust, fumes, gas, mist, odour, smoke or vapour) in sufficient quantities, of
such characteristics and of such duration so as to threaten to be injurious to human, plant or
animal life or to property, or which reasonably interferes with comfortable enjoyment of life or
property.

The assignment w.r.t. Air Pollution (AP) aspect was done by In-house Functional Area Experts
of EEIPL namely Dr. Sangram Ghugare, Mr. Yuvraj Damugade and the empanelled expert
Mr. Ramdas Wani. Also, in-house FAE Mr. Yuvraj Damugade were involved in the overall
exercise w.r.t. Air Quality and Modeling studies i.e. AQ aspect w.r.t. the project

2.8.4.1. Details of Boiler & D.G. Set

Under proposed plant, two boilers of 2 TPH and Thermic fluid heater (TFH) of 2 Lakh Kcal/Hr would
be installed under proposed unit for requirement of steam for manufacturing activity. Coal
(imported)and Furnace oil would be used as fuel for boiler, TPH respectively. D.G. Set of 1010KVA
shall be installed under proposed unit and the same shall be used during power failure.

Table 2.14 Details of Fuels for Boilers, TFH& DG Sets

Sr. Description Specifications

No. Steam Boiler TFH D.G. Sets
(2 Nos.)
1. Capacity 2 TPH 2Lakh Kcal/Hr 1010 KVA
2. Fuel Coal/Biomass Furnace Oil HSD
3. Fuel Quantity 24 TPD/48 TPD 24 Kg/hr 100

36
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

Sr. Description Specifications

No. Steam Boiler TFH D.G. Sets
(2 Nos.)
(Both boiler) Lit. / Hr.
4. Calorific value of fuel 4300 Kcal/Kg 10,000 Kcal/Kg 10,500 Kcal/Kg
5. Ash content (%) of fuel Coal - 10 % / Less than 0.1 %
Biomass – 3 % 0.02%
6. Sulphur content (%) of fuel Coal –0.5 % 4.5% 1%
7. Material of construction M.S. M.S. M.S.
8. Shape Round Round Round
9. Height (AGL) 30 M 18 M 6.5 M
10. Nature of pollutants likely
to be present in the stack PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx PM, NOx, HC,
gases SO2
11. Air Pollution Control Bag filter ---- ---
Equipment

2.8.4.2 Transportation details for Raw Materials requirement

Table 2.15 Transportation details of Raw Material Requirement

Sr. Means of Frequency of Distance Quantity of RM

No. Transport Vehicle Travelled Transported (TPM)
1. Road
Trucks 20Nos./M 1500 KM 200 MT/M
Tanker 6 Nos./M 1000 KM 500 KL/M

2.8.4.3 Transportation details for Final Product

Table 2.16 Transportation Details of Final Product

No. Means of Frequency of vehicle Distance Quantity of final product

Transport travelled Transported (TPM)
1. Road
Trucks 15Nos./M 1500 KM 120 MT/M

2.8.4.4 The Scrubbers

There would be process emissions in the form acidic vapors in the form of (HCL, HBr, Benzyl
chloride vapours) would be emitted during manufacturing. The same would be treated with
installation of scrubbers.
Table 2.17 Scrubber Details

Sr. Scrubber No. of Process Dia. of Height Packing Mode of Scrubbing Disposal
No. Connected Scrubber Emission Column of Material regeneration Media of
to attached from Column used in of the packing Scrubbed
Reactor Reactors Scrubber material Media
1. Reactors 2 Acidic 24 PP pall Caustic Dilute
3M ETP
vapors inch ring water spray Caustic

37
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

2.8.5 Fugitive Emissions

The sources of fugitive emissions identified under proposed DCPL’s bulk drugs and
intermediates manufacturing are as process operations, related miscellaneous operations,
material storage, equipment leaks and fuel yard.

 Process operations – Here emissions could occur from loading – unloading, mixing,
blending, and filling operations.
 Material Loading Emissions - Emissions may occur during material loading in mixing and
blending equipment due to the displacement of organic vapors. Emissions may be emitted
from a mixing tank when the device is uncovered or when a lid is open.
 Surface Evaporation - Surface evaporation may occur during mixing, dispersing, and
blending operations if the vessel contents are exposed to the atmosphere.
 Filling Losses - Emissions from product filling occur during transfer and free-fall into the
receiving container.

An emission control system typically consists of a capture device and a removal device. The
capture device (such as a hood or enclosure) captures the emission-laden air from the emission
area and ducts carry the exhaust air stream to removal equipment such as a recovery device or a
destructive control device. The VOCs getting released from storage tanks, process piping,
reactors, fuel storage and combustion are handled by various preventive measures like solvent
recovery system (control of solvent losses &process emissions) and through preventive
maintenance protocol for avoiding leakages and spillages. Nitrogen blanketing would be
provided to the reactor.

2.8.6 Solid Waste

Solid wastes generated from industrial activities are categorized as Hazardous and Non-
Hazardous Wastes. Non hazardous waste is defined as the waste that contributes no damage to
human or animal life. The assignment w.r.t. SHW aspect was done by In-house Functional
Area Expert of EEIPL - Dr. Sangram Ghugare. The solid waste generated from the proposed
unit of DCPL is as follows –

Table 2.18 List of Solid Wastes

No Type of Waste Quantity Disposal

1. Coal –2.4 MT/Day / Sold to brick manufacturers
Ash
Biomass – 1.08 MT/Day for secondary use
2. Plastic & paper waste 2 MT/M
By Sale as scrap
3. Empty Containers &Drums 1000 No/M

2.8.6.1 Coal ash characteristics

Ash mainly composed of silica, alumina and smaller quantities of oxides of iron, magnesium,
calcium and other elements. Ash also contains unburnt carbon residues that give it its dark
colour. The carbon content as measured by loss on ignition test, LOI, is commonly found in
imported coal to be in the range of 3% - 6%.

38
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

Table 2.19 Typical Characteristics of Coal Ash

Fly Ash (%) Bottom Ash (%)

SiO2 40 - 60 40 - 65
Al2O3 20 - 35 20 - 30
Fe2O3 5 - 15 3 - 14
CaO 0.6 - 10 1-6
MgO 0.4 - 5 0.4 - 3
Na2O 0.1 - 2 0.2 - 1.3
K 2O 0.5 - 3 0.7 - 1.6

2.8.7 Hazardous Wastes

Wastes that pose substantial dangers immediately or over a period of time to human, plant, or
animal life are classified as Hazardous Wastes (HW). Details of HW have been shown in the
following table.

Table 2.20 Hazardous Wastes

Sr. No Description Quantity Mode of Disposal

1. Cat.:26.1-Process Residues& Wastes 8 MT/M To be forwarded to
2. Cat.: 35.3 – ETP Sludge 5 MT/M CHWTSDF
Cat.: 35.3 – Salts generated from Would be sold to Authorized
3. 2 MT/M
MEE re-processor
Would be sold to Authorized
4. Cat.: 26.4 Spent Solvent 50 MT/M Spent Solvent re-processor
5. Cat.: 28.3 Spent Carbon 1.7 MT/M CHWTSDF
6. Cat.: 26.5Spent Catalyst 0.07 MT/M CHWTSDF

2.8.7.1 Storage of the Hazardous Waste

The hazardous waste generated from manufacturing operations would be stored in a leachate
proof tank which shall be stored in a leachate proof yard to be provided on site. Following
Figure 2.8 and Figure 2.9shows the section of storage tank and storage area
Table 2.21 Storage & Disposal of Hazardous Waste
Sr. H.W Mode of
No. Mode of Packing Storage Disposal
Categories Transportation
1. Cat. No.26.1 - Drums,
Collected and
Process containers
stored in leak proof Forwarded to
Residue & and ETP
bags CHWTSDF
Waste sludge bags Through
on quarterly
Sludge generated would be trucks of
basis when
in the ETP stored in authorized
appropriate
treatment process dedicated
Cat. No. 35.3 quantity gets
2. and MEE salt Hazardous transporter
– ETP Sludge accumulated
would be collected Waste
on site.
, bagged and Storage yard
dispatch to in the

39
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

Sr. H.W Mode of

No. Mode of Packing Storage Disposal
Categories Transportation
Cat.: 35.3 – CHWTSDF premises.
Salts These drums,
generated containers
from MEE and bags
Collected and would not be
Cat.: 26.4
3. stored in leak proof stored for
Spent Solvent
containers more than
Cat.: 28.3 Stored in ninety days
4. on site.
Spent Carbon Hazardous Waste
Cat.: 26.5 Storage yard
5
Spent Catalyst

Figure 2.2 Hazardous Waste Storage Tank

Figure 2.3 Hazardous Waste Storage Area

40
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

2.8.8 Noise Pollution

Noise is normally defined as objectionable or unwanted sound which is without agreeable

quality and essentially non-euphonious. The concern on noise depends upon noise level near
the source,in the work environment and near residential zone. Earlier, noise was summarized to
be exclusively an occupational problem. But since the effects are found also on people who are
not directly involved, it has acquired wider dimension. Hence, it is necessary to know the noise
levels near the sources as well as near residential colonies.

2.8.8.1 Sources of Noise Pollution

There would be no major noise generating sources in the proposed unit of DCPL other than the
boiler, reactors, compressors, MEE treatment Plant and D.G. Set. Noise pollution from boiler
area and compressor area would be in the range of 70 dB to 80 dB. Among these, prominent
source of noise would be the boiler house. Insulation helps in limiting noise levels. The
workers entering the plant would be protected by earmuffs, which would give the reduction of
30 dB (A). The D.G. Setof 1010 KVA would also be considered as one of the major sources of
noise generation. However, this is not continuous source. Only in case of power failure, D.G.
Sets would be operated. Isolated and sound insulating structural arrangements would be
provided to D.G. sets. Moreover, as per Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control)
(Amendment) Rules, 2010 it would be provided acoustic enclosure to reduce the noise level.
Also, a silencer would be provided to it as noise pollution control equipment.

2.8.9 Land Pollution

Land pollution may occur through a number of actions such as use of untreated effluent for
gardening /irrigation, fly ash deposition and/or disposal on land in haphazard manner, dumping
of solid wastes in an uncontrolled manner and overall inefficient housekeeping and bad
operation practices. Appropriate and adequate management practices including good
housekeeping and periodic monitoring of various attributes contributing to dust shall
considerably curb these types of emissions and consequent pollution problems.

41
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

2.8.10 Odour Pollution

There are different odour sources in a chemical plant, which include raw material & product
storage places, process operations, loading/unloading sections etc. which could give rise to
smell nuisance. To abate the odour problems, the industry shall take following steps and
actions-

1. All the feed, loading & unloading pumps for products and raw materials to be fitted with
mechanical seals instead of glands to reduce leakages through pumps.
2. The products and raw materials loading & unloading area shall be provided with fumes
extraction system comprising of circulation pump with blower and scrubber. The bulk
storage tanks will be connected to scrubbers for taking care of fumes coming out from vent.
Adoption of Good management practices (GMPs).
3. Arranging awareness and training camps for workers.Provision and use of PPE like masks
by everybody associated with odour prone areas.
4. Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to remove
and control odour from work zone areas.

2.9. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COST

The capital as well as O & M cost towards environmental aspects under proposed activities
would be as follows

Table 2.22 Capital as well as O & M Cost

Sr. Description Cost Component (Rs. Lakhs)

No. Capital O & M/Year
1. Capital cost of ETP comprising of RO, MEE, Guard 250 25
tank forstandby storage of effluent,Solvent Recovery
System and allied Infrastructure
2. Cost towards APC equipment,Bag Filters, Stacks, 50 5
Scrubbers
3. Cost towards Noise Level Management 5 2
4. Green Belt Development 10 2
5. Environmental Monitoring & Management -- 7
6. Occupational Health & Safety 5 2
7. CER Activities for next Four years 63.5 --
Total 383.5 43

2.10. GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

The total plot area of DCPL is 16307 M2 (2.4 Ha). An area of 5112.24M2 would be an
actual area on which the industrial activities would be carried out. As per MoEFCC
norms the proposed green belt development would be5381.97M2 i.e. 33% of the total plot area.
Thick plantation barrier have been provided on the periphery of the industrial plot.
Augmentation of avenue tree plantation along all the internal and approach roads shall be done.

42
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

2.11. RAIN WATER HARVESTING

Being a chemical based industry here collection of the rainwater getting accumulated from
direct precipitation on the total roof area will be taken in to account. Rainwater thus becoming
available from terraces as well as roofs of various structures and units in the industrial premises
would be collected through arrangements of channels and pipes to be provided as per
appropriate slopes at the roof level. Collected rain water would then be taken to ground and
either stored in open excavated tanks / ditches in the ground or charged directly to bore wells to
be provided in the premises. Total amount of water that will receive in the form of rainfall over
an area is called the rainwater endowment of that area. Out of this, the amount that can be
effectively harvested is called the water harvesting potential. For the calculation of harvested
rain water which shall become available subsequent to rooftop harvesting, a computation
method from the ‘Hydrology and Water Resource Engineering’ has been adopted. There
under, “A. N. Khosla’s Formula” has been followed. The allied calculations are as under-

The average annual rainfall in the area = 545 mm.

Now, as per “A. N. Khosla’s Formula”, the average annual accumulation can be calculated by
using the following equation:

R = [P- (t / 2.12)]
Where,
R = Average annual accumulation in cm, for the catchment area.
P = The corresponding average annual rainfall or precipitation, in cm, over the entire
catchment. (In current case it is 545 mm i.e. 54.5 cm)
t = Mean annual temperature in deg. Centigrade. (In current case it is 30 0C)
 The accumulation on the entire catchment area will be,

R = [54.5 – (30/2.12)]
= 40.35 say 41 Cm
 Volume acquired by this accumulation water will be,
= 41 cm  Roof Top Area
= 0.41 M 1314.66 M2
= 539 M3

43
 Chapter 3

DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENT
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

3.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter incorporates description of existing environmental status in the 'Study Area'
which is a region within a circle of 10 Km radius with the industry / plant at its center. The
existing environmental condition of the study area is representative of impacts due to all the
industries, units and projects in it and is described with respect to the topography, climate,
hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil characteristics, flora,
fauna, socio-economic profile, land use and places of archaeological importance. Study area
in respect of proposed project by Devi Chemscience Pvt. Ltd. (DCPL) is located around
industrial site at Plot No. C-174/1, Chincholi MIDC, Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur,
Maharashtra State. The project site lies between Latitude 17°46'08.70” N and Longitude
75° 49' 00.43” E.

3.2 LAND USE AND LAND COVER (LU&LC)

The term Land Use relates to the human activity or economic function associated with a
specific piece of Land, while the term Land Cover relates to the type of feature present on the
surface of the earth (Lillesand and Kiefer, 2000). The knowledge of Land Use Land Cover is
important for many planning and management activities as it is considered as an essential
element for modeling and understanding the earth system. Land use maps are presently being
developed from local to National to Global Scales for Environmental Impact Studies. The
satellite Remote Sensing technology has found its acceptance worldwide for rapid resource
assessment and monitoring, particularly in the developing world. All these advancements
have widened the applicability of Remotely Sensed data in various areas, like forest cover,
vegetation type mapping, and their changes in regional scale. If satellite data is judiciously
used along with the sufficient ground data, it is possible to carry out detailed forest
inventories, monitoring of land Use and vegetation cover at various scales.

The assignment w.r.t. land use and land cover mapping of study area using LISS IV Satellite
Image has been done by Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula who is an empanelled expert FAE of
EEIPL for LU & LC. The scope of work methodology involved and allied details are
presented in following paragraphs.

3.2.1 Scope of Work

Major objective of the assignment was to prepare LU & LC of the study area and
simultaneously demarcating topographic features especially emphasizing drainage map of the
region.

3.2.2 Study Area

For the present study, an area of 10 Km radius from DCPL Plant (which comes about 314.15
Sq. Km.) has been marked and selected as per guidelines. Also, there are many industries
located in study area. The lists of major industrial units have been tabulated in table 3.2 and
their sources of pollution have been mentioned in chapter – 4. Existing status of industrial
areas in Solapur district are mentioned in following tables.
 
 
 
 
 
44
 
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Table 3.1 Existing Status of Industrial Areas in Solapur District

Name of Area No. of Plots No. of Plots Prevailing Rate No. of

Area (in Ha.) Developed Allotted (Rs./Sq.M.) Vacant Plots
Akkalkot Road 216.48 903 903 3,701 NIL
Chincholi 1,022.60 720 510 2,822 210
Tembhurni 321.44 16 58 1,021 106
Mangalvedha 95.06 40 16 1,311 24
Kurduwadi 25.97 42 06 1,050 38
Total 1,681.55 18 1,493 -- 378

Table 3.2 List of Major Industries in Chincholi MIDC

Sr. Name of the Industry Address

No.
1 Ambay Iron Pvt. Ltd. Chincholi MIDC Area, Tal.:Mohol
2 Arihant Tournesol Ltd. 74/1, Mardi – C R. Bhogaon, Tal.: North Solapur.
3 Ashok Polymers Ltd. P. No. A - 6/2, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol
4 Avon Organics Ltd. Chincholi Village, Solapur
5 Balaji Amines Ltd. P.No. E- 7& E-8, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal.Mohol
6 Bang Data Forms Pvt. Ltd. P.No. A - 7/68, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol
7 Bang Poly Packs Ltd. MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal.Mohol
8 Chandravardhan Organics Pvt. Ltd. P.No.B-9, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol
9 Chetan Foundries Ltd. 31-34, I.E. MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol
10 Cimmco Spinners P.No.B-1, M.I.D.C. Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol
11 Clancey Precision Components MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol
Pvt. Ltd.
12 Niwas Spinning Mills Ltd. P. No. 5 & 6, MIDC Area, Chincholi, Tal.: Mohol
13 Prabhavati Spinning Mills P. No. A/1, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol
Ltd.
14 Sarojini Steel Ltd. P.No.11, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol
15 Satguru Agro Industries Ltd. P. No. A-Z & A - 3, MIDC Area Chincholi,
Tal.Mohol
16 Smruthi Organics Pvt. Ltd. 1)273/4, MIDC Area Akkalkot Road, Solapur.
2) A-27, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol
17 Somany Evergreen Knits Ltd. P. No. K - 1, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol.
18 Suresh Jatla MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol
19 Venkata Ranga Textile Pvt. Ltd. P.No. A - 65, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol.
20 Volant Textile Mills Ltd. P.No. K - 56, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal - Mohol.
21 Sri Krishna Pharmaceuticals Ltd. P. No. B-14/2 , MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal - Mohol.

45
 
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Figure 3.1 Google Image Showing 10 Km Radius Study Area Circle

46
 
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping

Land use study requires data regarding topography, zoning, settlement, industry, forest, roads
and traffic etc. The collection of this data was done from various secondary sources viz.
census books, revenue records, state and central government offices, Survey of India
toposheet etc. and through primary field surveys as well as high resolution multi spectral
satellite image from IRSRESOURCESAT 2 Satellite with LISS IV sensor. The date of pass
of the image is 08.01.2016. The image has a spatial resolution of 5M X 5M. Apart from
LULC Map, topographic features of the region were extracted covering village locations,
streams, roads, river in the satellite image. In addition to this, natural drainage network is also
captured to prepare drainage map as required. The purposes of land use studies are:
 To determine the present land use pattern;
 To analyze the impact on land use due to industrial growth in the study area;
 To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern vis-à-vis growth of
industries in the study area and its associated impacts

3.2.4 Methodology for LU & LC Study

The overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of the present study
involves the following steps-

 Satellite data of IRS Resourcesat-2 sensor is geometrically corrected and enhanced

using principal component method and Nearest Neighborhood resampling technique.
 Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map and from the
satellite image by visual interpretation.
 Essential maps (related to natural resources) like Land use / Land cover map are
prepared by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual interpretation is
carried out based on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern, texture,
location, association, background etc. in conjunction with existing maps/ literature.
 Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps
prepared.
 All the maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and
drainages. In that process editing, labeling, mosaiking, quality checking, data
integration etc are done, finally Land use areas are measured in Square Kilometers.

47
 
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Figure 3.2 Process Flow Chart

3.2.5 Satellite Data: Obtained from NRSC, Hyderabad

Sr. No. Satellite Data Date Format

1 IRS–Resourcesat2 08 JAN 2016 TIFF

Since all the data of the study area were geo-referenced to UTM 43N WGS84 projection
system, the satellite images were also obtained with the same coordinate system from NRSA.
Before image classification was carried out, the satellite images were pre-processed. All the
processing and classification of the satellite images were performed in the ERDAS Imagine
9.1 software. The data was delivered in separate bands of 2, 3 and 4. As such, the first step
was to stack together to get a composite. The scenes were then mosaiked together since the
study area covered parts of both the scenes. Once a satisfactory mosaic was done whereby the
joins were no longer visible and the radiometric resolution of both the scenes were matched.
This subset of the original images was then run through the unsupervised classification tool
of the software to finally create the grouping of classes present in the study area. The location
of DCPL industry is shown on satellite image in Figure 3.3 and visual interpretation keys
used for the study are given in Figure 3.4.

48
 
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Figure 3.3 Satellite Image

49
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 
Figure 3.4 Visual Interpretation Key Used for the Study

Project Site Industrial Area Settlement

Roads Railway line Water Bodies

Crop Land Fallow Land Scrub

3.3 Land Use Studies

It includes study of topographic features and land use under which area statistics for Land
Use Land Cover classes and Land Use Land Cover statistics are included.

3.3.1 Topographical Features

Obtained from Survey of India

Sl. No. Toposheet No. Type Format

1 47 O/9, 47 O/10 Scanned TIFF
47 O/13, 47 O/14
Creating a GIS spatial database is a complex operation, and it is the heart of the entire work;
it involves data capture, verification and structuring processes. In the present study, the
essential maps generated from toposheets are layout map, drainage map, Contour Map. The
maps are prepared to a certain scale and with attributes complying with the requirement of
TOR. The location of entities on the earth’s surface is then specified by means of an agreed
co-ordinate system. For most GIS, the common frame of co-ordinate system used for the
study is UTM co-ordinates system. All the maps are first Geo-referenced. The same
procedure was also applied on remote sensing data before it is used to prepare the Essential
maps The topographical map (Figure 3.5) of industrial site of scale 1:50,000, was obtained
from Survey of India.

50
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Figure 3.5 Topographical Map

51
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 
3.3.2 Eco-Sensitive Map

Eco-sensitive map is a matter of more concern because the project should not hamper the
natural eco system and surrounding natural resources. The Eco- sensitive map of the
proposed project site shows that there is Great Indian Bustard ( GIB) wildlife sanctuary near
to Chincholi MIDC. It is less than 5km from the project site. As the GIB sanctuary is very
close to MIDC there could be impact on the birds and wildlife living in the sanctuary.

Figure 3.6 Map showing Wild Life Sanctuary and National Park

Land use Map Analysis

Land use Map Analysis done based on the image color, texture, Tone etc. Following steps are
used to analyze the Land use pattern of project site:

 Collection of IRS Resourcesat-2 images and made fused and blended the images for
color combinations using Image interpreter-Utilities and Layer stack option available
in ERDAS.
 Identification AOI and made a buffer of 10km radius.
 Enhance the Fused and blended IRS Resourcesat-2 image using the Spatial,
Radiometric and Temporal options in ERDAS.
 Rectified the IRS Resourcesat-2 image using Geo-referencing technique, Toposheet to
get UTM coordinate system.

52
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 
 Subset the IRS Resourcesat-2 images and Toposheet using 10Kms buffer AOI.
 Automatic classifications done for IRS Resourcesat-2 images using maximum
iterations and number of options in unsupervised classification options.
 Created the signature file by selecting the more samples of different features with
AOI on Unsupervised classification image.
 Export to Vector layer from supervised classification image.
 Conducting QC / QA and finalized the data.

3.3.3 Land Use of Study Area

Land use map developed was based on the image color, texture, tone and also ground truth
verification data. Ground truth verification was carried out to validate the results of classified
image and reconciliation was carried out with actual location of land mark features such as
water bodies, agriculture land, etc.

53
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Figure 3.7 Land use classification found within 10 Kms radius buffers.

54
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

The supervised classification of the satellite image revealed following classes:

Table 3.3 Area Statistics for Land Use & Land Cover Classes

Sr. No. Classes Area (Ha) Percentage (%)

3.0 Built Up Area 1330.00 4.23
4.0 Crop Land 14754.60 46.97
5.0 Fallow Land 8676.22 27.62
6.0 Water Bodies 162.00 0.52
7.0 Barren Land 1854.68 5.90
8.0 River 51.00 0.16
9.0 Grass Land with open 4587.00 14.60
Scrub
Total 31415.50 100.00

Figure 3.8 Land Use & Land Cover Statistics

Land Use Land Cover  Classification
4.23%
Built Up Area
0.16% 14.60%
Crop Land
5.90%
0.52% Fallow Land

Water Bodies 
46.97%
Barren Land
27.62%
River

Grass Land with open 
Scrub

Interpretation-

 Built Up Area: Built Up Area cover about 4.23% of area within 10km radius of
study area. The surrounding villages around the project site are well developed with
road electricity, and water connectivity. The proposed project site is in Chincholi
MIDC which is well developed and connected with national Highway connecting
Pune and Solapur.

 Crop land: Most of the land use within the 10km radius buffer is crop land. The crop
land covers about 46.97% area. Most of crop are rice, maize, Johar, ragibjra and sugar
cane.

55
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

 Fallow land: The first major land use is fallow land, that cover about 27.62% area
within 10km radius buffer. This fallow land is because of changing of crop type and
leaving the land uncultivated to get fertile. Some of the fallow land is seen because of
hilly region where there is lack of continuous water supply.

 Water Bodies: The part of the earth's surface covered with water . It is a natural or
man-made enclosed water body with a regulated flow of water. It occupies about
0.52%in this study area.

 Grass land with Scrub: The density of scrub is more in this area. It covers 14.60% of
total area.

3.3.4. Settlement Map

The proposed site is located close to National Highway – 9 (Solapur to Hyderabad ). The area
has good literacy rate and there is a lot of development taking place in this area. All the
villages are well connected with the roads. Because of existing of other industries the area is
well developed with proposer roads, water and electricity supply.

The settlement map shows the location of villages along with the roads and industries as
shown in figure 3.8

3.3.5. Contour Map

The contours are digitized using the topographical maps with scale 1:50,000. The contours
levels range from 440 to 500 m in the 10 km buffer zone. The contour map has been
developed with the contour interval of 20 m In order to know the height information, the
contour liners are indicated with different colors. The source of the contour is from survey of
India, topographical map. The contour values are with reference to mean Sea level. The
proposed site is located at a height of around 480 m from mean Sea level. The contour map of
the study area is given below:

56
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Figure 3.9 Settlement Map

57
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Figure 3.10 Contour Map

58
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

3.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

 
3.4.1. Soil Quality: Present status

Soil quality is the capacity of a specific kind of soil to function, within natural or Managed
ecosystem boundaries, to sustain plant and animal productivity, maintain or enhance water
and air quality and support human health and habitation. Soil quality reflects how well a soil
performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and productivity, partitioning water and
solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling and providing support for plants and
other structures. Thus, soil quality plays vital role in any particular geographical phenomenon
of ecology as well as Physico-chemical environment. Soil quality can indicate the current as
well as future issues related with the water, ecology and life in the particular region. Thus, it
is clearly visible that soil.

Contamination may result in eventuality in form of contamination of water, ecological

destruction, and loss of productivity, food crisis and so threat to life. The major source of
contamination is wastes from industries as well as overuse of fertilizers & pesticide. Thus, to
determine the exact impacts of any proposed project, it is very essential to determine the
existing status of soil quality and existing stress through a study of soil quality assessment.

Considering this, for studying soils of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess
the existing soil conditions in and around the project area representing various, physiographic
conditions, geology, land form and land use conditions. The physical, chemical
characteristics were determined. The samples were collected by soil auger and other required
equipments, up to a depth of 30 cm. as per standard soil sampling procedure , given in Soil
survey manual , All India soil and land use survey, New Delhi1970 of Ministry of agriculture,
Govt. of India.

3.4.2. Methodology

3.4.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation

The present study of the soil profile establishes the baseline characteristics and this will help
in future identification of the incremental concentrations if any, due to the operation of the
project. The sampling locations have been identified with the following objectives:
 To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area;
 To determine the impact of industrialization on soil characteristics; and
 To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural productivity point of
view.
Nine locations in and around the proposed plant boundary were selected for soil sampling. At
each location, soil samples were collected from surface 0 to 30 cm depth and are
homogenized and collected after quartering. The homogenized samples were analyzed for
physical and chemical characteristics. The soil samples were collected during post-monsoon
season. (16th Feb 2018).
The samples have been analyzed as per the established scientific methods for Physico-
chemical parameters.  The methodology adopted for each parameter is described in Table-3.4

59
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Table 3.4 Analytical Techniques for Soil Analysis

Parameter Method (ASTM Number)

Grain size distribution Sieve analysis (D 422 – 63)
Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads
Administration
Bulk density Sand replacement, core cutter
Sodium absorption ratio Flame photometric (D 1428-82)
pH pH meter (D 1293-84)
Electrical conductivity Conductivity meter (D 1125-82)
Nitrogen Kjeldhal distillation (D 3590-84)
Phosphorus Molybdenum blue, colorimetric (D 515-82)
Potassium Flame photometric (D 1428-82)
Iron AAS (D 1068-84)
Zinc AAS (D 1691-84)
Boron Surcumin, colorimetric (D 3082-79)
Chlorides Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)

3.4.2.2 Sources of Information

In addition to field surveys, other sources of information were National Bureau of Soil
Survey and Land Use Planning (NBSS and LUP) as well as District Census Data from
Census of India, 2011.

3.4.3. Soil Types

The chief soil found in the study region is very shallow, well drained clayed soils on gently
sloping lands with means and buttes with moderate erosion; associated with shallow well
drained, clayey soils with moderate erosion. Also the study area consist of deep, moderately
well drained, fine, calcareous soils on very gently sloping valley with moderate erosion;
associated with deep, moderately well drained, fine, calcareous soil with moderate erosion
(Figure 3.10) may be referred for soil map within 10 km radius buffer.

60
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Figure 3.11 Soil Map

61
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Overall, Nine soil sampling points were selected. The locations are listed in Table 3.4 and
analysis report under
Table 3.5 Soil Sampling Locations

Station Name of the Co-ordinates Distance w.r.t. Direction

Code Sampling the Industrial w.r.t. the
Point Site (Km) Industrial
Site
S1 Devi Chem 17046'9.3˝ N --- ---
Industrial Site 750 48' 58.5˝ E
S2 Chincholi 17045'39.4˝ N 1.69 SW
750 48'11.9˝E
S3 Kondi 170 44' 40.3˝ N 3.04 SE
750 49'47.2˝E
S4 Kegaon 170 43' 10.5˝N 6.73 SE
750 51' 14.1˝ E
S5 Karamba 170 40' 12.9˝ N 11.89 SE
750 51' 43.07˝ E
S6 Akolekati 170 47'46.6˝ N 3.48 NE
750 50' 1.1˝ E
S7 Ranmasle 170 50 ' 1.8˝ N 7.59 NW
750 47' 36.03˝ E
S8 Darfal 170 48 ' 7.5˝ N 5.03 NW
750 47' 4.0˝ E
S9 Sawleshwar 170 45 ' 29.7˝ N 5.82 SW
750 47.1.0˝ E

62
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Table 3.6 Existing Soil Characteristics

Sr. No. S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9
Parameters Unit
Site Chincholi Kondi Kegaon Karamba Akolekati Ranmasle Darfal Sawleshwar
Physical properties ----
1. Color -- Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black
2. Texture
Sand % 14 6 8 7 9 8 9 7 10
Silt % 38 30 26 25 27 28 29 32 30
Clay % 48 64 66 68 64 64 62 61 60
Soil Textural Class -- Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay
3. Bulk Density g/cc 1.30 1.24 1.21 1.1 1.23 1.25 1.27 1.28 1.11
4. Infiltration Cm/hr 1.02 0.20 0.18 0.15 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.23 0.25
rate(Permeability )
5. Water holding % 57.89 70.72 73.05 74.58 71.19 72.11 69.80 68.57 75.81
capacity(WHC)
6. Porosity % 55.29 70.29 72.39 74.02 70.91 71.28 68.75 67.99 72.92
Chemical
Properties
7. pH (1:5 7.06 7.12 7.17 7.54 7.41 7.05 7.24 7.37 7.21
Aq.Extraction
8. Conductivity µS/cm 0.9 0.18 0.25 0.29 0.21 0.22 0.17 0.21 0.24
(1:5 Aq.Extraction
9 Cation Exchange (meq/100gm)
Capacity 18.44 34.24 36.88 38.33 33.54 34.16 32.44 30.81 29.28
10 Exchangeable (meq/100gm) 19.50
Calcium 12.93 21.45 23.68 24.08 21.66 21.56 20.85 20.09 19.50
11 Exchangeable (meq/100gm) 11.96
Magnesium 5.04 12.12 13.25 11.29 11.77 10.87 10.03 9.13
12 Exchangeable (meq/100gm
Potassium 0.35 0.55 0.58 0.69 0.56 0.56 0.50 0.48 0.46
13 Exchangeable (meq/100gm) 0.19
Sodium 0.12 0.28 0.30 0.31 0.027 0.027 0.22 0.21
14 Sodium Absorption ---- 0.042 0.069 0.071 0.072 0.068 0.066 0.055 0.054 0.050
Ratio (SAR)
15 Available Nitrogen Kg/ha 282.6 407.4 419.3 396.8 458.2 477.0 689.0 480.1 395.0
as N

63
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 
Sr. No. S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9
Parameters Unit
Site Chincholi Kondi Kegaon Karamba Akolekati Ranmasle Darfal Sawleshwar
16 Available Kg/ha 216.4 253.6
Phosphorous as P 191.8 268.7 248.0 307.1 328.2 406.9 383.8
17 Available Kg/ha 177.5 203.1 221.8 210.2 249.4 229.1 217.3 254.6 216.5
Potassium as K
18 Organic Carbon % 0.70 0.74 0.63 0.81 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.74 0.89
19 Organic Matter % 1.20 1.27 1.08 1.39 1.29 1.39 1.48 1.27 1.53
20 Water Soluble mg/kg 18.0 20.95 19.85 27.63 27.51 21.25 22.63 24.80
Chlorides as Cl
21 Water Soluble mg/kg 14.70 18.52 15.70 19.60 21.64 17.83 20.59 19.54 23.54
Sulphates as SO4
22 Aluminium mg/kg 0.06 0.08 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.14 0.12 0.11
23 Total Iron mg/kg 1.60 3.05 2.70 3.65 3.89 3.52 4.41 4.56 3.99
24 Manganese mg/kg ppm 1.90 1.95 1.0 1.19 1.62 1.05 2.19 0.98 1.59
25 Boron mg/kg/or 0.50 0.85 1.00 0.96 1.09 0.65 0.91 1.11
ppm 1.15
26 Zinc mg/kg/or 1.35 1.46 2.65 2.01 1.98 1.40 1.55 2.89
ppm 2.87
27 Total Chromium as mg/kg or Nil
Cr ppm Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil
28 Lead as Pb mg/kg
or ppm Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil
29 mg/kg/ppm
Nickel as Ni 0.13 0.45 0.14 0.25 0.29 0.21 0.55 0.61 0.33
30 Arsenic as As mg/kg or
ppm BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
31 Mercury as Hg mg/kg
or ppm BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
32 Cadmium as Cd mg/kg or
ppm 0.11 0.03 0.09 0,06 0.06 0.14 0.06 0.13 0.19
Method of testing: As per SSSA/Soil Analysis by M.L.Jackson/USEP Note: Analysis result for soil are given at Annexure-I.

64
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

3.4.4. Interpretation

 Physical characters
The physical characters include Bulk density, grain size distribution (textural
analysis).infiltration rate, water holding capacity, and porosity

 Grain size distribution: Texture indicates relative proportion of various sizes of

primary soil particles such as sand, silt and clay present in the soil. Based on their
quantities present in the soil sample and using the textural classification diagram. The
textural classes of nine soil samples are Clay (fine texture.) Bulk density values
confirm the textural class.
 Bulk Density: In case of bulk density total soil space (space occupied by solid and
pore spaces combined) are taken in to consideration. Thus Bulk Density is defined as
the mass (weight) of a unit volume of a dry soil. This volume would, off course
include both solids and pores. Soil texture, soil structure and organic matter content
are the factors influencing the bulk density of a soil. Bulk Density, besides being an
interesting and significant physical characteristic, is very important as a basis for
certain computations. The Bulk density of the nine soil sample under consideration
ranges between 1.1 to 1.30 gm/cc, and confirms the fine texture of the soils of the area
under study.
 Porosity: The pore space of a soil is the space occupied by air and water and is
expressed as percent pore space. The amount of this pore space is determined by
structural conditions, that is by inter- related influence of texture, compactness and
aggregation. Porosity is also related to aeration and retention and movement of water
in the soil. The porosity of nine soil sample ranges between 55.29 to 74.02% and is
good in accordance to the texture of soil, and considered good for air and water
movement in the soil for crops.
 Permeability: Permeability is the entry of fluid from one medium to another. In soil –
water relationship, it means entry of water from air in to soil. : permeability rate is
defined as maximum rate at which a soil in a given condition can absorb rain or
irrigation water as it comes at soil surface, permeability rate is the rate of water entry
in to the soil when flow is non-divergent. It is a surface and sub surface character, and
is expressed as mm/sec or cm/hr .Permeability of nine samples under study is between
0.15 to 1.02 cm /hour, and classified as very slow to slow for agriculture and
conservation, indicating very good availability of moisture to cops after rain or
irrigation.
 Water Holding Capacity (WHC): Water holding capacity of soil is the maximum
amount of moisture, a dry soil is capable of holding, under given standard condition.
If the moisture content is increased further percolation result WHC is of great value to
practical agriculture, since it provides a simple means to determine moisture content.
WHC required for good crop growth is 35 to 70%. The WHC of the nine soil samples
is between 57.89 to 75.81 % and is good, indicating good availability of water for
crop growth indicating less frequent water application for growing crops

65
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

 Chemical Characters:
The parameters considered for chemical analysis are: Soil reaction (pH), Electrical
conductivity (EC), Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)) Cations, like Calcium, Magnesium,
Sodium and Potassium, water soluble sulphates ,and chlorides, sodium Adsorption Ratio
(SAR), Macro nutrients like Available Nitrogen, total Organic carbon, organic matter
Available phosphorus, available potassium Micro nutrients like Iron Zinc, manganese and
boron. Heavy metals like, Chromium(Cr), Lead (Pb), Nickel (Ni), Arsenic(As), Mercury
(Hg) and Cadmium (Cd).

 Soil reaction (pH): The nutritional importance of pH is illustrated, thus hydrogen ion
concentration has influence not only on, solubility of nutrients, but also upon facility
with which these nutrients are absorbed by plants, even already in soil solution for
e.g. Fe, Mn and Zn become less available as pH rises from 4.5 to 7. At pH 6.5 to7.0
utilization of nitrate and ammonia nitrogen becomes more available. In case of
phosphorus it becomes less available to plant as pH increases above 8.5, due to its
fixation in exchange complex of soil. For the nine soil sample under consideration the
pH ranges between 7.05 to 7.54 indicating soils are neutral, and suitable for growing
all crops
 Electrical conductivity (EC): The salt content of the soils are estimated by EC
measurements, and is useful to designate soils as normal or sodic (saline). Electrical
conductivity is expressed as µmhos/cm at 250C, µsmhos/ cm or mmhos /cm or sm/cm.
The EC of nine soil samples is between 0.17 to 0.29 µs/cm and are below the limits to
be called as saline and hence the soils are normal for crop growth.
 Organic Carbon / Organic matter( %): Although accounting for only a small part
of the total soil mass in mineral soils, organic matter influences physical, chemical,
and biological activities in the soil. Organic matter in the soil is plant and animal
residue which serves as a reserve for many essential nutrients, especially nitrogen.
Determination of organic matter helps to estimate the nitrogen which will be released
by bacterial activity for the next season depending on the conditions, soil aeration,
pH, type of organic material, and other factors. The nine soil samples under
consideration contain 0.63 to 0.89 % organic carbon & 1.08 to1.53% organic matter,
OM is calculated from organic carbon estimation. As per crop requirements the soils
are having sufficient organic matter content, required for growing crop in next season.
 Available Nitrogen (N) Nitrogen is a part of all living cells and is a necessary part of
all proteins, enzymes and metabolic processes involved in the synthesis and transfer
of energy. Nitrogen is a part of chlorophyll, the green pigment of the plant that is
responsible for photosynthesis. Helps plants with rapid growth, increasing seed and
fruit production and improving the quality of leaf and forage crops. The available
nitrogen in the nine samples in question, as per analysis ranges between 217.36 to
463.65 kg / ha showing very high nitrogen content for crop growth.
 Available Phosphorus (P): Like nitrogen, phosphorus (P) is an essential part of the
process of photosynthesis. Involved in the formation of all oils, sugars, starches, etc.
Helps with the transformation of solar energy into chemical energy; proper plant
maturation; withstanding stress. Effects rapid growth, .Encourages, blooming and root

66
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

growth. The phosphorus content of soil of nine samples ranges between 147.50 to
319.64 kg/ha and falls under high category for crop growth.
 Available Potassium (K): Potassium is absorbed by plants in larger amounts than
any other mineral element except nitrogen and, in some cases, calcium. Helps in the
building of protein, photosynthesis, fruit quality and reduction of diseases. The
Potassium content of nine soil samples ranges between 136.50 To 202.80 kg/ha and is
more than sufficient for crop growth.
 Cation Exchange capacity (CEC): The total amount of exchangeable cations that a
soil can retain is designated as cation exchange capacity (CEC) and usually expressed
as me/100gm of soil. Determination of amount of cations present in soil is useful,
because CEC influences the availability of adsorbed cations to both higher plants and
soil microorganisms. Thus CEC is directly related to fertility of soils. The CEC of the
nine samples ranges between 18.44 to 38.33 me / 100 gm soil. A soil with low CEC
indicates low fertility and soils with high CEC indicates high fertility. nine soil
samples are clay textured having high percentage of clay, with montmorillonite as
dominating clay mineral, in turn high CEC and high fertility.
 Exchangeable Calcium (Ca++) Calcium, an essential part of plant cell wall
structure, provides for normal transport and retention of other elements as well as
strength in the plant. It is also thought to counteract the effect of alkali salts and
organic acids within a plant and soil acidity. The exchangeable calcium content of
nine soil samples ranges between 0.46 to 0.69 me/100gm soil, and having high base
saturation percentage. ( ranging from 63 to 72 %). For normal crop growth a calcium
base saturation percent of soils between 50 to 75% is required.
 Exchangeable Magnesium (Mg++): Magnesium is part of the chlorophyll in all
green plants and essential for photosynthesis. It also helps activate many plant
enzymes needed for growth. The magnesium content of the nine soil samples ranges
between 0.027 to 0.31 me /100 gm soil, which is 28 to 30% and further adding to base
saturation. Magnesium base saturation percent of 30 % is normal.
 Exchangeable  Potassium  (K+): Potassium is absorbed by plants in larger amounts than
any other mineral element except nitrogen and, in some cases, potassium Helps in the
building of protein, photosynthesis, fruit quality and reduction of diseases. The
Potassium content of nine soil samples ranges between 12.93 to 23.68 me/100 gm
and is sufficient for crop growth. 
 Exchangeable Sodium (Na+): Though sodium is not an essential plant nutrient, but it
has some role in potassium nutrition. Sodium also has a role in affecting the pH of
soils; Sodium present above a certain limit makes soil alkaline which affect soil
physical condition, and fixing of available phosphorus. Out of the nine samples
sodium ranges between 5.04 to 12.12 me/100gm soil, which is below the content(i.e.
ESP is below 15%) at which soil show, saline alkali or alkaline properties, hence no
adverse effect on soils.
 Sodium Adsorption ratio (SAR): Sodium adsorption ratio is ratio of Na+ to under
root of Ca + +Mg++ by 2. SAR values of soil solution along with EC and pH helps in
diagnosing soils as normal, saline, saline-alkali or alkali. The nine soil samples show
SAR values between 0.040 to 0.072 and indicate that samples are normal (SAR below
13)

67
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

 Iron (Fe): Iron is essential for crop and other plants for chlorophyll formation. Iron
deficiency likely occurs in soils with high pH, poor aeration, excessive phosphorus or
low organic matter. It may be produced also by an imbalance of Mo, Cu, and Mn. In
plants, the deficiency shows up as a pale green leaf color (chlorosis) with sharp
distinction between green veins and yellow inter-venial tissues. The iron content of
nine samples ranges between1.60 to 4.56 mg/kg and is very low to low. Thus may
cause problem of iron deficiency.
 Aluminum (Al) Exchangeable Aluminum (Al) is not present in a plant available
form in soils with a pH above 5.5 and therefore tests for extractable aluminum need
only be done on distinctly acid soils. In soils with a pH range of 4.5 - 5.5 are those
most likely to be affected by aluminum toxicity. In the nine samples the total
Aluminum is 0.06 to 0.14 mg/kg which is very low.
 Manganese( Mn): Is an important plant micro nutrient and is required by plants in
second greater quantity compared to iron, like any other element, it can have limiting
factor on plant growth, if it is deficient or toxic in plant tissue. Manganese is used in
plants as major contribution to various biological systems, including photo synthesis,
respiration and nitrogen assimilation. Mn content in the nine samples ranges between
0.98 to 2.19 mg/kg and is low and may cause deficiency in plants.
 Zinc (Zn) Zn deficiency most often is present in sandy soils with neutral or alkaline
pH, or with low organic matter. Total zinc may be high but the availability depends
on other factors. In the present nine samples Zinc content ranges between 1.35 to 2.89
mg/kg or ppm and are low, considered deficient for crop growth.
 Boron (B). There is a very narrow range between deficiency and toxicity in boron.
Deficiencies are more often when organic matter is low and dry weather slows the
decomposition. Uptake of boron is reduced at pH level higher than 7.0 Plant toxicity
symptoms manifest as leaf tip and marginal chlorosis. Boron toxicity occurs in dry
areas and is generally associated with irrigation water. In the nine samples of the
project the boron content is 0.50 to1.15 is very low and may cause deficiency to
crops.
 Water-Soluble Sulphates as SO4: This test measures readily available sulphur in the
form of dissolved plus absorbed sulphate. Sulphur testing is important where low
sulphur or sulphur-free fertilizers are used, such as high analysis NPK fertilizers.
Retention of sulphate sulphur by the soil is related to its phosphate retention, with
high leaching losses of sulphate being associated with low phosphate retention soils.
This should also be taken into account when considering sulphur fertilizer options. In
the nine samples the water soluble sulphate as SO4 ranges between 14.70 to 23.54
mg/kg and very low.
 Water Soluble Chlorides as Cl- : The Cl−anion does not form complexes readily, and
shows little affinity (or specificity) in its adsorption to soil components. Thus, Cl−
movement within the soil is largely determined by water flows. Chlorine is an
essential micronutrient for higher plants. It is present mainly as Cl−. Chloride is a
major osmotically active solute in the vacuole and is involved in both turgor- and
osmo regulation. In the cytoplasm it may regulate the activities of key enzymes. In
addition, Cl−also acts as a counter anion and Cl− fluxes are implicated in the
stabilization of membrane potential, regulation of intracellular pH gradients and
electrical excitability. In the nine samples the water soluble chloride ranges
between18.0 to 27.51 mg/kg and is normal.
 Heavy Metals: Soils may become contaminated by the accumulation of heavy metals
and metalloids through emissions from the rapidly expanding industrial areas, mine
tailings, disposal of high metal wastes, leaded gasoline and paints, land application of

68
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

fertilizers, animal manures, sewage sludge, pesticides, wastewater irrigation, coal

combustion residues, spillage of petrochemicals, and atmospheric deposition. Heavy
metals constitute an ill-defined group of inorganic chemical hazards, and those most
commonly found at contaminated sites are lead (Pb), chromium (Cr), arsenic (As),
zinc (Zn), cadmium (Cd),), mercury (Hg), and nickel (Ni) Soils are the major sink for
heavy metals released into the environment by aforementioned anthropogenic
activities and unlike organic contaminants which are oxidized to carbon (IV) oxide by
microbial action, most metals do not undergo microbial or chemical degradation and
their total concentration in soils persists for a long time after their introduction
Changes in their chemical forms (speciation) and bioavailability are, however,
possible. The presence of toxic metals in soil can severely inhibit the biodegradation
of organic contaminants [Heavy metal contamination of soil may pose risks and
hazards to humans and the ecosystem through: direct ingestion or contact with
contaminated soil, the food chain (soil-plant-human or soil-plant-animal-human),
drinking of contaminated ground water, reduction in food quality (safety and
marketability) via phyto-toxicity, reduction in land usability for agricultural
production causing food insecurity, and land tenure problems
 Chromium (Cr): Chromium mobility depends on sorption characteristics of the soil,
including clay content, iron oxide content, and the amount of organic matter present.
Chromium can be transported by surface runoff to surface waters in its soluble or
precipitated form. Soluble and un-adsorbed chromium complexes can leach from soil
into groundwater. The leachability of Cr (VI) increases as soil pH increases. Most of
Cr released into natural waters is particle associated, however, and is ultimately
deposited into the sediment. In the nine samples the chromium is nil hence no
chromium contamination.
 Lead (Pb): Typical mean Pb concentration for surface soils worldwide averages
32 mg kg−1 and ranges from 10 to 67 mg kg−1. The most serious source of exposure to
soil lead is through direct ingestion of contaminated soil or dust. In general, plants do
not absorb or accumulate lead. However, in soils testing high in lead, it is possible for
some lead to be taken up. Studies have shown that lead does not readily accumulate in
the fruiting parts of vegetable and fruit crops (e.g., corn, beans, squash, tomatoes,
strawberries, and apples). Higher concentrations are more likely to be found in leafy
vegetables (e.g., lettuce) and on the surface of root crops (e.g., carrots). Since plants
do not take up large quantities of soil lead, the lead levels in soil considered safe for
plants will be much higher than soil lead levels where eating of soil is a concern
(pica). Generally, it has been considered safe to use garden produce grown in soils
with total lead levels less than 300 ppm. The risk of lead poisoning through the food
chain increases as the soil lead level rises above this concentration. Even at soil levels
above 300 ppm, most of the risk is from lead contaminated soil or dust deposits on the
plants rather than from uptake of lead by the plant. In the nine samples the Lead is
nil and no contamination is observed
 Nickel (Ni): Nickel is an element that occurs in the environment only at very low
levels and is essential in small doses, but it can be dangerous when the maximum
tolerable amounts are exceeded. It usually takes a long time for nickel to be removed
from air. The larger part of all Ni compounds that are released to the environment will
adsorb to sediment or soil particles and become immobile as a result. In acidic soils,
however, Ni becomes more mobile and often leaches down to the adjacent
groundwater. In the nine soil samples, the nickel content is below the limit i.e. 0.13 to
0.61 mg/kg. and no contamination.

69
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

 Arsenic (As): Arsenate can adsorb or co precipitates with metal sulfides and has a
high affinity for other sulfur compounds. Elemental arsenic and arsine, AsH3, may be
present under extreme reducing conditions. Biotransformation (via methylation) of
arsenic creates methylated derivatives of arsine. As compounds adsorb strongly to
soils and are therefore transported only over short distances in groundwater and
surface water. In the nine samples the arsenic values are nil and no contamination.
 Mercury (Hg): Sorption to soils, sediments, and humic materials is an important
mechanism for the removal of Hg from solution. Sorption is pH dependent and
increases as pH increases. Mercury may also be removed from solution by co-
precipitation with sulphides. Under anaerobic conditions, both organic and inorganic
forms of Hg may be converted to alkylated forms by microbial activity, such as by
sulfur-reducing bacteria. Elemental mercury may also be formed under anaerobic
conditions by demethylation of methyl mercury, or by reduction of Hg (II). Acidic
conditions (pH < 4) also favor the formation of methyl mercury, whereas higher pH
values favor precipitation of HgS(s) .In the nine samples the mercury content is nil
and no contamination.
 Cadmium (Cd) : The application of agricultural inputs such as fertilizers, pesticides,
and bio-solids (sewage sludge), the disposal of industrial wastes or the deposition of
atmospheric contaminants increases the total concentration of Cd in soils, and the
bioavailability of this Cd determines whether plant Cd uptake occurs to a significant
degree. Cadmium is very bio -persistent but has few toxicological properties and,
once absorbed by an organism, remains resident for many years. The nine samples
contain cadmium between 0.03 to 0.19 and no contamination.
 Comments: From the interpretation of field data, physical and chemical data it can be
concluded that:
As per the physical data soils are fine texture, having low bulk density, imperatively
high water holding capacity, and slow permeability. As per physical characters soils
are rated as good for agriculture.
As per chemical characters soil reaction (pH) soils are neutral and electrical
conductivity (EC) is non saline (normal).
Organic matter is sufficient. Macro nutrient like nitrogen is very high and phosphorus
is high, potassium is sufficient, calcium, magnesium are medium to good and base
saturation is moderate to good Sodium is below the limit to make soil saline or sodic
or alkali.
Micro-nutrients, Mn (very low may cause deficiency), Zn, Fe ,Al ( nil to low, will
cause deficiency), B is low( may be cause deficiency) SO4 very low and Cl are
medium .Cation Exchange capacity is low indicating low fertility. Exchangeable Ca is
medium to good with medium to good base saturation, Ex K is low, and Ex Na is also
low not indicating any alkalinity. Sodium adsorption ratio indicates the soils are
normal.

3.4.5. General Observations

As observed during field visit of 10 km buffer area from boundary of proposed plant.
The area is located as part of Deccan plateau 10 km buffer is undulating plateau plain,
forming a part of Bhima basin. Soils of the area are essentially derived from the Deccan trap,
which is of the predominant rock formation. In the area, calcareous. Kankar and nodules are
commonly associated with these soils. Soils of the area can be broadly grouped in to three
types such as: 1) Shallow Soils,2) Medium Deep Black Soils and 3) Deep Black Soils Over
all, the spatial pattern of the soils in area is very complex due to the uneven relief structure
and number of streams and rivers flowing through the area. In the hilly regions soils are
70
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

shallow and not very much agriculturally fertile. Medium deep black soils cover most of the
area. Since; it belongs to plateau and plain regions. In order of importance the deep black soil
covers more areas along the river valleys. In general, area is characterized by slightly
undulating and flat terrain. As per soil map of Maharashtra at 1:500000 scale by
NBSS&LUP, the family association observed in the area are:1.Deep ,moderately well
drained, fine soils on gently sloping plains and valleys, with moderate erosion; associated
with deep, well drained, fine calcareous soils with moderate erosion.2. deep moderately well
drained, fine calcareous soils on very gently sloping plains with moderate erosion; associated
with moderately deep, moderately well drained, fine calcareous soils with moderate
erosion.3. Very shallow, well drained, clayey soils on gently sloping undulating lands, with
moderate erosion; associated with very shallow, somewhat excessively drained loamy soils
with severe erosion. 4. Very shallow, well drained clayey soils on gently sloping summits
/spurs with moderate erosion; associated with rock out crops. Thus as per analysis of soils
data and field observation the land represented by nine samples can be classified as class II es
land i.e. good soils on plain to gentle slopes subject to water erosion, as per land capability
classification (USDA).
Table 3.7 Standard Soil Classification

No. Soil Tests Classification

1. pH <4.5 Extremely acidic 6.51-7.30 Neutral
4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline
5.51-6.00 moderately acidic 7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline
6.01-6.50 slightly acidic 8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline
9.01 very strongly alkaline
2. Salinity Electrical Up to 1.00 Average --
conductivity 1.01-2.00 harmful to
(mhos/cm) germination
(1 mhos/cm = 640 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops
ppm) (sensitive to salts)
3. Organic Carbon Up to 0.2: very less 0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient
0.21-0.4: less 0.81-1.00: sufficient
0.41-0.5 medium >1.0 more than sufficient
4. Nitrogen (Kg/ha) upto 50 very less 151-300 better
51-100 less >300 sufficient
101-150 good
5. Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Upto 15 very less 51-65 on an average sufficient
16-30 less 65-80 sufficient
31-50 medium >80 more than sufficient

3.5 DRAINAGE AND GEOMORPHOLOGY

3.5.1 Drainage

The topography of the region governs the drainage pattern of that area. Geomorphologically
the area exhibits rolling country. No prominent hills or other Geomorphological features are
visible in the area. As far as the drainage pattern of the study region is concerned, it has
Dendritic drainage pattern with one River, which flows in meanders from North-West to
South direction along with its large & tiny tributaries. The assignment w.r.t. geology and
hydro-geological studies was conducted by Dr. J. B. Pishte; the empanelled Functional Area
Expert of EEIPL for HG & GEO.

71
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

The drainage map of the study area was prepared using the latest satellite image and the
topographical map. The district as a whole is monotonously covered by Deccan Trap basaltic
lava flows, which, in turn, are covered by a thin mantle of soil almost everywhere. These
flows, on account of differential weathering, give rise to undulating relief. There are no
prominent hill ranges in the district and the region is characterized by typical Deccan Trap
geomorphology. The area around the project site rests on southern slopes of the plateau. It
has maximum elevation of about 500 m above mean sea level along the northern periphery
and lowest elevation of less than 440 m above mean sea level is seen on south and west
peripheral regions. The project site is located at around 580 m elevation on a gentle high -
ground that slopes southwestwards from the plateau. It has a relief of about 50 m over the
surrounding low land.

3.5.2 Geomorphology
The different geological formations of the district exhibits varied landforms. In general, the
topography of the area is undulating and comprises of scanty vegetation all over the land.

72
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Figure 3.12 Drainage Map

73
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Figure 3.13 Geomorphological Map

74
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

3.6 Methodology

3.6.1 Data Generation

3.6.1.1 Hydrogeology
Data on regional hydrogeology was compiled from secondary data viz. reports of Central
Ground Water Board, Groundwater Surveys and Development Agency, Government
Maharashtra. For hydrogeological data in the study area field survey was carried out around
the project site. The impact of the project work on water regime is limited to the drainage
basin in which the project is established. Therefore, observations on hydrogeology were taken
within the micro-watershed in which the project is located. Google Image and Drainage Map
of the area were used to select dug wells for inventory and sampling.
3.6.1.2 Geology

Data on regional geology was compiled from secondary data viz. reports of Central Ground
Water Board, Groundwater Surveys and Development Agency, Maharashtra and Directorate
of Geology and Mining, Government of Maharashtra. Reconnaissance in the area of influence
was planned based on Google Image and Toposheet of the area within 10 km radius around
the project site. Observations on rock types, their structure etc were made in surface outcrops,
road sections, stream sections and dug well or excavations existing in the area.

3.6.2 Data Analysis

3.6.2.1 Hydrogeology 
Water table contour map was prepared on the basis of well inventory data collected during
field survey for interpreting groundwater flow directions in the study area. This helps in
predicting the direction/s of spread of probable contamination plume originating from the
project site.

Water samples were collected from locations. Parameters in results of these analyses were
compared with standards prescribed in IS 10500-2012. Interpretations regarding parameters
above the prescribed limits were made by referring to books and research papers on quality of
ground water.

75
 DES
SCRIPTION
N OF THE
E ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.144 Extension

n of Deccan Trap Proviince

Geologiccally the areaa falls roughhly in the midddle part of the

t Deccan V Volcanic Proovince (DVP P)
of Peninnsular India. The DVP is dominateed by basaltiic lava flow ws of Deccaan Traps. Thhe
Deccan Traps
T is thee second moost extensivee geologicall formation in Peninsulaar India, nexxt
only to thhe Archaeann igneous and d metamorphhic complex x. It occupiess large area covering
c parrts
of the sttates of Gujarat, Maharrashtra, Maddhya Pradeshh and Karnaataka. The lava l flows ofo
Deccan Traps
T are latterally contin
nuous for coonsiderable distances.
d Itt is possible to trace themm
laterally in exposures and sectioons on hill sllopes and strreams, and dug-wells
d on
n the basis ofo
their phyysical properrties. Two diifferent typees of lava floows have beeen recognizzed in Deccaan
Traps. Thhey are the ‘Pahoehoe’ type and thee ‘Aa’ or ‘B Block’ type. Usually thee flows whicch
are madee up of sub-fflows or lobees are calledd ‘compoundd’ flows. Thhe other typee, the ‘simplee’
flows aree without su ub-flows or lobes.
l In Figgure 3.13 shhows an exteent of domin nantly simple
and comppound lava flows.
f

The simpple flows eqquate to classsic flood baasalts formeed by quite effusive eruuption of verry
large quaantities of lo
ow viscosity lava from oopen fissuress. The comppound flows are either thhe
product ofo explosivee activity froom more viscous lavas or o can be forrmed at the distal portioon
of simplee flows wherre there is an n increased vviscosity froom cooling aand degassinng. Both typees
of basaltt flows tendd to weatherr variably evven across smalls outcroops. The com mpound flow
basalts reesult from laavas, which lose
l much oof their volatile gases priior to extrusiion and hencce
are moree viscous. This
T greater viscosity caauses the rem maining vollatile gases tot be trappeed
within thhe rapidly solidifying
s lava. The laava is characterized by rubbly uppper and loweer
surfaces.

76
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Figure 3.15 Lithological Sections at Darfal

Figure 3.16 Lithological Sections at Akolekati

77
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

Observations: Figure 3.14 and Figure 3.15 reflects the different types of lobes in a single
Compound flow. In the area under study, pahoehoe type flow consisting mainly of vesicular /
amygdaloidal basalt is found exposed in all outcrops and sections (as shown in Figure 3.14
and Figure 3.15) at the locations visited during fieldwork. These rocks are reddish or violet in
color. Comparatively, these varieties of basalt are softer than the compact basalt. They are
hard to break when fresh, but become fragile on exposure to atmosphere. The spacing of
vesicles in some parts of the flow is close while that in other parts is wider. The vesicles are
generally smaller than 1cm in diameter. Some of the vesicles are filled with secondary
minerals belonging mostly to Zeolite Group. This form of cavity filling minerals is called
‘amygdaloidal’. These varieties of basalt do not show distinct joints but have irregular
fractures. They can serve as good aquifer if weathered sufficiently.

The compact basalt in study area occurs as small patches or lenses in the vesicular type. This
rock is dark grey to black in color. It is dense, hard, tough, fine grained and show sparsely
distributed vesicles at some places. Some of these vesicles are filled with secondary minerals
(amygdales). The size of majority of the vesicles and amygdales is less than a centimeter. The
jointed part of this rock is suitable for movement and storage of groundwater

3.6.3 Hydrology

Hydrology is the study of occurrence, movements and storage of water in the rocks below the
earth surface. Such water is called ‘Groundwater’. The rocks which allow movement and
storage of water are called ‘aquifers’. The weathered part of rocks immediately below the
surface forms a good aquifer. It is called ‘unconfined’ aquifer and is generally tapped by dug
wells. The upper surface of confined aquifer is known as ‘water table’ and it apparent as the
standing water level in dug wells. The aquifers occurring at some depth below the surface
that are tapped by bore wells can be ‘confined’ or ‘semi-confined’ aquifers. As the
groundwater moves through and stored in rocks, geology of the area plays very important
role in understanding groundwater resources of an area.
3.6.3.1. Surface Water

Many rivers flow in the district. Major rivers that flow through Solapur district are (1) Bhima
river flows in South East direction, (2) Sina river flows in South East direction, (3) Nira runs
in East direction and (4) Man flows in North East direction. The Water Quality Monitoring is
carried out by various agencies viz. Central Water Commission (CWC), Central Pollution
Control Board (CPCB), Groundwater Surveys & Development Agency (GSDA, Hydrology
Project, Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB), Central Ground Water Board
(CGWB) & Directorate of Irrigation Research and Development (DIRD).Hydrology Project
takes care of surface water quality through sampling points spread over the state throughout
the year; CGWB monitors dug wells in the command area of major and medium irrigation
projects. GSDA also monitors the dug wells as well as ground water levels of the state
intermittently.
3.6.3.2. Ground Water
The geologic zones important to groundwater must be identified as well as their structure in
terms of water-holding and water-yielding capabilities. Hydrologic conditions furnish water
to the underground zone; the subsurface data govern its distribution and movement.

The unconfined aquifer in basaltic terrain around the project site is restricted to weathered
zone adjacent to the earth surface underlain by fractured zone in the bedrock.

78
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Figure 3.17 Geological Map

79
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Table 3.8 Well inventory data for the area around DCPL project site

Village / Well Latitude Longitude R L of Post- R.L. of Post-

location (N) (E) Ground monsoon monsoon Water
Level in m DTW Level (mmsl)
from MSL (mbgl)
Darfal 1 7°48'13.78" 75°47'19.26" 463 8.23 454.77
Darfal 2 7°48'26.12" 75°47'16.90" 464 9.14 454.86
Darfal 3 7°48'53.57" 75°47'19.84" 474 4.57 469.43
Darfal 4 7°47'59.07" 75°47'37.30" 473 6.7 466.3
Darfal 5 7°47'55.63" 75°47'41.63" 475 4.8 470.2
Akolekati 6 7°47'56.65" 75°48'41.96" 480 3.04 476.96
Akolekati 7 7°47'59.40" 75°48'54.91" 482 2.43 479.57
Akolekati 8 7°47'25.70" 75°50'23.88" 489 4.87 484.13
Kondi 9 17°44'36.4" 75°49'46.86" 469 2.59 466.41
Kondi 10 17°44'40.8" 75°49'47.59" 471 1.52 469.48
Kondi 11 17°44'36.46" 75°50'13.14" 474 2.43 471.57
Pakani 12 7°43'32.06" 75°46'34.56" 445 4.57 440.43
Pakani 13 7°43'41.64" 75°46'29.24" 448 3.65 444.35
Pakani 14 17°43'47.8" 75°46'9.78" 447 3.96 443.04
Sawaleshwar 15 7°45'16.82" 75°45'37.32" 449 2.43 446.57
Sawaleshwar 16 7°45'26.13" 75°45'44.39" 447 3.04 443.96
Sawaleshwar 17 7°45'29.92" 75°45'42.71" 451 3.35 447.65
Sawaleshwar 18 7°45'32.91" 75°45'34.78" 452 2.74 449.26

Figure 3.18 Ground Water Table contour map around DCPL Site

80
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Hydrogeology is an interdisciplinary subject; it can be difficult to account fully for

the chemical, physical, biological  and even legal interaction between soil, water, nature and
society. The study of the interaction between groundwater movement and geology can be
quite complex. Groundwater does not always flow in the subsurface down-hill following
the surface topography; groundwater follows pressure gradients (flow from high pressure to
low) often following fractures and conduits in circuitous paths.

81
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Figure 3.19 Geo-Hydrological Map

82
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

3.6.3.3. Ground Water Development and Management Strategy

Ground water has special significance for agricultural development in the state of
Maharashtra. The ground water development in some parts of the state has reached a critical
stage resulting in decline of ground water levels. Dug/Bore wells are more common and
popular in the study area. Most of the wells are shallow type and water table is at about 5 M
deep. The deep dug wells are up to a depth of 12 M. There is a need to adopt an integrated
approach of ground water development coupled with ground water augmentation to provide
sustainability to ground water resources

3.6.3.4. Ground Water Development

Maximum development of groundwater resources for beneficial use involves planning in

terms of an entire groundwater basin. Recognizing that a basin is a large natural underground
reservoir. Ground Water potential has been assessed as per data collected from the State
Ground Water Department, Irrigation Department and Central Ground Water Board.

In general, Granites and Dharwarschists that are known to be hard rocks, which have least
porosity, mainly underlie the entire region. However, ground water allows to move and is
found in pockets of the area in the zones of weathered, jointed and fractured rocks. The dug
wells in the area generally tap water in the weathered zone and very few extend downwards
in the tapping joints and fractured zones. The thickness of the weathered zone varies between
the domestic wells and that of irrigation wells. Dug wells, generally located in valley areas
and in the canal command areas, yield better ground water.

Bore wells in the area are around approx. 300 Nos. and are normally up to a depth of 60-65
M. The yield of these wells as well as the pumping period varies from 4 to 6 hours/day. Most
of the dug wells, dug-cum-bore and shallow bore wells up to 30 M tap the shallow aquifers.
The bore wells deeper than 30 M tap the water from fractures occurring between 30 to 100 M
depth which tap medium to deep aquifers. Data pertaining to lakes and ponds from irrigation
department was not available and factors like seepage and ground water recharge due to these
have not been considered at this stage.

3.7. METEOROLOGY

3.7.1. Introduction

Micro-meteorological data within the study area during the air quality survey period is an
indispensable part of air pollution studies. The meteorological data recorded during the
monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well
as for input to the predictive models for air quality dispersion. Historical data on
meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying the general
meteorological status of the region. Site specific data can be compared with the historical
data in order to identify changes, which may have taken place due to the rapid
industrialization in the area. The micro-meteorological parameters regulate the transport and
diffusion of pollutants released into the atmosphere. The principal variables, which affect the
micrometeorology, are horizontal connective transport (average wind speed and direction),
vertical connective transport (atmospheric stability and inversion conditions) and topography
of the area. The climate of the study area and surrounding region is generally dry except in
the southwest monsoon season. The year may broadly be divided into four seasons.

83
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Winter season : December to February

Pre-monsoon season : March to May
Monsoon season : June to September
Post monsoon season : October and November

Temperature

In the months of April and May, it is the period of continuous increase in temperature. May is
the hottest month of the year. The climate of the district is characterized by a hot summer and
general dryness throughout the year except during the south-west monsoon period, i.e. June
to September. The mean minimum and maximum temperatures observed are 14.8°C and
40°C respectively.

Rainfall

The district gets rainfall from south west monsoon winds. The average annual rainfall over
the district is about 584 mm.

3.7.2. Methodology

The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms
laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and the Indian Meteorology Department
(IMD). On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to
generate the data, which is then compared with the meteorological data generated by IMD
from the Solapur IMD station.

3.7.2.1. Methodology of Data Generation

Meteorological data has been generated at the site. The meteorological parameters were
monitored for one season i.e. from February 2018 - April 2018. Details of parameters
monitored, equipments used and the frequency of monitoring are given in Table3.9.

Table 3.9 Meteorological Parameters

Sr. No. Parameters Instrument Frequency

1. Wind Speed Counter Cup Anemometer Every hour
2. Wind Direction Wind Vane Every hour
3. Temperature Min./Max.Thermometer Once in a day
4. Relative Humidity Dry/Wet bulb Thermometer Once in a day

3.7.2.2. Sources of Information

Secondary information on meteorological conditions has been collected from IMD station at
Solapur. Wind speed & direction, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall intensity have been
compiled from IMD station, Solapur. Similarly, data on cloud cover is compiled from
climatologically tables for the Solapur IMD Station. Details are tabulated in Annexure-II.

84
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

3.7.2.3. Wind Pattern at Project Site during Study Period

Wind Speed and direction are recorded at site every hour. The predominant wind during the
study season is from North West (NW) direction.

3.8 AIR QUALITY

3.8.1 Introduction

The ambient air quality with respect to the study zone of 10 Km radius around proposed
expansion site forms the baseline information. The study area represents mostly rural
environment. The various sources of air pollution in the study area are vehicular traffic,
industrial activities and domestic firewood burning. The impact of these emissions is
reflected in the results of ambient air quality. The major air pollutants released into
atmosphere from the different sources are PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, NH3, and to small extent
CO. However, this again varies with type of the source.

This section describes the selection of sampling locations, parameters, frequency of sampling,
methodology of sampling and analytical techniques for analysis of collected samples.
Presentation of results for the period February 2018 to April 2018 survey is done followed by
observations. All the requisite monitoring assignments, sampling and analysis was conducted
through the laboratory of M/s. Horizon Services, Pune which is NABL accredited and
MoEFCC; New Delhi approved organization. Further, same has received certifications
namely ISO 9001 – 2008, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001: 2007 from DNV. Study w.r.t.
air quality was done by Mr. Yuvraj Damugade FAEs and Mr. Sangram Patil who is FAA
of EEIPL for AQ.

3.8.2 Methodology

3.8.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations

The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through an ambient air
quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network, in the air quality surveillance
program, is based on considerations namely – (1) Meteorological conditions, (2) Topography
of the study area, (3) Representativeness of regional background air quality for obtaining
baseline status, and (4) Representativeness of likely industrial impact areas.
Ambient air monitoring was conducted in the study area to assess the quality of air for SO2,
NOx, CO, PM10 and PM2.5.
Ambient AAQM stations were set up at six locations with due consideration to the above
mentioned points, details of which are presented below. Monitoring of air quality was done
here over a period of one season. Annexure- III may be referred for AAQM data.

Table 3.10 AAQM Locations Details

Station Code Name of the Distance from the Direction w.r.t. the
Station Site (Km) Site
A1 Industrial Site -- ---
A2 Darfal 3.75 NW

85
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Station Code Name of the Distance from the Direction w.r.t. the
Station Site (Km) Site
A3 Pakni 4.98 SW
A4 Kondi 4.20 ESE
A5 Karamba 5.60 East
A6 Sawaleshwar 5.61 SW
A7 Gulvanchi Gaon 5.81 ESE
A8 Chincholikati 2.13 SW

3.8.2.2 Frequency & Parameters for Sampling

The frequency adopted for sampling is two days per week, 24 hourly for all six ambient air
quality stations. The baseline data w.r.t. air environment, for all the six monitoring stations,
was generated. Details of same are presented in following table.

Table 3.11 AAQ Parameters and Monitoring Frequency

Sr. Parameters Frequency of monitoring Method of Analysis as per

No. IS: 5182
1. PM10 Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a Gravimetric Method
week (IS:5182, Part IV)
2. PM2.5 Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a
week
3. SO2 8 Hourly, three samples/day, Modified West and Gaeke
twice a week Method (IS: 5182, Part II)
(Sodium Tetrachloromercurate)
4. NOx 8 Hourly, three samples/day, Jacobs and Hochheiser Method
twice a week (IS: 5182, Part VI)

5. NH3 8 Hourly, One samples/day, APHA Method No. 401

twice a week
6. VOC Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a APHA Method No. 109
week
7. CO 8 Hourly, One samples/day, NDIR Method (IS: 5182, Part X).
twice a week
8. Lead Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a IS 5182 (Part 22):2006
week
9. Ozone 8 Hourly, three samples/day, APHA Method No. 417
twice a week
10. Benzene 8 Hourly, three samples/day IS 5182 (Part 11):2006
11. Benzopyrene 8 Hourly, three samples/day IS 5182 (Part 12):2006
12. Arsenic 8 Hourly, three samples/day APHA Method No. 302
13. Nickel 8 Hourly, three samples/day NAAQS Manual
Note : Sampling was done as per CPCB guideline, April 2003

Air samples were analyzed as per IS:5182 “Method for Measurement of Air Pollution”

86
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

 Duration of Sampling

The duration of sampling for PM10, PM2.5 and VOC was once 24 hourly, for SO2, NOx and
NH3 same was 8 hourly continuous three samples per day and that for CO, determined by
NDIR Method, was once in 8 hours.

3.8.3 Presentation of Results

The summary of results for analysis of AAQ is presented in Table 3.12 which is based on
observations recorded during one monitoring season (February 2018 to April 2018). Therein
also various statistical parameters like Arithmetic Mean (AM), 98 Percentile, Maximum and
Minimum values have been presented subsequent to computation from the data collected.
Moreover, the permissible AAQ limits are presented in Table 3.12

Table 3.12 Summary of the AAQ Levels for Monitoring Season

[February 2018 to April 2018]

Location
Industrial Sawaleshw Gulwanchi
Darfal Pakni Kondi Karamba Chinchlkoti
Site ar gaon
PM10 Max. 60.33 48.5 68.06 73.16 60.3 52.96 67.63 61.26
g/M3 Min. 56.9 44.4 65.16 68.96 55.43 49.1 64.73 56.1
Avg. 58.61 46.45 66.61 71.06 57.86 51.03 66.18 58.68
98% 60.21 48.3 67.98 73.15 60.23 52.86 53.22 61.13
PM2.5 Max. 17.3 12.26 19.65 22.83 17.06 14.53 20.06 17.53
g/M3 Min. 15.47 10.06 17.17 20.13 15.03 11.8 17.83 15.43
Avg. 16.38 11.16 18.42 21.48 16.05 13.16 18.95 16.48
98% 17.27 12.22 19.58 22.77 17.02 14.41 25.48 17.49
SO2 Max. 29.9 16.6 22.23 25.46 28.53 20.8 24.76 29.46
g/M3 Min. 22.76 9.66 14.96 17 20.03 13.36 17.4 22
Avg. 26.33 13.13 18.6 21.23 24.28 17.08 21.08 25.73
98% 29.65 16.47 22.14 25.09 28.11 20.55 20.91 29.26
NOx Max. 38.63 21.8 28.1 31.73 36.2 27.93 28.8 36.5
g/M3 Min. 30 14.1 21.33 24.73 28.2 20.86 21.3 27.96
Avg. 34.31 17.95 24.71 28.23 32.2 24.4 25.05 32.23
98% 38.54 21.38 27.90 31.44 36.12 27.71 17.21 36.28
NH3 Max. 23.53 10.66 11.16 12.47 11 11.13 11.43 11
g/M3 Min. 16.63 9.4 9.6 9.46 9.9 9.46 9.63 9.66
Avg. 20.08 10.03 10.38 10.96 10.45 10.3 10.53 10.33
98% 23.36 10.65 11.09 12.40 10.94 11.10 7.27 10.96
CO Max.
mg/ 0.016 0.016 0.02 0.017 0.013 0.013 0.016 0.02
M3 Min.
0.013 0.013 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.013 0.013 0.01
Avg.
0.015 0.015 0.015 0.013 0.011 0.013 0.015 0.015
98% 0.016 0.017 0.019 0.016 0.013 0.013 0.009 0.0198
Lead Max. 0.096 BDL 0.112 0.12 BDL 0.092 0.10 BDL
Min. 0.024 BDL 0.074 0.067 BDL 0.051 0.073 BDL

87
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 
Location
Industrial Sawaleshw Gulwanchi
Darfal Pakni Kondi Karamba Chinchlkoti
Site ar gaon
g/M3 Avg. 0.060 BDL 0.093 0.096 BDL 0.071 0.091 BDL
98% 0.094 BDL 0.11 0.12 BDL 0.091 0.072 BDL
Ozone Max. 13.2 14.43 11.2 10.03 11.5 11.66 11.33 11.63
g/M3 Min. 10.66 11.46 8.21 8.6 9.33 9.63 8.63 9.34
Avg. 11.93 12.95 9.70 9.32 10.41 10.65 9.98 10.5
98% 13.12 14.36 11.15 9.98 11.45 11.60 7.42 11.59
Benzen Max. 0.54 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.44 BDL BDL
e Min.
mg/ 0.42 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.24 BDL BDL
M3 Avg. 0.48 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.34 BDL BDL
98% 0.538 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.44 BDL BDL
Benzo Max.
(a) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
Pyrene Min.
BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
mg/M3 Avg.
BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
98% BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
Arsenic Max. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
ng/M3 Min. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
Avg. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
98% BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
Nickel Max. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
ng/M3 Min. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
Avg. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
98% BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
VOC Max. 96.33 37.9 38.23 36.2 39.6 73.83 38.9 39.26
g/M3 Min. 85.4 33.86 32.6 32.76 36.36 63 33.2 36.2
Avg. 90.86 35.88 35.41 34.48 37.98 68.42 36.05 37.73
98% 96.05 37.77 38.05 36.14 39.50 73.64 25.64 39.22
Note:-
 PM10, PM2.5, CO, Ozone, Benzene, Benzopyrene, Aesenic, Nickel, VOC are computed based on 24 hourly
values.
 SOx, NOx, NH3, Lead is computed based on 8 hourly values.

Table 3.13 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Specified by CPCB
Notification (New Delhi, the 18th November, 2009)
Parameters Zone Station
Industrial & mixed use zone Residential & rural zone

PM10 g/M3 A.A. 60 60

24 Hr 100 100
PM2.5 g/M3 A.A. 40 40
24 Hr 60 60
SO2 g/M3 A.A. 50 20
24 Hr 80 80
NOx g/M3 A.A. 40 30

88
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Parameters Zone Station

Industrial & mixed use zone Residential & rural zone

24 Hr 80 80
CO mg/M3 8 Hr 2 2
1 Hr 4 4
NH3 g/M3 A.A. 100 100
24 Hr 400 400
HCL g/M3 8 Hr 7000(As per Factories Act) --
1 Hr -- --
Lead Pb g/M3 A.A. 0.50 0.50
24 Hr 1 1
Ozone g/M3 8 Hr 100 100
1 Hr 180 180
Benzene g/M3 Annual 5 5
Benzo(a) Pyrene ng/M3 Annual 1 1
Arsenic ng/M3 Annual 6 6
Nickel ng/M3 Annual 20 20
VOC g/M3 NS NS NS

Note:-A.A. represents “Annual Average, NS- Not Specified

3.8.4 Observations based on Period of February 2018 to April 2018.

The observations in respect of results presented in Table 3.12 are given below.
 Particulate Matter (PM10).

PM10 values at all the eight locations are attributed to windblown dust. The average values at
stations viz. Site, Darfal, Pakni, Kondi, Karamba, Sawaleshwar, Chigaon, Chinchlkoti are
observed between 46.65 to 71.06 g/m3 which is below the permissible value of 100
g/m3designated for residential zones.

 Particulate Matter (PM2.5).

All the observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions
i.e. 60 g/M3. The average values of all locations in study area range between 11.16 g/M3 to
26.33 g/M3.

 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2).

All the observations are well below the permissible limits of 80 g/M3.Considering the
meteorology of the study area, average SO2 concentrations ranges between 13.13 g/M3 to
26.33 g/M3.

 Nitrogen Oxides (NOx)

All the observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions
(i.e. 80 g/M3).Considering the meteorology of the study area, average NOx concentrations
ranges between 17.95 g/M3 to 34.31 g/M3.

89
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

 Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The values observed for Carbon Monoxide are below the permissible limits of 2 g/M3
Considering the meteorology of the study area, average CO concentrations ranges between
0.011 g /M3 to 0.015g/M3.

 VOC

The average values of VOC concentration all locations in the study area range between 34.48
g/M3 to 90.86 g/M3.

 Ammonia (NH3)

All the observations are well below the permissible limits of 400 g/M3.Considering the
meteorology of the study area, average NH3concentrations ranges between 17.95 g/M3 to
34.31 g/M3.

 Lead (Pb)

Average lead concentration at sites namely industrial site, pakani, kondi, sawaleshwar and
chigaon found in the range between 0.06 g/M3 to 0.096 g/M3 while at darfal, karamba and
chinchlkoti were found below detectable limit.

 Ozone (O3)

The average concentration of O3 at selected sampling sites was between 9.32 to 12.95 g/M3
which are within permissible limits.

 Benzene (C6H6)
Average Benzene concentration at sites namely darfal, pakni, kondi, karamba, chigaon,
chinchlkoti were found below detectable level while at industrial site and sawaleshwar were
found 0.48 g/M3, 0.34g/M3 respectively.

 Benzo(a) Pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As) and Nickel (Ni)

The concentration of Benzo(a) Pyrene, Arsenic and Nickel was found to be below detectable
limits at all sites.

3.9 WATER QUALITY

3.9.3 Introduction

Selected water quality parameters, for surface and ground water resources, within the study
area have been considered for assessing water environment and evaluating impact due to the
proposed expansion project activities. Understanding the water quality is important in the
preparation of environmental impact assessment and to identify critical issues with a view to
suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. The assignment w.r.t. water

90
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

pollution aspect was done by Dr. Sangram Ghugare who is an in-house Functional Area
Expert (FAE) for WP.

3.9.3 Methodology

3.9.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation

Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized based on (1)
toposheet and drainage map to identify major water bodies, and (2) likely areas which can
represent baseline conditions. Sampling and analysis of water samples for physical, chemical
and heavy metals were undertaken through NABL& MoEFCC; New Delhi approved
laboratory of M/s. Horizon Services, Pune. Two locations for surface water and Three
locations for ground water were selected which are listed below.
Table 3.14 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water
Station Name of the Co-ordinates Distance from Direction w.r.t.
Code Station Site (Km) the Site
SW1 Virawade River 17°42'40.30" N 7.07 SW
Upstream 75°43'54.58" E
SW2 Pakani River 17°43'18.41" 10.98 SW
Down stream 75°46'17.59"
Note: Only two locations were selected because, river like Sina was not perennial during project
monitoring period of February 2018- March 2018 - April 2018

Table 3.15 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water

Station Name of the Station Distance from Site Direction w.r.t. the Site
Code (Open Wells) (Km)
GW1 Darfal 3.75 NW
GW2 Sawalwshwar 5.61 SW
GW3 Akolekoti 3.60 NE

3.9.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation

Ground and surface water sources, covered in an area of 10 Km radius from the proposed
expansion site were examined for Physico-chemical, heavy metal and bacteriological
parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on surface and
ground water. The samples were collected and analyzed as per procedures specified in
‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater’ published by American
Public Health Association (APHA). Samples for chemical analysis were collected in
polyethylene carboys. Moreover, samples were collected in sterilized glass bottles for
bacteriological test. Parameters analyzed at the site were pH, temperature, odour, turbidity
and dissolved oxygen using portable water analysis kits.

Selected Physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting
the existing water quality status in the core area. Results for the parameters analyzed in
surface water samples, are compared with Class ‘C’ water as per IS: 10500:1991, Revised
2012; “Specifications for Drinking Water”.

91
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

3.9.4 Presentation of Results for Survey from February 2018 to April 2018

3.9.4.1 Surface Water

Analysis results for surface water are given in the following table below:-

Table 3.16 Surface Water

Sr. Parameter Unit Location Limit

No. SW1
SW2
Virawade
Pakani River
River
Downstream
Upstream
1. Color ---- Colorless Colorless Colorless
2. Odor ---- Odorless Agreeable Agreeable
3. pH ---- 7.28 7.43 6.5-8.5
4. Conductivity µS/cm 853.23 873.06 Not Specified
5. TDS mg/lit 571.68 584.96 < 500.00
6. Turbidity NTU 0.6 0.8 <1.00
7. TSS mg/lit 36.12 67.98 Not Specified
8. Chemical
Oxygen Demand mg/lit 25.96 28.47 Not Specified
(COD)
9. Biochemical
Oxygen Demand
mg/lit 9.72 10.46 Not Specified
(BOD) 3 days a
27 0C
10. Ammonical
mg/lit 6.82 5.08 Not Specified
Nitrogen
11. Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit 8.51 5.16 45 Max
12. Nitrite asNO2 mg/lit 0.015 0.011 Not Specified
13. Phosphorous as
mg/lit 0.08 0.07 Not Specified
PO4
14. Nitrogen as N mg/lit 12.87 10.40 Not Specified
15. Potassium as K mg/lit 10.42 8.03 Not Specified
16. Sodium as Na mg/lit 83.54 91.25 Not Specified
17. Calcium as Ca mg/lit 12.56 66.94 < 75.00
18. Magnesium as
mg/lit 5.63 28.99 < 30.00
Mg
19. Total Hardness
mg/lit 54.60 286.79 < 200.00
as CaCO3
20. Carbonates as
mg/lit BDL Nil Not Specified
CO32-
21. Bicarbonates as
mg/lit 394.57 250.14 Not Specified
HCO3

92
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Sr. Parameter Unit Location Limit

No. SW1
SW2
Virawade
Pakani River
River
Downstream
Upstream
22. Chlorides as Cl- mg/lit 22.58 92.15 < 250.00
23. Sulphates as SO4 mg/lit 13.54 36.87 < 200.00
24. Fluorides as F- mg/lit 0.06 NIL < 1.00
25. Boron as B mg/lit BDL NIL < 0.50
26. Iron as Fe mg/lit 0.22 0.25 < 0.30
27. Copper as Cu mg/lit 0.003 0.008 < 0.05
28. Arsenic as As mg/lit BDL NIL < 0.01
29. Zinc as Zn mg/lit 0.26 0.013 <5.00
30. Cadmium as Cd mg/lit BDL NIL <0.03
31. Chromium as Cr mg/lit BDL NIL Not Specified
32 Lead as Pb mg/lit BDL NIL <0.01
33 Mercury as Hg mg/lit BDL BDL <0.01
34. No./ Zero/
Total Coli form 78 133
100ml 100ml
35. No./
Fecal Coli form PRESENT PRESENT ABSENT
100ml
Note: Analysis results for the surface water are given at Annexure-IV.

3.9.4.2 Ground Water

Analysis results for the ground water samples are given in following table.
Table 3.17 Ground Water

GW2
Sr. GW1 GW3 Limits IS
Parameter Unit Sawalesh
No. Darfal Akolekati 10500:2012
war

1. Color ---- Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless

2. Odor ---- Odorless Odorless Odorless Odorless

3. pH ---- 7.28 7.34 7.48 6.5-8.5

4. Turbidity NTU 0.52 0.65 0.78 < 1.00
Not
5. EC µS/cm 1437.24 1902.13 2355.93
Specified

6. TDS mg/lit 962.97 1274.46 1578.51 < 500.00

93
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

GW2
Sr. GW1 GW3 Limits IS
Parameter Unit Sawalesh
No. Darfal Akolekati 10500:2012
war
Not
7. TSS mg/lit 55.41 64.21 80.12
Specified
Chemical Oxygen Not
8. mg/lit 54.75 60.41 70.55
Demand Specified
BOD 3 days at Not
9. mg/lit 20.23 23.70 26.94
270 C Specified

10. Calcium as Ca mg/lit 55.63 58.96 77.23 < 75.00

Magnesium as
11. mg/lit 22.50 23.49 26.43 < 30.00
Mg
Total Hardness as
12. mg/lit 231.78 244.18 301.97 < 200.00
CaCO3

13. Chlorides as Cl- mg/lit 256.63 289.47 364.59 < 250.00

14. Sulphates as SO4 mg/lit 105.23 142.15 175.88 < 200.00

Carbonates as Not
15. mg/lit Nil Nil Nil
CO32- Specified
Bicarbonates as Not
16. mg/lit 430.26 638.97 700.28
HCO3 Specified
17. Boron as B mg/lit BDL BDL BDL < 0.50
18. Fluorides as F- mg/lit 0.18 0.21 0.75 < 1.00
Not
19. Nitrite as NO2 mg/lit BDL BDL BDL
Specified

20. Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit 18.28 20.18 24.72 < 45.00

Ammonical Not
21. mg/lit 7.23 10.24 11.01
Nitrogen Specified
Not
22. Total Nitrogen mg/lit 26.04 32.47 36.80
Specified
Phosphates as Not
23. mg/lit 0.042 0.089 0.10
PO4 Specified
Not
24. Potassium as K mg/lit 4.32 8.12 10.57
Specified
Not
25. Sodium as Na mg/lit 60.21 79.36 182.54
Specified
Total Chromium
26. mg/lit BDL BDL BDL < 0.05
as Cr

27. Zink as Zn mg/lit 2.11 2.84 3.98 < 5.00

94
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

GW2
Sr. GW1 GW3 Limits IS
Parameter Unit Sawalesh
No. Darfal Akolekati 10500:2012
war

28. Iron as Fe mg/lit 0.35 0.38 0.41 < 0.30

29. Copper as Cu mg/lit BDL BDL 0.02 < 0.05

30. Nickel as Ni mg/lit BDL BDL BDL < 0.02

31. Arsenic as As mg/lit BDL BDL BDL < 0.01

32. Lead as Pb mg/lit BDL BDL BDL < 0.01
33. Cadmium as Cd mg/lit BDL BDL BDL < 0.003

34. Mercury as Hg mg/lit BDL BDL BDL < 0.001

35. Total Coli form No./100 ml 28 40 76 0/100ml

36. Fecal Coli form No./100 ml 10 24 56 0/100ml

Note: Analysis results for the ground water are given at Annexure-V.

3.9.4.3 General Observations

Ground and Surface water sources covered within 10 Km radial distance from Site were
examined for physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of
industrial and other activities on surface and ground water. The analysis was done as per the
procedure laid down in the standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater
(APHA). The salient observations are as indicated below-

Surface Water:-

All parameters are recorded at two places only Wirvade River and pakni River, because river
like Sina was not Perennial during project monitoring period, which is in Summer
season,(February to April 2018). The range described underneath encompasses all the
sampling locations. Surface water at sampling sites was found to be slightly alkaline with pH
values between7.35to7.43. Conductivity values for water ranged between 790.53mS/cm to
873.06mS/cm. Turbidity in water was found to be between 0.6 NTU to 0.8 NTU which is in
Limit. Total dissolved solids were observed to be between 529.62–584.96 mg/lit which are
exceed than permissible limit of 500 mg/lit. Suspended solids were found to be between
40.21 mg/lit to 67.98 mg/lit. Ammoniacal Nitrogen in water at selected sites recorded values
between 4.82 mg/lit to 5.08 mg/lit. Nitrite in water at selected sites recorded with values
0.008 mg/lit and 0.011 mg/lit. Nitrates in water at all sites in range between 0.03 mg/lit to
9.25 mg/lit. Total Phosphorus in water at all sites in range between 0.05 mg/lit to 0.07 mg/lit.
The COD values ranged from 21.83 to 28.47 mg/l while that of BOD from 8.23 mg/lit to
10.46 mg/lit. However, the permissible limits for Na and Carbonates have not been specified.
Bicarbonates in water ranged between 243.59 mg/lit to 250.14 mg/lit. Chlorides values
showed range between 81.25 mg/lit to 92.15 mg/lit. Sulphates in water was found to be

95
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

between 23.45 mg/lit to 36.87 mg/lit. Nine heavy metals were analysed of which Iron,
Copper and Zinc were recorded at only two sites namely Pakni and Wirwade. However, these
values are within the permissible limits. Total Coliforms are observed at all sites which are
faecally polluted. Hence, water at all sites is not potable. Open defecation is one of the major
reasons for faecal pollution of water.

Ground Water

The ranges described here cover all the sampling locations in the study area. At all sites
groundwater was colourless with agreeable odour. Groundwater at the site is found to be
slightly alkaline with pH values in the range of 7.28 to 7.58. No limits are specified for
parameters namely conductivity, COD and BOD. These parameters ranged between 1310.11
mS/cm to 2496.29 mS/cm for conductivity, 48.54 mg/lit to 79.63 mg/lit for COD and 18.52
mg/lit to 30.48 mg/lit for BOD respectively. Total dissolved solids, exceptionally, showed
higher values above the permissible limits of 500 mg/l exit. Chlorides were found to be
within limits ranging from 240.48 mg/lit at Kondi. sulphates were found to be within limits at
all other sites. Phosphates were recorded at all sites in within limits. No Boron and Nitrates in
GW was reported in selected water samples. No limits have been specified for Sodium;
however, selected sites limits of 60.12 mg/lit to 205.53mg/lit. Potassium concentration varied
from 8.12 mg/lit to 15.63 mg/lit.No Carbonates in GW was reported in selected water
samples. Calcium were found exceed than limit i.e. 75 mg/lit at Akolikati and Pakni i.e. 77.23
mg/lit and 85.47 mg/lit resp. And other are within in limits. Magnesium at Pakni is 32.12
which exceed than limit i.e. 30 mg/lit and remaining are within limits. At all sites Hardness
were found to be exceeding limits of 200 mg/lit. Fluorides were found to be within the
permissible limits. Out of nine heavy metals Iron, Copper, and Zinc were recorded at selected
sites. Concentration of these heavy metals, except Iron, was found to be below the
permissible limits. Bacteriological analysis revealed presence of faecal Coliform in water at
all sites. Thus, the above study reveals that groundwater at selected sites in the study area is
not potable with respect to dissolved solids, hardness, Calcium and Magnesium as well as
Lead Concentration. Higher dissolved solids and hardness is attributed to presence of high
concentration of Calcium, Magnesium and bicarbonates which are contributed due to action
of CO2 on insoluble carbonates (Sawyer et al., 2003).Occurrence of Lead at sites Chincholi
MIDC and Sawaleshwar may be due to lead contamination in water due to PVC pipes
(Multani, 2010).

3.10 NOISE LEVEL SURVEY

3.10.1 Introduction

Under the proposed project, so there would not be much construction activity on the site,
Although, level of construction activities shall not be very high, still some specific sources of
noise like welding, transportation, movement of earth movers, tractors, concrete or asphalt
mixing etc. should be carried out in a controlled manner. Neither the plant nor the
construction workers should be exposed to excessive noise levels.

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in
general is that sound which is composed of many frequency components of various loudness
distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to
describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up
of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common and universally

96
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

accepted scale is the ‘A’ weighted scale which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable
for audible range of 20 to 20,000 HZ. The scale has been designed to weigh various
components of noise according to the response of a human ear.

The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:-

 Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It

can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as the one, which is of continuously
varying loudness.
 The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in
residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance.
 The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which
determines the loudness and period of exposure.

The Environmental Impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise Induced
Hearing Loss to Annoyance depending on loudness of noise levels. The environmental
impact assessment of noise from the industrial activity, vehicular traffic can be undertaken by
taking into consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological
responses, annoyance and general community responses.
The study area of 10 Km radius with reference to the proposed expansion plant site has been
covered for noise environment. The four zones viz. Residential, Commercial, Industrial and
Silent Zones have been considered for noise monitoring. Some of the major arterial roads
were covered to assess the noise due to traffic. Noise monitoring was undertaken for 24 hours
at each location.

The main objective of noise pollution impact assessment in the study area is to assess the
impact of total noise generated by industries and vehicular traffic on the human settlements
within 10 Km radius. The main objectives of the studies conducted are:

 Assessment of background noise levels

 Identification and monitoring the major noise sources of the existing activity
 Impact of noise on the workers as well as on general population.

The assignment w.r.t. Noise level survey was done by Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula, FAE of
EEIPL for Noise and Vibration (NV).

3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations

A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise generating
sources in the area. Noise generating sources have been identified with respect to the
activities viz. industrial noise and ambient noise due to industries and traffic, which have
impact on sensitive areas. The noise sampling locations have been indicated below.

3.10.2.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations

The noise survey involved determination of noise levels, in decibels, at following 8 locations
in the study area. Noise levels were recorded at every clock hour for a continuous 24-hour
period.

97
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Table 3.18 Noise Sampling Locations.

Station Name of Station Distance w.r.t. Plant Direction w.r.t. Plant

Code Site (Km) Site
N1 Industrial Site -- --
N2 Darfal 3.75 NW
N3 Sawaleshwar 5.61 SW
N4 Chincholikati 2.13 SW
N5 Akolekati 3.79 NE
N6 Pakani 4.98 SW
N7 Lamboti 10.09 West
N8 Karamba 5.60 East

Parameters Measured During Monitoring

A noise rating developed by EPA for specification of community noise from all the sources is
the day-night sound level, (Ldn). It is similar to a 24-hour equivalent sound level except that
during the night-time period, which extends from 10 PM to 6 AM, a 10 dB (A) weighing
penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing 24 hour average. This
night time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night, when people
usually sleep, is judged more annoying than the same noise during the daytime.

For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe
important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of
the certain noise levels exceeding during the time interval. The notation for the statistical
quantities of noise levels is described below:

L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 percent of the time

L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 percent of the time, and
L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 percent of the time
Ldayis equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during day (6 AM to 10 PM).
Lnight is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during night (10PM to 6AM).

Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq)

The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level that is equivalent to the same sound energy
as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because sound
from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time.

This is calculated from the following equation:

(L10-L90)2
Leq=L50+ -------------
60

Ldn:- The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is all Day-Nights
Sound Level (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 hr equivalent sound level except during night time
period (10 PM to 6 AM) a 10 dB (A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound

98
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

level before computing the 24 hr average. The Ldn for a given location in a community may
be calculated from the hourly Leq’s, by the equation.

Ldn=10 log {1/24[15(10 Ld/10) +9 (10(Ln+10)/10)]}

Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the daytime (6 AM to 10 PM) and Ln is the
equivalent sound level during the nighttime (10 PM to 6 AM).

3.10.2.2 Method of Monitoring

A detailed noise level survey was undertaken to study the levels of noise, as the high noise
levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and the associated environment. The noise
level monitoring was carried out through M/s. Horizon Services, Pune which is NABL
accredited and MoEFCC; New Delhi approved organization.

3.10.2.3 Standards for Noise Levels.

Ambient Noise Levels Standards

MoEFCC has notified ambient air quality standards in respect of noise vide Gazette
notification Dated 14th February 2000. It is based on the ‘A’ weighted equivalent noise level
(Leq). The standards are given in following table

Table 3.19 Ambient Noise Level Standards

Area code Category Limits in dB(a) Leq

Day Time Night Time
A Industrial Area 75 70
B Commercial Area 65 55
C Residential Area 55 45
D Silence Zone 50 40
Ref: Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 14th Feb 2000.

Standards for Occupational Noise (U.S.A)

Industrialized countries have specified limits for occupational noise exposure. The
permissible noise exposure limit for industrial workers is primarily concerned with the
harmful aspect of noise and its objective is to protect the hearing of majority of working
people. The American Conference Government of Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), USA has
prescribed the following permissible noise exposure limits for industrial workers. These
limits are given in Table 3.20
Table 3.20 Standards for Occupational Exposure

Exposure Time in Hour/Day Limit in dB(A)

8 090
4 093
2 096
1 099
½ 102

99
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Exposure Time in Hour/Day Limit in dB(A)

¼ 105
1/8 108
1/16 111
1/32 114

Exposure to continuous or intermittent noise louder than 115 dB (A) should not be permitted.
Exposure to pulse or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB (A).

OSHA Standards

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) have also prescribed the
following allowable limits to noise exposure for industrial workers. These are given in the
following Table 3.21

Table 3.21 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure

Duration per Day (in hours) Sound Level in dB(A)

8 085
6 087
4 090
3 092
2 095
1.5 097
1 100
0.5 105
0.25 110

3.10.3 Presentation of Results

The ambient noise levels measured are presented in Table 3.22. The table indicates
equivalent noise levels viz. L10, L50, L90, Lday, Lnight and Ldn at different places located within
the study area. Similarly, these values viz. Leq, Lday, Lnight and Ldn are compared with the
limits. Refer Annexure- VI for noise monitoring reports.

Table 3.22 Ambient Noise Levels

Sr. Location Average Noise Level in dB(a)

No. L10 L50 L90 Leq(day) Leq(night) Ldn
1. N1 64.11 64.90 66.62 68.7 61.3 69.9
2. N2 43.87 45.80 48.25 50.8 41.4 51.1
3. N3 38.64 41.35 47.57 50.1 35.6 48.2
4. N4 38.57 43.45 47.14 52.4 37.2 51.1
5. N5 36.38 43.10 47.54 52.4 38.5 51.3
6. N6 36.31 39.40 44.39 47.0 34.0 46.1
7. N7 34.31 39.95 42.85 48.6 33.9 47.4
8. N8 35.94 40.25 42.85 45.2 37.3 46.1

100
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Observations

The baseline noise levels observed in industrial premises (N1) during day time is 68.7 dB
whereas during night time, it is 61.3 dB. At Chincholi MIDC (N2), noise levels observed
during day time and night time are 50.8 dB and 41.4 dB respectively. The noise level
observed in Chincholi village (N3) in day time is 50.1 dB and in night time is 35.6 dB. In
Akola (N4), 52.4 dB noise level observed during day time whereas 37.2 dB noise level
observed during night time. Village Kondi (N5) is 3.71 km in South-East direction from
industrial site. The day time noise level observed in this village is 52.4 dB and night time
noise level observed is 38.5 dB. The day time noise levels observed in Darphal (N6), Pakni
(N7) and Karamba (N8) are 47 dB, 48.6 dB and 45.2 dB respectively. In night time noise
levels observed in these three villages are 34 dB, 33.9 dB and 37.3 dB respectively.

3.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE

3.11.1 Introduction

This report is a part of EIA study to be carried out as per the MoEFCC Notification No.
1533(E). Dated 14th September, 2006. Survey of selected sixteen villages within the 10 Km
radius of the study area was carried out with the help of an interview schedule. The villages
within a close proximity of the project were given more weightage as hypothetically these
villages are more affected positively or negatively. The survey was conducted to understand
the present socio-economic status of the villagers residing in the area around the industries as
well as to know the perception of the locals about the industries located in the MIDC.
The following data was collected in the month of May, 2018 by Dr. A.J. Samant (Technical
Director, SE) and Mr. Neeraj D. Powar (FAE).

3.11.2 Objectives of Study

 
The methodology adopted in assessment of socio-economic condition is as given below:
1 To study the current social status of selected villages.
2. To analyze the economic condition of selected villages.
3. To know the opinion of villagers about new project.
4. To give appropriate suggestions.

3.11.3 Sources of secondary Information

As per the scope of this study, the information on socio-economic aspects has been gathered
and compiled from several primary and secondary sources. The primary source include
structured interview schedule and secondary data from the District Census Report, 2011 for
District Solapur as these document is comprehensive and authentic. The socio-economic
details are briefly described in following sections.

3.11.4 Methodology for Questionnaire Survey

The survey of 16 villages, selected out of 27 villages within the 10 Km radius of Chincholi
MIDC, was carried out with the help of a structured close ended interview schedule,
comprising of 39 questions in Marathi. The schedule was administered in the month of May,

101
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

2018. Simple random disproportionate sampling technique was used. A total of 80 local
respondents were covered during the study (Table 3.23).

Table 3.23 Detail of Sample Size

Sr. No. Name Sample Size
1. Chincholikati 5
2. Darfal (Bibi) 5
3. Pakani 5
4. Akolekati 5
5. Sawaleshwar 5
6. Kondi 5
7. Khed 5
8. Mohitewadi 5
9. Wirwade Kh. 5
10. Ranmasle 5
11. Gulwanchi 5
12. ArjunSond 5
13. Shivani 5
14. Pophali 5
15. Hiraj 5
16 Mundhewadi 5
Total 80
Ref.: Census 2011

3.11.5 Results and Discussion

 

The villages in the study area are small and most of them are well connected by all weather
roads. The male: female ratio among the respondents was 55:45 respectively. Even though
the availability of female members is more the difference in the respondent’s ratio is visible
as village female members are very often reluctant to be interviewed and express their
opinion. Therefore educated local women employed as teachers (school, anganwadi), Gram
Panchayat members and PHC-employees were intentionally selected in the target respondents
due to their exposure and education.

102
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Fig. 3.20 Age Distribution within Sample size

Above 60
9 %
21 to  30  31 to 40
12 % 36%

51 to  60
20  %
41 to 50
23 % 

Within the sample size, about (36%) respondents were between the age-group 31 to 40 years,
23% between 41 to 50 years, 20 % between 51 to 60 years, 12 % between 21 to 30 years and
remaining 09% above 60 years (Fig. 3.21).

Most of the respondents were literate and only 7% were illiterate. The literate’s level of
education was up to primary (34%), secondary (50%) and higher secondary (9%) level
education.
Within the surveyed area, the respondents were reported to be involved in diverse livelihood
activities such as agriculture, service, agriculture labour and business. Majority (96 %) of the
respondents had agriculture as their main occupations out of these around 15% were
dependent on daily wages in industries as well. Remaining 10% were involved in diverse
services, like mason work, carpentry, and plumbing depending on the demand and some also
had small businesses

As many as (50%) of the respondents from the study area had a total family annual income
between Rs. 1,25,000 to 1,50,000. (41%) had income between Rs. 1, 00,000 to 1, 25,000 and
(6%) had their income above Rs. 1, 50,000. Only 3% of the respondents had their annual
income below Rs.1, 00,000. However people were reluctant while revealing their actual
income, this was observed from their life style or else they do not calculate their income.

Major crops grown in the area, according to 75% respondents are sugarcane, 16% mentioned
Jowar and 9% mentioned Tur. Respondents also stated that practically all farmers take
multiple crops as well.

Drinking water source in most villages (83%) was groundwater in the form of wells and bore
wells. On the other hand 17% relied on surface water in the form of water tank, river and tap
water. However, as village Chincholikati was close to MIDC, water supply was through tap,
supplied from Ujani dam. Though a majority (65%) of the respondents revealed that there
was no change in water quality in their area, remaining 35% perceived change in water
quality. This was attributed to factors such as Industrial effluent (73%) and domestic waste
water (17%) and domestic solid waste (11%). The response to change in the water quality due
to industrial effluent was stronger from most locals (81%) of village Darfal. The negative

103
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

effects due to this water pollution, as perceived by the locals, were increased health problems
(51%), and decrease in agricultural production (49%) due to loss of crops and degradation of
crop land.

Majority of the respondents (93%) were unaware of the proposed project by respective
industries. When asked about their opinion on this, mixed opinions were expressed. As 55%
were hopeful about increase in employment while 30 % felt that this will further degrade the
environment, where as 26% thought that it will improve infrastructural facilities in the
surrounding area, 19% perceived that no change in existing conditions, and remaining 12%
expected growth in MIDC area.

Only 20% respondents stated that library/ reading room facility is present in their area. Most
(90%) of respondents mentioned that there was a cultural centre in the village which is being
used by the locals. Over 80% stated that there was mandapam in front of the temples which
was utilised for numerous purposes. According to 90% respondent there were PHC centres in
their respective villages which were in proper working conditions. 75% respondents
mentioned that doctors are also available in the centres.

According to 45 % of respondents domestic toilet facility was available in their respective

villages. It was observed that open defecation was common in most villages. Most (92%)
respondents mentioned that self help groups were working in their areas for socio-economic
upliftment of the locals. However no specific business was carried out by these self help
groups except money collection for savings and releasing loans. Good transportation system
is available in the area according to 95%. There is bus stand in their villages and 70%
respondents said that there are vehicles on hire for local transportation. This was also
observed during field visit to the study sites. According to all respondents there is sports
ground facility in respective schools which is being used by students for various sports
activities.

Observations

Respondents from village Chincholikati and Darfal complained about water pollution from
industrial effluent from MIDC affecting both ground and surface water as well as nearby
agricultural lands. This may be due to inefficient effluent treatment facility by industries
located in MIDC and close proximity of village Chincholikati to the MIDC.

Most villages have been provided with primary and secondary schools, reading/library
rooms, cultural halls and primary health centres by government. However, there was
considerable open defecation in most villages. In some of the villages like Wirwade Kh,
Pakani, Akolekati and Chincholikati there were presence of public toilets. However, people
rarely use them. This may be due to water scarcity or absence of cleanliness in toilets. Please
refer Appendix K – for socio economic survey of Chincholi MIDC Solapur.

Expectation of Respondents from DCPL

Diverse expectations were expressed by the respondents such as domestic waste water and
solid waste management, clean water supply.

104
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Conclusion

For livelihood, most respondents from all the study villages were mainly dependent on
agriculture and only few for jobs in industries at Chincholi MIDC. Major crops grown in the
area include sugarcane, jowar, wheat, vegetables, and onion. Health and sanitation conditions
in all the villages are poor and open defecation is common practice. This apparently leads to
illness in the society and increased expenditure of locals on health. The industries in
Chincholi MIDC offer very limited employment opportunities to the locals from nearby
villages in the study area. However, availability of cheap and hard working labour from
outside state is preferred by the industries and this policy is apparently impacting job
availability for locals. Due to the pollution generating industries from Chincholi MIDC, the
nearby villages were increasingly affected and are now having concern about increase in
polluting industries in their neighbourhood. Due to the reduction in the quality and quantity
of their agricultural produce the villagers in the area also have to face economic problems.

Suggestions:

Company should organize periodic medical camps at villages and assist in creating school
level proper sanitation facility which is present necessity of the area. The activities like
distribution of bio-fertilizer, saplings, at a subsidised rate as well as new techniques training
programme should be conducted for villages with local participation. Stress should also be
given on education facilities to increase educational level of the locals.

3.12 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

The in-house Functional Area Experts of EEIPL for EB Prof. (Dr.) Jay Samant, Dr. Rohan
Lad and EB research scholar Mr. Anup Gargate as Team member were involved in the
overall exercise of Ecology and Biodiversity (EB) aspects of the study area around DCPL
project.

3.12.1 Study area

The study area (10 Km radius) from project site near Chincholi village falls in Mohol tehsil
of Solapur district. There is total of 25 villages in the study area, out of which 5 villages fall
in 5 km radius and 20 villages between 5 to 10 km radius. The weather of the region is
generally dry in major part of year, except during the monsoon when the average annual
rainfall is low around 584.3 mm. June to September is the south-west monsoon season while
October and November are retreating monsoon moths. The winter lasts from December to
middle of February with average temp of 23 OC, followed by summer from February till May
end when the maximum temperature may go up to 45OC. The climatic conditions and
geomorphology of the region influence ecology, support diverse habitats and biodiversity.

The earlier common and now with globally restricted distribution, a rare bird species Great
Indian Bustard (GIB) (Ardeotis nigriceps), which as per the IUCN Red data list (version
2013.2), is considered as ‘Critically Endangered’ Species (IUCN, 2015). This species is also
included in schedule-I of the Wildlife Protection Act 1972. This bird is known to exist in the
10km radius area around the project site. The proposed project in the Chincholi MIDC is in
the grassland habitat of GIB and the area is encircled by the rationalized GIB wildlife
sanctuary in the 5 km radius of the study area, where the nearest distance from GIBWLS is
less than 2 km on the east side.

105
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

For protection and development of the habitat, as well as conservation of the critically
endangered GIB, an area of 7818.47 Sq. Km. was declared as ‘Great Indian Bustard
Sanctuary’, by the Govt. of Maharashtra on 7th Sept. 1979. Due to administrative difficulties
and local views Honourable Supreme Court constituted an Expert Committee for
rationalization of the GIB Sanctuary. The Committee submitted its report in February 2008
recommending substantial reduction in the original area of GIB Sanctuary. This was also
approved by Standing Committee of the National Board of Wild Life on 12th April 2010. The
Honourable Supreme Court accepted the recommendations of the Committee and the GIB
Sanctuary was reduced on 22nd July, 2011 (Great Indian Bustard Sanctuary (Reconstituted)
Notification, 2012). However, the necessary buffer zone distance (proposed Eco-Sensitive
Zone (ESZ)) for the GIB sanctuary is still not finalized and notified. More than 50 % of the
10 km radius area around the MIDC is covered under Reserved forest, Rationalized GIB
Sanctuary and Overall Suitable Habitats for GIB, as per the GIBWLS map. (Refer Figure
3.22)

3.12.2 Methodology
Out of the total 25 villages within10 km radius, 9 representative villages were selected for the
detail study, i.e. 5 villages within 5 km radius and 4 villages between 5 and 10 km radius.

Table no. 3.24. EB study villages with their distance from project site
Villages in radius 0 to 5 Km Villages in radius 5 to 10 Km
Sr. No. Names of Study villages Sr. No. Names of Study villages
1 Chincholi 6 Nannaj
2 Kondi 7 Ranmasale
3 Akola 8 Savleshwar
4 Darfal Bibi 9 Kegaon
5 Pakani

For EB study of the area Topo sheet (surveyed in 1967-68 and updated during 2005-06), IRS
LISS IV satellite imagery and LULC maps based on them are used. Similarly relevant data
from Solapur District Census (2011), District Gazetteer and other sources was referred.
During field survey of ecological aspects visits were made for ground truthing to confirm
LULC maps. This was to identify main macro and micro habitats in the study area. The major
habitats observed in the study area in terrestrial habitats were grassland, woodland, scrub, and
agriculture and in wetland habitats streams, rivers, tanks and ponds.
EB field surveys were conducted on 2 days in summer season (i.e. 18.05.2018, and
19.05.2018). In biodiversity field study random sampling method for flora and opportunistic
sighting method for fauna (Larsen and Viana, 2016) were followed. The visual observation
and estimation method was used for qualitative study of biota. Avifauna being good indicator
of local environmental change AND Flora, mainly dominant tree species and crops were
focused for species abundance. Binocular of make Nikon (12X50-5.2O) was used for bird
observation and identification by referring field guides by Salim Ali (1996) and Grimmet et
al. (2005). Photo documentation was done for habitats and biodiversity records using Canon
camera. The data thus generated was used to estimate diversity of birds and status of the
species.

106
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

A structured close ended interview schedule in local language Marathi, comprising of 21

ecology-biodiversity related questions, was administered in 20 local respondents from 5
villages. This SIA method was adopted in order to get perception, mainly of the local elders,
about the past and present environmental status, and recent changes in the local ecology and
biodiversity. During the field study direct and indirect environmental impacts of human
activities on local ecology and biodiversity are photo documented. The field study reflected
to observations during day time and at selected study sites only. Review of available
literature was made to understand the changing ecology and biodiversity in the study area.

3.12.3 Ecology:

1. Field Observations:

Predominantly, the terrain of the area in the 10 Km radius from the project site is rather flat
surface. Where of the area is comprised of terrestrial ecosystems dominated by patchy
grasslands, scrub, fallow land and manmade ecosystems like cropland, horticulture and
human habitations with small pockets of woodland. The LULC percentage, drawn from
satellite imagery of the study area, reveals dominant crop land 46.97%, fallow land 27.62%,
grassland with open scrub 14.60%, barren land 5.90%, built up area 4.23% and meagre water
bodies and river area 0.68%. During the field study in summer season most of the study area
represented a mosaic of fallow land, open scrubs and natural grasslands dotted with some
agriculture habitats.

The major aquatic habitats in the region are River Sina at 7 Km in south west and Ekruk Lake
at 9 Km in east. Aquatic habitats studied include marshy areas, streams and stretches of Sina
River and the two water tanks, one is situated at 5 km north of the project site near village
Darfal and another near MIDC at 3 km in south. At time of field visit, the tanks were
comparatively filled and supported good wetland and avian diversity.

2. Questionnaire survey:

As per the perception of majority of the respondents reflected in multiple choice questions,
particularly seniors, it is revealed that in past the natural vegetation cover, was dominated by
scrub and grasslands with patches of rain fed agriculture and woodlands. These natural
habitats are now drastically reducing in size i.e. scrub (90%) and grasslands (45%) and
scrubby woodlands (50%). Most (75%) respondents believed that the agriculture yield is
drastically decreased in the last two decades. However, there is no significant change in the
fallow land habitats. Most respondents opined qualitative degradation in grasslands while
some (35%) reported deforestation in the area. This is partly responsible for decline in the
habitat quality, particularly of grassland species like GIB.
In wetland habitats Ekruk tank and Sina River are major source of water for livelihood and
irrigation in the area. While some depend on diverse water sources such as seasonal streams,
irrigation canal, wells, tube wells, village ponds and tanks. Nearly 30% of the respondents
commented on degradation of water quality of wetlands i.e. streams, tanks and ponds in the
region. Over 55% respondents reported pollution of both rivers and other wetlands and
believe that most of the natural waterholes in the region are rapidly decreasing due to over
drawl of water for irrigation and from sand mining of river beds.
Various reasons were quoted by the respondents for the qualitative and quantitative habitat
degradation in the study area. Majority of the respondents (80%) believe that industrial
pollution and domestic sewage are the two major reasons for degradation of environmental

107
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

status of the natural habitats in the region. This is followed by grass burning (60%),
industrialization (60%), trees cutting (50%) urbanization (35%) and agricultural expansion
(35%). As per the respondents the existing land-use is increasingly dominated by agriculture,
urbanization, and industries having negative impact on the natural environment in the area.
The declining natural habitats pose serious threat to the local biodiversity, which is feared to
be aggravated by industrialization and uncontrolled pollution due to widening of MIDC in
the region.

3.12.4 Biodiversity:

1. Field Observations:

Avifauna being considered as good indicator of local habitat health and biodiversity, the field
survey was mainly restricted to it. A total of 106 birds belonging to 17 species, 8 orders, 13
families and 16 genera were recorded during the brief field survey. Out of these 11 species
were common resident, 4 species were not common resident and 2 species were not common
winter visitors. Considering relatively small study area, short study period and that too in
summer season, the brief opportunistic observations is indicator of moderately good
environmental quality. This is attributed to the mosaic of natural and manmade habitats in the
area. Large part of the study area also serves as the grassland habitats known to be traditional
winter migratory grounds for the Great Indian Bustard (Ardeotis nigriceps) and thus are
protected as Nanaj GIB sanctuary by the government. Moreover, sightings of woolly-Necked
Storks (Ciconia episcopus) in the study area were encouraging. According to World
Conservation Union (IUCN) (2017), status of this bird species is becoming Vulnerable
globally. With regard to Feeding Guilds two bird species are dependent on multiple sources
for feeding while remaining 15 are dependent on single source. Out of these 15 single source
species 7 species were Piscivorous, 4 were Insectivorous, 2 Carnivorous and 2 species were
Omnivorous. More earlier unrecorded and useful information was made available on EB of
the area through a questionnaire survey.

2. Questionnaire survey:

It was revealed from the questionnaire survey on floral diversity that the common local trees
are Banyan, Peepal, Umbar, Tamarind, Gulmohar, Drumstick, Babul, Neem, Jamun and
Mango. Eucalyptus and Teak are planted by private as well as by social forestry department.
These tree species were recorded during field study as well. Presently the major crop grown
in the area is sugarcane followed by jowar, wheat, bajra and groundnut, along with vegetables
and chilli. In patchy homesteads and horticulture major species cultivated are mango,
coconut, pomegranate, guava and custard apple.

Dominant wild fauna in the area, according to respondents, is blackbuck, Indian Wolf, Indian
Fox, Indian Hare, Wild boar, Common Mongoose, Bonnet Macaque, Common Langur,
Indian Fruit Bat and Three-striped Palm Squirrel. A large majority confirmed occurrence of
many common birds i.e. Indian Peafowl, Common Myna, House Sparrow, Common Crow,
Black Kite, Rose-Ringed Parakeet, Spotted Owlet, Common Quail, Francolin, and some
raptors. According to local seniors lately the numbers of raptors like eagles, buzzards and
falcons have drastically gone down and species like great Indian bustard and white backed
vultures which were once common in the region, have totally disappeared. However, the state
forest departments are optimistic about recovery of migratory GIB population due to the
conservation measures in the sanctuary. In reptiles, presence of Indian Rat Snake, Spectacled

108
 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3
 

Cobra, Common Indian Krait, Russel’s Viper, Saw Scaled Viper, Garden lizard, Soft Shell
Turtle and Indian Monitor Lizard were reported from the region. Since the field study was
conducted during summer in the dry region, the seasonal water bodies were dry and others
had less water. Thus local fishermen reported presence of only two introduced fish species
namely Catla and Rohu besides minor local species. However no other fish species was
recorded during the field survey because of dried shallow wetlands in the summer.

Most of the respondents (60%), especially the seniors, reported drastic biodiversity decline in
the area in the recent past. This change was attributed to factors such as urbanizations (50%),
tree cutting (50%), Industrialization (45%), hunting and poaching (45%), increased weed
growth (40%) and agriculture expansion (5%). Refer Annexure VII & Annexure VIII for
list of birds and list of flora and fauna reported by the respondents from the study area
respectively.

3.14.5 Green belt:

Observations:

As per the standard TOR (Ref. 5 February 2018) 33% of the total plot area of the project
should be under green belt, comprising of large type trees species. The tree density in the
green belt should be @ 1500/ha, and planted in the beginning for environmental protection
purpose, in row of 2-3 trees, all along the periphery of the total industrial plot, as per CPCB
norms (2000). As per the information provided by the proponent the total plot area of the plot
is 1.63 ha, thus 33% i.e. 0.54 ha area should be developed as green belt. However, the
proponent has proposed only 0.37 ha area as green belt; this is less and not according to the
Green Belt norms of MOEF&CC (CPCB, 2000). Apparently this situation is due to common
misinterpretation of the green belt area, which is calculated on the basis of the availability of
open space and not based on the total plot area. Thus total number of trees need to exist in the
green belt s per the TOR comes to about 810, and therefore improved should be made on the
industrial plot accordingly.

According to the Green Belt norms of MOEF&CC (CPCB, 2000) Width of plantation,
planning schedule etc. shall be included in the plan. The green belt shall be around the
project’s total plot periphery and the scheme for greening of the roads used for the project
shall also be incorporated as mentioned in the TOR. As per the CPCB, (2000) guidelines the
industry should plant trees of recommended species for environmental protection and as
mitigation measure from diverse pollutants, to safeguard the health of workers, neighboring
population and biodiversity in general. No fruit bearing trees are desirable on industry
premise to avoid possible harmful chemical contamination, bioaccumulation and bio
magnification of hazardous chemicals in fruits and vegetables.

109
 Chapter 4

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters, due to theproposed project, is an

important aspect to be studied. This chapter incorporates both, qualitative and quantitative
descriptions of various environmental impacts due toproposedproject of DCPLinChincholi
MIDC of Solapur district.Various scientific techniques are available to predict and evaluate
impact of developmental activities under proposed project on physical, ecological and socio –
economic environments. Predictions are superimposed over base line status (pre-project).

‘Environmental Impact’ can be defined as any alteration of the environmental conditions or

creation of a new set of environmental conditions, adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by
the action or set of actions under consideration.Generally, the environmental impacts can be
categorized as either primary or secondary. Primary impacts are those which are attributed
directly to the project. On the other hand, secondary impacts are the ones which are indirectly
induced and typically include the associated investments and changed patterns of social and
economic activities by the proposed action.

The Proposed project may influence the environment of the study area in two phasesas under:

 Construction Phase: During the construction period, the impact may be temporary.
 Operation Phase:Post construction phase may have long term effects on the environment.

4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Construction phase impacts on the environment can be considered as short term. The
activities during erection of the plant and civil structures may affect the environment of the
area surrounding the site. The impacts as well as mitigation measures for the same are
described below.

110
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Table 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction Phase ofDCPL, Solapur

Sr. Component / Parameter Causes Impacts Type of Mitigation measures / Remarks

No. Aspect Impact
1 Topography Topographical Establishment of  Land leveling; excavations, Minor  The wastes generated from
changes Proposed Unit of cutting and filling activity (Negative construction activities would be
DCPL  No any major topographical Impact) adequately disposed to scrap
changes are envisaged in the dealers, local labours, and
acquired area since the proposed recyclers for re-processing.
activity is to be carried on MIDC
plot.
2 Air Dust (SPM) Vehicular movement,  Respiratory problems - coughing Minor  SO2 and NOX at single location
drilling, excavation and and difficult or painful breathing; (Negative will not increase as the vehicular
land leveling irritation in eyes. Impact) movement and machines will be
SO2 Vehicular movement  High SO2 and NOX - lung mobile.
NOX disorderssuch as wheezing and  Control of dust emissions by
shortness of breath. sprinkling water on open spaces,
 Obstruction in activities like kuccha roads, heaps of earthen
photosynthesis and evapo- filling material etc. until paved
transpiration due to deposition of roads get constructed.
dust on surface of leaves thereby  Provision of PPEs (Goggles and
reducing crop yield. Masks) to staff and workers
 Augmentation of the existing
green belt shall be done
immediately after
commencement of proposed
activity.
3 Water Deterioration  Water requirement  The Drainage map of land use Minor  The treated or untreated effluent
of Water for construction and study shows that he proposed site (Negative from the ETP of proposed plant
quantity, domestic activities. is located on the higher elevation Impact) should NOT be let into the
quality and  Surface runoff and and there are no water bodies nearby streams or drains.
aesthetics of seepage. near to project site. Only at the

111
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Component / Parameter Causes Impacts Type of Mitigation measures / Remarks

No. Aspect Impact
water body.  Domestic effluent. South-West side of the Proposed
 Spill from fuel, oil site, Sina River is flowing from
and other chemicals. North to South direction. The
 Leachate from impact due to proposed side on
temporary waste this river would be negligible.
dumps on site.
4 Noise Noise  Construction  During construction it is not a Minor  Provision of proper acoustic
Nuisance and equipment like continuous source and hence do (Negative enclosure for noise generating
Disturbance dozers, scrapers, not pose a health risk or damage Impact) and vibrating machinery.
concrete mixers, peoples' sense of hearing.  Protective equipments such as
cranes, pumps,  Adversely affects the quality of ear plugs, earmuffs etc for
compressors, life of occupants and nearby workers will be provided.
pneumatic tools, residents.  Onsite workers must not be
saws, vibrators etc.  Disturbance in nearby residents. exposed, for more than 8 hours,
 Continuous and  Constant exposure to high noise to high noise generating sources.
intermediate source levels can result in damage of ear
drums and loss of hearing.
 Increased blood pressure levels,
cardio-vascular disease and stress
related heart problems.
5 Soil and Land Soil Quality  Spill from fuel, oil  Affects the soil, micro as well as Minor  Proper maintenance of vehicles
use and and other chemicals. macro flora. Thereby, disturbing (Negative as well as machinery used
Topography  Substratum the nutritive composition of soil. Impact) during construction to avoid oil,
excavated during  Positive benefits in the formof fuel leakages.
construction of land levelling and tree plantation  Disposal of waste to authorized
foundations. in the plant vicinity and other recyclers and resellers.
 Improper storage of premises.
solid waste  Bad aesthetics due to littering.
 Improper disposal of  The soil and ground water gets

112
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Component / Parameter Causes Impacts Type of Mitigation measures / Remarks

No. Aspect Impact
solid waste. polluted.
6 Biodiversity Terrestrial as  Dust emissions  No any major impacts envisaged Minor  Noise generating and vibrating
and Habitat well as  Noise generation but some minor impacts may be (Negative machinery would be provided
aquatic  Influx of onsite observed. Impact) with proper acoustic enclosure
Flora, Fauna workers  Retarded growth and productivity  Water sprinkling arrangement
and Avifauna.  Flood lights, high of the plants. shall be provided to curb dust
masts etc.  Avifauna (migratory and emissions during construction
residential) nearby water body activities.
and in the surrounding areas may  Workers staying onsite shall be
get frightened and restless. supplied with fuel source such
 Nocturnal animals and birds may as LPG, Kerosene etc. for
get affected due to flood lights, cooking. Moreover, proper care
high masts etc. shall be taken so that the
 The study shows that there is surrounding ecological area is
GIBWL sanctuary is located duly conserved.
around the project site. As per  Care should be taken to reduce
IUCN Red list,GIB is considered the emissions and also discharge
as ‘Critically of effluent. Zero emission and
Endangered’species. zero discharge concepts should
 Chincholi MIDC can cause be adopted by unit.
impact on this bird sanctuary.
7 Risk, Hazard Accidental  Lifting of heavy tools  Physical problems viz. Carpal Minor  Use of advanced technology and
and risk and and tackles, tunnel syndrome, tendonitis, back (Negative sophisticated machinery during
Occupational Hazard construction pain, muscle soreness and nerve Impact) construction
health & equipment damage reduction in hearing  Maximum Employment of
Safety  Repetitive motion, efficiency of workers young and adequately trained
awkward postures  Shortness of breath following persons (above 18 years)
and vibrations physical exertion, severe cough  Providing various PPEs like
 High noise and chest pains dust masks, safety glasses,

113
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Component / Parameter Causes Impacts Type of Mitigation measures / Remarks

No. Aspect Impact
generating machinery  Fatigue and loss of appetite helmets, gum boots, ear plugs
 Continuous exposure  Eye irritation and eye sight and ear muffs etc. to the
to dust problems workers.
 Welding of metal  Electrical shock  Appropriate equipment and
parts  Spread of various diseases gadgets like safety belts and
 Cabling of electrical body harness for persons
work. working at high levels.
 Unhygienic  Proper earthing for electrical
conditions resulting supply.
from day-to-day  Separation of deep excavations
activities of workers and marking of dangerous areas
living in the with barricading etc.
industrial area.  24 X 7 medical aid with trained
doctors and ambulance facility.
 Training to the workers from
view points of safety, health and
hygiene.
8 Socio- Social and Establishment of  Primary and secondary Major There will be positive impact to
Economic Economic Proposed unit of employment generation (Positive the residents nearby industrial unit
status DCPL. Impact) in the form of new job
opportunities and increase in good
employment generation potential.
 
 

114
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.3 OPERATION PHASE

Operational phase activities may have impacts - minor or major, positive or negative on
environmental attributes such as land and soils, surface and ground water hydrology, micro
meteorology, land use, water use, water and air quality, ecology, socio economic and
noiseenvironment. Descriptions of these various attributes and effects on same havebeen
presented in following paragraphs.

4.3.1 Impacts due to Process & Products

There could be number of aspects and reasons in manufacturing plant which may result into
exerting impacts on various environmental disciplines. Problems related with pollution and
related impacts could arise due to – (1) manufacturing process (2) products(3) by
products&co-products (4) intermediate products (4) catalysts used(5) process conditions &
configurations (6) raw materials, and (7) the waste streams.Potential problems in above areas
and possible approaches to minimize and/ or avoid adverse impacts through process and
product modificationscould be enumerated as follows-

115
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Figure 4.1 Impact Identification Process Flow Chart for manufacturing unit

Raw Material

RH Noise RH Noise Water  Solvent RH Noise Water

Raw Material Reaction Layer Separation Layer Separation

Solvent
RH  
Distillation Noise 
Air
Air Noise  Air Noise Air Noise Water

Finished Goods Packing Drying Filtration

Solvent

116
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Table 4.2 Process & Products Modifications for Pollution Control and Impact
Minimization
Sr. Areas Potential Problems Causing Impacts Mitigation Measures to Minimize / Avoid
No. the Impact
A By-product & Co-product
1 Quantity & a. Process inefficiencies resultin the generation of Increase product yield to reduceby-product
Quality undesiredby-products and co-products. and co-productgeneration and raw
Inefficiencies will requirelarger volumes of materialrequirements.
rawmaterials and result inadditional
secondaryproducts.
b. Inefficiencies can alsoincrease fugitive
emissionsand wastes generated throughmaterial
handling.
2 Uses & Outlets a. By-products and co-products are not fully Identify uses and develop a sales outlet.
utilized,generating material or wastethat must be Collect informationnecessary to firm up a
managed. purchasecommitment such as
minimumquality criteria, maximumimpurity
levels that can betolerated, and
performancecriteria.
B Catalysts
1 Composition a. The presence of heavy metalsin catalysts can Catalysts comprised of noblemetals,
result incontaminated processwastewater from because of their cost, aregenerally
catalyst handling and separation.These wastes recycled by bothonsite and offsite re-
may requirespecial treatment and claimers.
disposalprocedures or facilities.Heavy metals
can beinhibitory or toxic tobiological
wastewatertreatment units.
b. Sludge from wastewater treatment units may
beclassified as hazardous due toheavy metals
content. Heavymetals generally exhibit
lowtoxicity thresholds in aquatic environments
and maybio accumulate.
2 Preparation and a. Emissions or effluents aregenerated with a. Obtain catalyst in the activeform.
Handling catalystactivation or regeneration. b. Provide in-situ activation
b. Catalyst attrition andcarryover into withappropriate processing/activation
productrequires de-ashingfacilities,which are a facilities.
likely source ofwastewater and solid waste. c. Develop a more robust catalystor
c. Catalyst is spent and needs tobe replaced. support.
d. Pyrophoric catalyst needs tobe kept wet, d. In situ regeneration
resulting inliquid contaminated withmetals. eliminatesunloading/loading
e. Short catalyst life emissionsand effluents versus
offsiteregeneration or disposal.
e. Use a nonpryrophoriccatalyst.Minimise
amount of water required to handle and
storesafely.
f. Study and identify catalystde-
activationmechanisms.
3 Effectiveness a. Catalyzed reaction has by-product formation, a. Reduce catalyst consumption with a
incomplete conversion and less-than perfect more active form. A higher
yield. concentration of active ingredient or
increased surface area can reduce
catalyst loadings.
b. Use a more selective catalyst which will
reduce the yield of undesired by-
products.

117
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Areas Potential Problems Causing Impacts Mitigation Measures to Minimize / Avoid
No. the Impact
c. Improve reactor mixing/contacting to
increase catalyst effectiveness.
d. Develop a thorough understanding of
reaction to allow optimization of reactor
design. Include in the optimization,
catalyst consumption and by-product
yield.
C Intermediate Products
1 Quantity and a. Intermediate reaction products or chemical a. Modify reaction sequence to reduce
Quality species, including trace levels of toxic amount or change composition of
constituents, may contribute to process waste intermediates.
under both normal and upset conditions. b. Modify reaction sequence to change
b. Intermediates may contain toxic Constituents or intermediate properties.
have characteristics that are harmful to the c. Use equipment design and process
environment. control to reduce releases.
D Process Conditions / Configuration
1 Temperature a. High heat exchange tube temperatures cause a. Select operating temperatures at or
thermal cracking/decomposition of many near ambient temperature whenever
chemicals. These lower molecular weight by- possible.
products are a source of “light ends” and fugitive b. Use lower pressure steam to lower
emissions. High localized temperature gives rise temperatures.
to polymerization of reactive monomers, c. Use intermediate exchanger’s to avoid
resulting in “heavies” or “tars.” Such materials contact with furnace tubes and walls.
can foul heat exchange equipment or plug fixed- d. Use staged heating to minimise product
bed reactors, thereby requiring costly equipment degradation and unwanted side
cleaning and production outage. reactions.Use superheat of high-
b. Higher operating temperatures imply “heat input” pressure steam in place of furnace.
usually via combustion which generates e. Monitor exchanger fouling to correlate
emissions. process conditions which increase
c. Heat sources such as furnaces and boilers are a fouling, avoid conditions which rapidly
source of combustion emissions. foul exchangers.
d. Vapour pressure increases with increasing f. Use online tube cleaning technologies
temperature. Loading/ unloading, tank age and to keep tube surfaces clean to increase
fugitive emissions generally increase with heat transfer. Use scraped wall
increasing vapour pressure. exchangers in viscous service.
e. Water solubility of most chemicals increases g. Use falling film re-boiler, pumped re-
with increasing temperature. circulation re-boiler or high-flux tubes.
Explore heat integration opportunities
(e.g., use waste heat to preheat
materials and reduce the amount of
combustion required.)
h. Use thermo-compressor to upgrade low-
pressure steam to avoid the need for
additional boilers and furnaces.
i. If possible, cool materials before
sending to storage.
j. Use hot process streams to reheat feeds.
k. Add vent condensers to recover vapours
in storage tanks or process.
l. Add closed dome loading with vapour
recovery condensers.
m. Use lower temperature (vacuum
processing).

118
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Areas Potential Problems Causing Impacts Mitigation Measures to Minimize / Avoid
No. the Impact
2 Pressure a. Fugitive emissions from equipment. a. Equipment operating in vacuum service
b. Seal leakage potential due to pressure is not a source of fugitives; however,
differential. leaks into the process require control
c. Gas solubility increases with higher pressures. when system is degassed.
b. Minimise operating pressure.
c. Determine whether gases can be
recovered, compressed, and reused or
require controls.
3 Corrosive a. Material contamination occurs from corrosion a. Improve metallurgy/ provide coating/
Environment products. Equipment failures result in spills, lining.
leaks and increased maintenance costs. b. Neutralize corrosivity of materials
b. Increased waste generation due to addition of contacting equipment.
corrosion inhibitors or neutralization. c. Use corrosion inhibitors.
d. Improve metallurgy or provide coating or
lining or operate in a less corrosive
environment.
4 Batch vs a. Vent gas lost during batch fill. a. Equalize reactor & storage tank vent
Continuous b. Waste generated by cleaning /purging of lines.
Operations process equipment between production batches. b. Recover vapours through condenser,
c. Process inefficiencies lower yield and increase adsorber, etc.
emissions. c. Use materials with low viscosity.
d. Continuous process fugitive emissions and Minimise equipment roughness.
waste increase over time due to equipment d. Optimize product manufacturing
failure through a lack of maintenance. sequence to minimise washing
operations and cross contamination of
subsequent batches.
e. Sequence addition of reactants and
reagents to optimize yields and lower
emissions.
f. Design facility to readily allow
maintenance so as to avoid unexpected
equipment failure and resultant release.
5 Process a. Numerous processing steps create wastes and a. Keep it simple. Make sure all operations
Operation/ opportunities for errors. are necessary. More operations and
Design b. Non-reactant materials (solvents, absorbents, complexity only tend to increase
etc.) create wastes. Each chemical (including potential emission and waste sources.
water) employed within the process introduces b. Evaluate unit operation or technologies
additional potential waste sources; the (e.g., separation) that do not require the
composition of generated wastes also tends to addition of solvents or other non-
become more complex. reactant chemicals.
c. High conversion with low yield results in wastes. c. Recycle operations generally improve
d. Non-regenerative treatment systems result in overall use of raw materials and
increased waste versus regenerative systems. chemicals, thereby both increasing the
yield of desired products while at the
same time reducing the generation of
wastes.
d. Regenerative fixed bed treating or
desiccant operation (e.g. aluminium
oxide, silica, activated carbon,
molecular sieves, etc.) will generate less
quantities of solid or liquid waste than
non regenerative units (e.g., calcium
chloride or activated clay). With
regenerative units though, emissions
during bed activation and regeneration

119
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Areas Potential Problems Causing Impacts Mitigation Measures to Minimize / Avoid
No. the Impact
can be significant.
E Product
1 Process a. Insufficient R & D into alternative reaction R & D during process conception and
Chemistry pathways may miss pollution opportunities such laboratory studies should thoroughly
as waste reduction or eliminating a hazardous investigate alternatives in process
constituent. chemistry that affect pollution prevention.
2 Product a. Product based on end-use performance may Reformulate products by substituting
Formulation have undesirable environmental impacts or use different material or using a mixture of
raw materials or components that generate individual chemicals that meet end-use
excessive or hazardous wastes. performance specifications.
F Raw Materials
1 Purity a. Impurities may produce unwanted by-products a. Use higher purity materials.
and waste. Toxic impurities, even in trace b. Purify materials before use and reuse if
amounts, can make a waste hazardous and practical.
therefore subject to strict and costly regulation. c. Use inhibitors to prevent side reactions.
b. Excessive impurities may require more d. Achieve balance between feed purity,
processing and equipment to meet product processing steps, product quality and
specifications, increasing costs and potential for waste generation.
fugitive emissions, leaks, and spills. e. Specify purity no greater than what the
c. Specifying purity greater than needed by the process needs.
process increases costs and can result in more f. Use pure oxygen.
waste generation by the supplier. g. Install guard beds to protect catalysts.
d. Impurities in clean air can increase inert purges.
e. Impurities may poison catalyst prematurely
resulting in increased wastes due to yield loss
and more frequent catalyst replacement.
2 Vapour Pressure a. Higher vapour pressures increase fugitive Use material with lower vapour pressure
emissions in material handling and storage. and higher odour threshold.
b. High vapour pressures with low odour threshold
material scan cause nuisance odours.
3 Water Solubility a. Toxic or non-biodegradable materials that are a. Use less toxic or more biodegradable
water soluble may affect wastewater treatment materials.
operation, efficiency, and cost. b. Use less soluble materials.
b. Higher solubility may increase potential for c. Use less soluble materials.
surface and groundwater contamination and d. Prevent direct contact with storm water
may require more careful spill prevention, by drinking or covering areas.
containment, and cleanup (SPCC) plans. e. Minimise water usage.
c. Higher solubility may increase potential for storm f. Reuse wash water. +
water contamination in open areas. g. Determine optimum process conditions
d. Process wastewater associated with water for phase separation.
washing or hydrocarbon/water phase separation h. Evaluate alternative separation
will be impacted by containment solubility in technologies (coalescers, membranes,
water. Appropriate wastewater treatment will be distillation, etc.)
impacted.
4 Toxicity a. Community and worker safety and health a. Use less toxic materials.
concerns result from routine and non-routine b. Reduce exposure through equipment
emissions. Emissions sources include vents, design and process control. Use
equipment leaks, waste water emissions, systems which are passive for
emergency pressure relief, etc. emergency containment of toxic
b. Surges or higher than normal continuous levels releases.
of toxic materials can shock or miss wastewater c. Use less toxic material.
biological treatment systems resulting in d. Reduce spills, leaks, and upset
possible fines and possible toxicity in the conditions through equipment and
receiving water. process control.

120
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Areas Potential Problems Causing Impacts Mitigation Measures to Minimize / Avoid
No. the Impact
e. Consider effect of chemicals on
biological treatment; provide unit pre-
treatment or diversion capacity to
remove toxicity.
f. Install surge capacity for flow and
concentration equalization.
5 Regularity a. Hazardous or toxic materials are stringently Use materials which are less toxic or
regulated. They may require enhanced control hazardous.
and monitoring; increased compliance issues Use better equipment and process design
and paperwork for permits and record keeping; to minimise or control releases; in some
stricter control for handling, shipping, and cases, meeting certain regulatory criteria
disposal; higher sampling and analytical costs; will exempt a system from permitting or
and increased health and safety costs. other regulatory requirements.
6 Form of Supply a. Small containers increase shipping frequency a. Use bulk supply, ship by pipeline, or
which increases chances of material 0releases use “jumbo” drums or sacks.
and waste residues from shipping containers b. In some cases, product may be
(including wash waters). shipped out in the same containers the
b. Non returnable containers may increase waste. material supply as shipped in without
washing.
c. Use returnable shipping containers/
drums.
7 Handling and a. Physical state (solid, liquid, gaseous) may raise a. Use equipment and controls
Supply unique environmental, safety, and health issues appropriate to the type of materials to
with unloading operations and transfer to control releases.
process equipment. b. Minimise inventory by utilizing just-in-
b. Large inventories can lead to spills, inherent time delivery.
safety issues and material expiration.
G Waste Streams
1 Quantity and a. Characteristics and sources of waste streams a. Document sources and quantities of
Quality are unknown. waste streams prior to pollution
b. Wastes are generated as part of the process. prevention assessment.
b. Determine what changes in process
conditions would lower waste generation
of toxicity.
c. Determine if wastes can be recycled
back into the process.
2 Composition a. Hazardous or toxic constituents are found in Evaluate whether different process
waste streams. Examples are: sulfides, heavy conditions, routes, or reagent chemicals
metals, halogenated hydrocarbons, and (e.g., solvent catalysts) can be substituted
polynuclear aromatics. or changed to reduce or eliminate
hazardous or toxic compounds.
3 Properties a. Environmental fate and waste properties are not Evaluate waste characteristics using the
known or understood. following type properties: corrosivity,
ignitability, reactivity, BTU content (energy
recovery), biodegradability, aquatic toxicity,
and bio-accumulation potential of the
waste and of its degradable products, and
whether it is a solid, liquid, or gas.

4 Disposal a. Ability to treat and manage hazardous and toxic Evaluate all onsite and offsite recycle,
waste unknown or limited reuse, treatment, and disposal options
available. Determine availability of facilities
to treat or manage wastes generated.
 
 

121
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.3.2 Impacts due to Manufacturing Equipment & Machinery

In addition to process of manufacturing and consequent products, by-products, co-products;

there could be number of impacts on various environmental aspects due to equipment and
machinery installed in a plant. The same may be as described in following table.

Table 4.3Equipment Modifications for Pollution Control and Impact Minimization

Sr. Equipment Potential Approach to Minimize / Avoid Impacts
No. Environmental Design Related Operation related
Problems Causing
Impacts
1 Compressors, a. Shaft seal a. Seal-less designs(diaphragmatic, Preventivemaintenanceprogr
blowers, fans leaks,piston rod hemetic or magnetic) am
sealleaks, and b. Design for lowemissions
ventstreams (internalbalancing, doubleinlet,
gland educators)
c. Shaft seal designs(carbon rings,
doublemechanical seals,buffered
seals)
d. Double seal withbarrier fluid
vented tocontrol device.
2 Concrete pads, a. Leaks togroundwater a. Water stops a. ReduceUnnecessary
floors, b. Embedded metals plates purges, transfers,and
Sumps c. Epoxy sealing sampling
d. Other impervious sealing b. Use drip panswhere
necessary.
3 Controls a. Shutdowns andstart– a. Improve on-linecontrols a. Continuous versusbatch
upsgenerate wasteand b. On-lineinstrumentation b. Optimize on-linerun time
releases c. Automatic start-upand shutdown c. Optimizeshutdown
d. On-line vibrationanalysis interlocking frequency
Use“consensus” systems(e.g., d. Identify safety
shutdown triprequires 2 out of andenvironmentcritical
3affirmative responses) instrumentsand
equipment.
4 Distillation a. Impuritiesremain a. Increase reflux ration a. Changecolumnoperationc
inprocess streams b. Add section tocolumn onditions
b. Impuritiesremain c. Column intervals b. Reflux ratio
inprocess steam d. Change feed tray c. Feed tray
c. Large amountof e. Insulate to preventheat loss d. Temperature
contaminatedwaterco f. Preheat column feed e. Pressure etc.
ndensate fromstream g. Increase vapour linesize to lower f. Clean column toreduce
stripping pressuredrop fouling
h. Use re-boilers or inert gas g. Use highertemperature
stripping agents steam

122
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Equipment Potential Approach to Minimize / Avoid Impacts

No. Environmental Design Related Operation related
Problems Causing
Impacts
5 General a. Contaminate drain a. Provide roof over process a. Return samples to
manufacturing water facilities process
equipment b. Contaminated b. Segregate process sewer from b. Monitor storm water
areas sprinkler and fire storm sewer (diking) discharge
water c. Hard-pipe process streams to c. Use drip pans for
c. Leaks and emissions process sewer maintenance activities
during cleaning d. Seal floors d. Rinse to sump
e. Drain to sump e. Reuse cleaning solutions
f. Route to waste treatment
g. Design for cleaning
h. Design for minimum rinsing
i. Design for minimum sludge
j. Provide vapour enclosure
k. Drain to process
6 Heat a. Increased waste due to a. Use intermediate exchangers to a. Select operating
exchangers high localized avoid contact with furnace tubes temperatures at or near
temperatures and walls ambient temperature
b. Contaminated b. Use staged heating to minimise whenever possible.
material due to tubes product degradation and b. These are generally most
leaking at tube sheets unwanted side reactions. (waste desirable from a pollution
c. Furnace emissions heat>>low pressure steam prevention stand point
>>high pressure steam).Use c. Use lower pressure steam
scraped wall exchangers in to lower temperatures
viscous service d. Monitor exchange fouling
c. Using falling film re-boiler, to correlate process
piped re circulation re-boiler or conditions which increase
high-flux tubes. Use lowest fouling, avoid conditions
pressure steam possible which rapidly foul
d. Use welded tubes or double tube exchangers
sheets with inert purge. Use e. Use on-line tube cleaning
superheat of high-pressure steam techniques to keep
in place of a furnace surfaces clean. Monitor
for leaks
7 Piping a. Leaks to ground a. Design equipment layout so as Monitor for corrosion and
water; fugitive to minimise pipe run length erosion to prevent external
emissions b. Eliminate underground piping or corrosion Flush to product
b. Releases when design for cathodic protection if storage tank
cleaning or purging necessary to install underground
lines c. Welded fittings
d. Reduce number of flanges and
valves
e. All welded pipe
f. Secondary containment
g. Spiral-wound gaskets
h. Use plugs and double valves for
open end lines
i. Change metallurgy
j. Use lined pipe
k. Use “pigs” for cleaning
l. Slope to low point drain
m. Use heat tracing and insulation
to prevent freezing
n. Install equalizer lines

123
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Equipment Potential Approach to Minimize / Avoid Impacts

No. Environmental Design Related Operation related
Problems Causing
Impacts
8 Pumps a. Fugitive emissions a. Mechanical seal in lieu of a. Seal installation practices
from shaft seal leaks packing b. Monitor for leaks
b. Fugitive emissions b. Double mechanical seal with c. Flush casing to process
from shaft seal leaks inert barrier fluid sewer for treatment
c. Residual “heal” of c. Double machined seal with d. Increase the meantime
liquid during pump barrier fluid vented to control between pump failures
maintenance device by:
d. Injection of seal flush d. Seal-less pump(canned motor - selecting proper seal
fluid into process magnetic drive) material;
stream e. Vertical pump - good alignment;
f. Use pressure transfer to - reduce pipe induced
eliminate pump stress
g. Low poing drain on pump - Maintaining seal
casing lubrication
h. Use double mechanical seal with
inert barrier fluid where
practical
9 Reactors a. Poor conversion or Static mixing a. Add ingredients with
performance due to a. Add baffles optimum sequence
inadequate mixing b. Change impellers b. Allow proper headspace
b. Waste by product c. Add horsepower in reactor to enhance
formation d. Add distributor vortex effect
e. Provide separate reactor for c. Optimize reaction
converting recycle streams to conditions (temperature,
usable products pressure, etc.,)
10 Relief valve Leaks a. Provide upstream rupture disc a. Monitor for leaks and for
a. Fugitive emissions b. Vent to control or recovery control efficiency
b. Discharge to device b. Monitor for leaks
environment from c. Pump discharges to suction of c. Reduce operating
overpressure pump pressure
c. Frequent relief d. Thermal relief to tanks d. Review system
e. Avoid discharge to roof areas to performance
prevent contamination of rain
water
f. Use pilot operated relief valve
g. Increase margin between design
and operating pressure.
11 Sampling a. Waste generation due In-line analyzers a. Reduce number and size
to sampling (disposal, a. System for return to process of sample required
containers, leaks, b. Closed loop b. Sample at the lowest
fugitives, etc.) c. Drain to sump possible temperature
12 Tanks Tank breathing and a. Cool materials before storage a. Optimize storage
working losses b. Insulate tanks conditions to reduce
a. Leak to ground water c. Vent to control device (flare, losses
condenser, etc.), Vapour b. Monitor for leaks and
balancing corrosion
d. Floating roof c. Recycle to process if
e. Higher design pressure practical
f. All above ground(situated so
bottom can routinely be checked
for leaks), Secondary
containment
g. Improve corrosion resistance
h. Design for 100% de-inventory

124
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Equipment Potential Approach to Minimize / Avoid Impacts

No. Environmental Design Related Operation related
Problems Causing
Impacts
13 Vacuum a. Waste discharge from a. Substitute mechanical vacuum a. Monitor for air leaks
systems jets pump b. Recycle condensate to
b. Evaluate using process fluid for process
powering jet
14 Valves a. Fugitive emissions Bellow seals Stringent adherence to
from leaks a. Reduce number where practical packing procedures
b. Special packing sets
15 Vents 1. Release to a. Route to control or recovery Monitor performance
environment device

4.3.3 Impact on Air Quality

A) Emissions from Fuel Burning

Major sources of air pollution would be boiler, TFHs and D.G. Set in the proposed industry
as well as vehicles used for transportation. Under proposed unit, two numbers of boilers of
2TPH, One TFH of 2 Lakh Kcal/Hrcapacity would be installed. Fuel in the form of coal
(imported), Biomass and furnace oil will be used. APC equipment in the form of Bag filter
would be installed.The stack emissions from these shall be particulate matter, SO2, CO, NOX.
In addition, the vehicular exhaust may also contribute to air pollution through release of SO2,
CO, NOX. Table 2.14of Chapter 2 may be referred for details of boiler and D.G. Set.

In light of non-operation or inadequate inefficiencies of APC equipment lead to release of

uncontrolled air pollutants into air. To enumerate the concentration of air pollutants to be
released during operation or non-operation of APC equipment have been studied by using
software- AERMOD. The details of GLC are presented below at section 4.3.3.1.

4.3.3.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modeling

In order to study the movement of particulate matter release into atmosphere from the source,
Air Dispersion Model – AERMOD developed by the US Environmental Protection Agency
(USEPA) is used. The software helps in knowing details of particulate and gases dispersed in
the downwind direction and finally reaching the ground at farther distance from the source.
The ground level concentrations mainly depend upon the strength of the emission source and
micrometeorology of the study area. The site specific meteorological data and AAQM data
werecollected for one season for period from February 2018 –April 2018.The predominant
wind direction and wind speeds are tabulated in following table.

Table 4.4 Predominant Wind Directions

Sr. Season Time (Hrs.) Predominant Nearest Habitation

No. wind Direction Downwind
1 Winter 08:30 SW Sawaleshwar
17:30 ENE Hiraj
2 Post-monsoon 08:30 SSW Pakni
17:30 NNE Arjunsond
3 Monsoon 08:30 ES Lamboti
17:30 ES Mundhewadi

125
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Season Time (Hrs.) Predominant Nearest Habitation

No. wind Direction Downwind
4 Pre-monsoon 08:30 SE Shirapur
17:30 SSE Pophali

Table 4.5 Predominant Wind Direction and Speed Categories

Season Predominance Wind Direction Wind Speed Category (Kmph)

08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30
Winter 1st E E 1-19 1-19
Post-Monsoon 1st E E 1-19 1-19
Monsoon 1st W W 1-19 1-19
Pre-Monsoon 1st W W 1-19 1-19

From the AAQMdata, the 24 hourly 98percentile concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
NOx, CO,Pb, NH3, O3, C6H6, BaP, As, Ni, and VOCin ambient air, recorded during the
field study conducted for season February,Marchand April 2018, are considered as
baseline values. For identifying impacts due to operations of existing nearby industries on
the region, the average concentrations of above mentioned parameters in the study area
are considered to be the ‘Baseline Concentrations’ and further determination of impact,
due to proposed activities in the DCPL industry on the ambient air quality will be done.

Table 4.6 Baseline Concentrations at Site

Parameter 98 Percentile NAAQS Remark

Concentration
PM10 60.21 g/m3 100 g/m3 Baseline concentrations for
PM2.5 17.28 g/m3 60 g/m3 PM10– 60.21g/m3, PM2.5 –
SO2 29.65 g/m3 80 g/m3 17.28 g/m3, SO2 – 29.65g/m3,
NOX 38.54 g/m3 80 g/m3 NOx – 38.54g/m3. The baseline
NH3 23.36 g/m3 400 g/m3 concentrations for all parameters
CO 0.02 mg/m3 2 mg/m3 monitored are well within the
limits.
Pb 0.09 g/m3 1g/m3
O3 13.12 g/m3 180 g/m3 Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.9 for
Benzene 0.54g/m3 5 g/m3 more details.
BaP BDL 1 ng/ m3
As BDL 6 ng/ m3
Ni BDL 20 ng/ m3
VOC 96.06g/m3 --

126
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Figure 4.2 Wind Rose for February –March –April 2018

127
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Output of GLC run for various scenarios in respect of activities to be undertaken insert
BAL unit-IV proposed project is presented are as follows.

A) Predictions for Emissions from Stacks (Scenario- during operation of APC )

Figure 4.3 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max. Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Table 4.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 values

Sr. Location Direction Distance 98% Increment Total PM10 % Incremental Remark Impact
No (Km) baseline al PM10 Predictive
PM10 Conc. (g/m3) GLC
(g/m3) (g/m3)
A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100
1. Site -- -- 60.21 0.8 61.01 1.329
2. Chincholi SW 1.70 61.13 0.1 61.23 0.164
kati Incremental
3. Kondi ESE 4.08 73.15 0.08 73.23 0.109 conc. is
4. Pakni SW 5.39 67.98 0.06 68.04 0.088 lower than
Insignificant
prescribed
5. Sawalesh WSW 6.29 52.86 0.08 52.94 0.151 standard
war
100 g/m3
6. Karamba E 5.59 60.23 0.05 60.28 0.083
7. Gulvanchi ESE 5.81 53.22 0.03 53.25 0.056

128
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Location Direction Distance 98% Increment Total PM10 % Incremental Remark Impact
No (Km) baseline al PM10 Predictive
PM10 Conc. (g/m3) GLC
(g/m3) (g/m3)
A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100
Gaon
8. Darfal WNW 4.25 48.3 0.08 48.38 0.166
Average 59.64 59.80

Figure 4.4 Isopleths of PM2.5(24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Table 4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values

Sr. Location Direction Distance 98% Incremental Total PM10 % Remark Impact
No. (Km) baseline PM10 (g/m3) Predictive Incremental
PM10 GLC
Conc. (g/m3)
(g/m3)
A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100
17.27 0.2 17.47 1.16
1. Site -- --
Chinchol SW 1.70 17.49 0.02 17.51 0.11 Increment
2.
ikati al conc. is Insignific
Kondi ESE 4.08 22.77 0.02 22.79 0.09 lower than ant
3. prescribed

129
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Location Direction Distance 98% Incremental Total PM10 % Remark Impact
No. (Km) baseline PM10 (g/m3) Predictive Incremental
PM10 GLC
Conc. (g/m3)
(g/m3)
A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100
4. Pakni SW 5.39 19.58 0.02 19.6 0.10 standard
5. Sawalesh WSW 6.29 14.41 0.02 14.43 0.14 60 g/m3
war
6. Karamba E 5.59 17.02 0.01 17.03 0.06
7. Gulvanc ESE 5.81 25.48 0.01 25.49 0.04
8. Darfal WNW 4.25 12.22 0.02 12.24 0.16
Average 18.28 18.32

Figure 4.5 Isopleths of SO2 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)

130
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Table 4.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2Values

Distance 98%
Total SO2
(Km) baseline Incremental
Predictive %
Sr. Location Direction from PM10 SO2 GLC
GLC Incremental Remark Impact
No. centre Conc. (g/m3)
(g/m3)
of Site (g/m3)
A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100
1. Site -- -- 29.65 8 37.65 26.98
Chincholi SW 1.70 30.26 3.42
2.
kati 29.26 1
Incremental
3. Kondi ESE 4.08 25.09 1 26.09 3.99
conc. is
4. Pakni SW 5.39 22.14 1 23.14 4.52
lower than
5. Sawalesh WSW 6.29 20.55 1 21.55 4.87 Insignifica
prescribed
war nt
standard
6. Karamba E 5.59 28.11 0.8 28.91 2.85
80 g/m3
Gulvanchi ESE 5.81 20.91 0.5 21.41 2.39
7.
Gaon
8. Darfal WNW 4.25 16.47 1 17.47 6.07
Average 24.02 25.81

From table 4.6 and 4.7, it could be seen that in light of operation of APC (Bag filter)to be
provided for boiler and operated round the clockwith 98% efficiency, maximum percentage
of incremental (G) concentrations for PM10 is 1.32% andPM2.5 is 1.16% at site.Average of
predictive concentrations (F) for PM10 would be 59.80 g/m3 and for PM2.5 would be
18.32g/m3.Therefore, percentage of predictive concentrations for PM10 would be
59.80%andPM2.5 would be 18.32% ofNAAQS standards against base line concentration
percentage 59.64 % for PM10 and 18.28 % for PM2.5of NAAQS standards i.e. there would be
raise in PM10 concentration by 0.16% and PM2.5 concentration by 0.04% Hence, there would
not be significant impact on existing air quality of study area in light of operation of boiler
along with APC equipment.

From table 4.8, it could be observed that due to fuel (coal) burning operations in proposed 2
numbers of 2 TPHboiler and thermic fluid heaters the maximum percentage of incremental
concentrations for SO2is 26.98%. Moreover, the average predictive GLC percentage for
SO2is 25.81% (Average-20.01g/m3) Hence, there would not be significant impact on
existing air quality of study area.

131
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.3.3.1.1 Impacts under Accidental Scenarios

A. Predictions For Emissions From Stack In Worse Case (Scenario- During Non-
Operation of APC)

Figure 4.6 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Table 4.10 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 valuesfor Non-Operation of APC

Sr. Location Direction Distance 98% Incremental Total PM10 % Remark Impact
No. (Km) baseline PM10GLC Predictive Incremental
from PM10 (g/m3) GLC
centre Conc. (g/m3)
of Site (g/m3)
A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100
60.21 30 90.21 49.83
1. Site -- --
Increment
2. Chincholi SW 1.70 61.13 5 66.13 8.18 al conc. i s
kati lower than
Insignificant
3. Kondi ESE 4.08 73.15 3 76.15 4.10 prescribed
standard
4. Pakni SW 5.39 67.98 3 70.98 4.41 100 g/m3

132
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Sr. Location Direction Distance 98% Incremental Total PM10 % Remark Impact
No. (Km) baseline PM10GLC Predictive Incremental
from PM10 (g/m3) GLC
centre Conc. (g/m3)
of Site (g/m3)
A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100
5. Sawalesh WSW 6.29 52.86 3 55.86 5.68
war
6. Karamba E 5.59 60.23 1 61.23 1.66

7. Gulvanch ESE 5.81 53.22 1 54.22 1.88

i Gaon
8. Darfal WNW 4.25 48.3 3 51.3 6.21

Average 59.64 65.76

Figure 4.7 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)

133
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Table 4.11 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 valuesfor Non-Operation of APC

Sr. Location Directio Distance 98% Incrementa Total % Remark Impact

No. n (Km) from baseline l PM2.5 PM2.5 Incremental
the centre PM2.5 GLC Predictive
of site Conc. (g/m3) GLC
(g/m3) (g/m3)
A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100
17.27 6 23.27 34.74
1. Site -- --
Chinchol SW 1.70 17.49 1 18.49 5.72
2.
ikati
Incremental
3. Kondi ESE 4.08 22.77 0.8 23.57 3.51
conc. is
lower than Insignifi
4. Pakni SW 5.39 19.58 0.8 20.38 4.09 prescribed cant
5. Sawalesh WSW 6.29 14.41 0.8 15.21 5.55 standard 60
6. Karamba E 5.59 17.02 0.5 17.52 2.94 g/m3
Gulvanc ESE 5.81 25.48 0.3 25.78 1.18
7.
hi Gaon
8. Darfal WNW 4.25 12.22 0.8 13.02 6.55
Average 18.28 19.66

From table 4.8 and 4.9, it could be seen that in light of non-operation of Bag Filter round the
clock with 98% efficiency, to be provided for controlling air emissions from fuel burning
operations in proposed two 2TPH boilers, the maximum percentage of incremental
concentrations for PM10andPM2.5 is 49.83% and 34.74%. Though, the resultant
concentrations for PM10 andPM2.5 are well within prescribed limits by NAAQS standards,
there would be significant impact on existing air quality of study area since the baseline
concentrations are already 59.64% for PM10 and 18.28% for PM2.5 of standards. Subsequent
to establishment of this project the average predictive incremental concentration would be
65.76 % for PM10and 19.66% forPM2.5of NAAQSstandard.

B) Fugitive Emissions

Fugitive emissions under proposed activity of DCPL would be mainly the dust emissions
from ash storage. This will impact the working environment and will also settle on plants in
the industrial as well as nearby premises. Consequence of same shall be respiratory disorders,
aggravated coughing and difficult or painful breathing among the workers and reduced
photosynthesis activity which shall impact the plant life adversely. Further, there could be
fugitive emissions of materials like fine dust, powder or gases due to escape of unused raw
materials, VOCs etc. from various reactors, storage tanks, pneumatic conveyors etc.

C) Process Emissions

Sources of process emissions under proposed activities of DCPL shall be mainly due to
mixing and blending equipment, reactors, filters, separators, product purifiers and packing
operations. The emissions may be in the form of excess and un-reacted gases, VOCs, fume of
reactions etc. which could result during various actions like active product formation process,
purging of vessels before loading and unloading, surface evaporations and filling. More
details about this aspect are given in Chapter 2. The solvents that shall be stored in bulk
quantities on DCPL site include Isopropanol, Methanol, Ethyl Acetate, Acetone, Ethyl
alcohol. As such, major impacts of VOCs due to these materials have been taken into

134
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

consideration. The VOCs are found to be responsible in formation of ozone. In presence of

nitrogen oxides (NOx) and sunlight, VOCs react with oxygen in the air to produce ozone, the
most toxic component of the form of pollution commonly known as smog. Ozone attacks
lung tissue, and is very injurious, even in very low concentrations. Following table describes
effects of VOCs if exposed to air.

Table 4.12 Human Health Impact of Process Emissions

No. Raw Material Impacts on Human Health

1 Bromine Skin: Contact with liquid is corrosive and causes ulceration and
skin burns.
Inhalation: Inhalation of smaller amounts may cause severe
irritation of the respiratory tract with coughing, chest tightness,
shortness of breath, and nosebleed.
Ingestion: May cause severe and permanent damage to the
digestive tract.
2 Chlorine gas Skin: High concentrations can cause severe irritation and tissue
destruction.
Eye Contact : A severe irritant of the eyes. stinging and burning
sensation with excessive tear production.
Inhalation:Chlorine is irritating to the nose, throat, and lungs.
Ingestion:Not a likely route of exposure as chlorine is a gas at
room temperature.
3 Chlorosulphonic Skin: Skin contact may produce burns.
acid Eye Contact :. Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage
particularly on mucous membranes of eyes.
4 Thionyl Chloride Skin: Skin contact may produce burns
Eye Contact : Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage
particularly on mucous membranes of eyes
Inhalation:  Spray mist may produce severe irritation of
respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or
shortness of breath.
5 Sodium Cyanide Skin: Skin contact can produce inflammation and blistering.
Eye Contact: Eye contact can result in corneal damage or
blindness.
Inhalation:Dust will produce irritation to gastro-intestinal or
respiratory tract, characterized by burning, sneezing and
coughing.

D) Odour Pollution

There will be different odour prone areas in the DCPL industry. They include raw material &
product storage places, process operations, loading /unloading sections etc. which could give
rise to odour nuisance. This nuisance could have very irritating effect on human beings and
animals that get exposed to the smell resulting into coughing, sneezing, inflammation of
upper respiratory track, irritation of eyes, and sensation of nausea. The unsanitary conditions
responsible for odour trouble could give rise to other nuisance like fly and insect infestation.

135
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.3.3.2 Mitigation Measures

A) Emissions from Fuel Burning

 For proposed boiler Bag Filterwould beprovided as APC equipment. APCE would be
interlocked with the process as per the guidelines of CPCB.
 It is proposed to install temperature, CO, CO2 and SO2 sensors for monitoring respective
parameters of the exhaust gases.
 Regular self-monitoring of the AAQ and work zone air quality is being done by the
industry through approved labs to check and control dust levels/concentrations at certain
places so that same could be kept always below the stipulated norms.
 Efficiencies of dust control equipment in the industry shall be monitored regularly (at
least once a month) under performance evaluation.

B) Fugitive Emissions

• Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to

remove and control dust from work zone areas. Provision of appropriate APC equipment
to collect and remove dust from work zone including their monitoring routinely.
• Dust, ash etc. collected from the APC equipment, e.g. fly ash from boiler, will be
properly handled and disposed off periodically by supply to brick manufacturers. Thus,
uncontrolled storage of ash on site shall be avoided which could lead to littering and
suspension in air due to wind.
• Installation of dedicated and mechanical ash handling system with adequate capacity
silos, conveyors, closed conduits, water sprinkling arrangements etc. shall be installed.
• Personal protective equipment such as masks, aprons, gloves, goggles etc. shall be
provided to the workers.
• Green belt development of adequate density and with appropriate types of plants shall be
made to control and attenuate dust transfer in the premises. Also, well planned shelter
belt and mass plantation shall be provided along ash storage yards to curb littering of the
materials due to wind. This will avoid suspension of ash particles in the air which leads
to SPM. All internal roads, yards and open storage areas will be provided with well
compacted and constructed surface layering. At certain locations linings of tar or RCC
shall also be provided.

C) Process Emissions
An emission control system typically consists of a capture device and a removal device. The
capture device (such as a hood or enclosure) captures the emission-laden air from the
emission area and ducts carry the exhaust air stream to removal equipment such as a recovery
device or a destructive control device. The volatile matter getting release from the storage
tanks, process piping, reactors, fuel storage and combustion are handled by various
preventive measures mentioned below.

1. Solvent Recovery System plays an important role in preventing solvent losses &control of
process emissions. Solvent Recovery Plant is provided for recovery of solvents. The
recovered solvents are recycled back in process. The system comprise of distillation unit,
Cooling water condenser, chilled water condenser and scrubbers.
2. Preventive maintenance is done so as to prevent any leakage and spillage and thereby
reducing the fugitive emission sources.

136
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

3. Further to control the process emissions, are already provided with a Scrubber. In all, two
scrubbers are provided on site. The process emissions are in the form of HCL, HBr,
Benzyl chloride vapourswould be emitted during manufacturing. Refer Table 2.17 for
details of Scrubber. Continuous monitoring and replacement of scrubbing media would be
done to control the impact due to release of HCL, HBr, Benzyl chloride vapoursgas in air.
This will reduce saturation of scrubbing media. Also, operations will be discontinued with
SOP to suppress the concentration of uncontrolled release of gases.

D)Odour Pollution

To abate the odour nuisance, DCPLhas a concrete planning which includes following steps
and actions-

 All reactions and storages would be done in nitrogen blanketing. Blanketing helps
reducing the oxygen content in the vapor space of storage tank or process vessel, making
it inert. This eliminates the possibility of fire or explosion, decreases evaporation and
protects tank from structural corrosion damage.
 All the feed, loading & unloading pumps for products and raw material to be fitted with
mechanical seals instead of glands to reduce leakages through pumps.
 Adoption ofGood Management Practices (GMPs).
 Arranging awareness and training camps for workers.
 Provision and use of PPEs like masks to everybody work in odour potential prone areas.
 Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to
remove and control odour from work zone areas.
 Provision of Fume Extraction System with circulation pump, blower & scrubber to
storage areas.
 Provision of scrubbers to reactors to control process emissions.

4.3.4 Impact on Climate

Impact on the climatic conditions, due to the proposed activities under DCPL establishment is
not envisaged especially as emissions of flue gases with very high temperatures, to the
atmosphere, are not expected.

4.3.5 Impact on Water Resources

A) Surface water (Quality and Quantity)

The district gets rainfall from south west as well as north east monsoon during the period
from June to October. The average rainfall of the district is 545 mm. The rainfall during the
southwest monsoon months, i.e. June to September, amounts to be about 74% of the annual
normal. About 17% of the normal annual rainfall in the district is received in post monsoon
months of October and November.
The total water requirement for proposed DCPL activities would be 70 M3/Day. Out of this,
36 M3/Day (49%) would be fresh water, 29 M3/Day (42.42 %) would be treated water from
ETP and 5 (7.14 %) M3/Day would be Treated water from STP. Permissions towards water
supply would be granted by MIDC authority. It is clear from above facts that there shall not
be any major impact on surface water resource as almost 49 % of the water shall come from
recycling. Consequently, this shall reduce equivalent fresh water demand thereby saving that
much quantity of fresh water.

137
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Effluent generated from proposed activities would be segregated in two different streams, viz.
Stream – I (High COD & High TDS) and Stream – II (Low COD & Low TDS). The Stream
I effluents generated would be 40 M3 / Day. Same comprise of effluent from manufacturing
operations viz. process effluent and washing. The Stream II effluents generated would be
3M3 / Day. Stream II effluent shall be contributed by DM plant, boiler blow down, and
cooling blow down.

If the untreated effluent enters any surface water body; there could be number of adverse
effects. First of all, suspended particles in it increase turbidity which can reduce amount of
light penetrating the water thereby disrupting growth of photosynthetic plants and activities
of micro-organisms especially phytoplanktons and zooplanktons. This could have subsequent
adverse effects on rest of the aquatic community that depend on these components of the food
chain. The suspended particulates when get settled at bottom of the water body add to
undesirable sediments. Further, due to organic matter in the effluent, dissolved oxygen level
in receiving water body gets depleted immediately as a result of intense oxidation of the
organics by aerobic microbes. Moreover, nitrogen and phosphorus in wastewaters act as
nutrients that help aggravating problems of 'Eutrophication' in the water bodies. Uncontrolled
growth of aquatic weeds and eruption of algal blooms seriously affect the quality of water
and aesthetics. The channels of streams and waterways may get blocked and algal dominance
could reduce dissolved oxygen levels during night times as a result of respiration; an action
exactly opposite to photosynthesis that releases oxygen by taking up CO2 during day time.
Excessive presence of CO2 in the waters may lead to fall in pH as a result of formation of
weak acids and this again could have prominent impact on pH sensitive reactions in the water
body and benthic deposits. Serious fish kill can happen due to depletion of DO levels in
addition to effluent induced toxicity in the receiving waters. Some of the toxins in industrial
wastewaters may have mild effects on the human health whereas the other ones can be fatal.
If such waters are consumed by human beings or animals, diseases and disorders like cancer,
protein urea and kidney damage (excess protein in urine), pulmonary fibrosis, anemia,
reproductive failure or acute poisoning can take place.

In case of DCPL, though the nallatowards west side of project site is observed in toposheet
and drainage map which finally meets river Sina located at 6.97 Km. But this nalla is no
longer live presently as the natural drain is disturbed due to construction activities of
Industries in MIDC towards west side.Hence, there are no any chances of discharge of
untreated effluent due to leakages/ accident into surface water, therefore the impact on
aquatic life of river is insignificant.

B) Ground Water
Water required for proposed operations would beobtained from the MIDC water supply
scheme. Ujani Dam on Bhima River supplies water to MIDC.As ground water will not be a
source of fresh water for the proposed project, there will not be any impact on ground water
reserve (quantity in the area).

The ground water quality is dependent on the natural geological formations and can get
affected by industrial discharges under unfavorable geological structural conditions near such
discharges. The subsurface geological features indicate presence of Deccan Trap. As per
ground water quality analysis done during monitoring period parameter viz. TDS, Ca, Mg,
are exceeding limits. Also, COD & BOD parameters are also observed. This shows water is
not potable and needs treatment before consumption.

138
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Project site is surrounded by chemical companies in MIDC area. Here, the chances of further
impact on quality of ground water is more, if untreated effluent is discharged due to leakage/
accident on land or storage of hazardous waste is done in unlined pits and yards without
adequate and appropriate leachatemanagement system. Organics in effluents may impart
BOD & COD to the water and increase in ground water TDS concentration could lead to
salinity problems of soils. The hardness increase due to effluent access to ground water is
again an undesirable effect. Introduction of colour to ground water due to contamination of
effluents shall not only be important from aesthetics but same may also have health concern.
Contaminated ground water if utilized by residents of the region for drinking purpose it may
affect the health. High TDS may lead to gastro enteric disorders, problems of urine stone etc.
If utilized for industrial purposes, softening and demineralization may incur huge costs.
Moreover, the pipelines and other metallic infrastructure involved in conveyance can undergo
corrosion, pitting and similar problems due to salt deposition on exposed surfaces.
Moreover, Solapur being a drought prone area; water table usually go below average levels
during summer and concentration of pollutants may increase due to saturation if the aquifer
gets polluted due to wastewater ingress in it. Further, if polluted ground water is used for
irrigation; it may deteriorate the soil quality and fertility.

4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures

A) Surface Water
 Being a chemical based industry, it is proposed to harvest the rain water only form the
admin building. The water becoming available during the rainy seasons would be used for
domestic activities like flushing.
 There shall be substantial use of recycled water which will reduce the fresh water
demand.
 The recharge of ground water in study area is being done through rainfall, seepage from
irrigation tanks and ponds in the study area
 The entire trade effluent shall be divided into two streams i.e. Stream-I (high concentrated
streams) and Stream-II (low concentrated stream). Both the streams shall be treated in
well designed ETP which shall result in Zero Discharge of effluent.
 The concepts of advanced mechanization and automation would be introduced in ETP so
as to optimize power and chemical consumption as well as to minimize chances of
reduced efficiencies due to human errors and non-efficient operation and maintenance
practices.
 ETP would be operated round the clock during the manufacturing process operations.
 Energy meters shall be provided to concerned units in the ETP.
 Automatic flow measurement devices and online continuous monitoring systems shall be
installed.
 Regular & proper operation and maintenance of ETP would be done to achieve stipulated
standards for treated effluent.
 Qualified and trained staff would be hired for operating ETP.
 No any untreated / treated effluent would be discharged in any nearby water body.

B) Ground Water
 No ground water from any bore well / open well to be used for manufacturing processes
and operations in the industry.

139
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

 Hazardous waste storage yard would be made leak proof by providing HDPE liners under
platform of the yard to avoid ground water contamination. Refer Figure.2.8 and Figure
2.9 of Chapter 2 for details.
 No any hazardous waste would be disposed off in unscientific manner either in the
industry premises or in the study area.
 Industry shall procure membership of CHWTSDF for disposal of Hazardous waste.
 Hazardous waste shall not be stored on site for more than 90 days as per the Hazardous
Wastes (Management Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules 2008 and
amendment thereat.
 No any treated / untreated effluent would be discharged on land in Industrial premises or
study area.
 Dyke wall would be provide to bulk storage tanks.
4.3.6 Impact on Geology

National Geological Monuments or protected / reserved areas of geological interest are not
located within the area of geological influence of the proposed project.

Most of the units in this MIDC are chemical industries which do not require excavations, or
activities leading to ground vibrations etc except at the time of civil construction. Direct
impact on geology of the area is not envisaged;however, accidental leakages of chemicals on
ground surface can enhance the rate of weathering of soil and sub-surface rocks thereby
reducing their bearing capacity. Seismologically the area falls in the Earthquake zone- IV of
India. Considering the seismicity in Maharashtra, this area falls within ‘moderate’ risk zone
indicating apossibility of earthquakes of moderate intensity in the area

4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures

 
Knowledge of activities related to geology in the area should be updated continuously.
Consistent care would be taken to avoid accidental leakages of chemicals on ground surface
which can create risk of damage to foundations of the civil structures in the area.

During excavations in construction phase of the project, special attention would be given to
geological stability of the foundation of the buildings in the premises and the surroundings.
As the area falls in the moderate risk zone of earthquake, appropriate precautions would be
taken to make the buildings / plant ‘earthquake proof’.
 
4.3.7 Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes

 Boiler ash about 2.4 MT/D from coal and 1.08 MT/D from biomass would be generated
as Solid waste from proposed project activities.
 Haphazard and uncontrolled storage of ash on site shall lead to littering and suspension of
the particles in air due to strong wind currents causing problems of air pollution and
aesthetics.Improper utilization / disposal of ash would harm soil quality and fertility of
the nearby agricultural fields.
 Process Residue(Cat. No.: 28.1) 8 MT/M, ETP Sludge (Cat No.: 35.3) 5 MT/M, Salts
generated from MEE (Cat. No.: 35.3) 2 MT/M, Spent Solvent (Cat No.: 28.6) 50 MT/M,
Spent Carbon (Cat. No.: 28.3) 1.7 MT/M, Spent Catalyst (Cat. No.:28.2) 0.07 MT/M
would be generated as hazardous waste.

140
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures

To avoid any contamination of soils due to disposal of solid and hazardous waste in
agricultural area, following measures are suggested.

 The entire quantity of hazardous waste shall be handled and disposed off as per
Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules’ 2010.
 Process Residues & Wastes and ETP sludge, Spent Carbon, Spent Catalyst should be
forwarded to CHWTSDF.
 Salts generated from MEE and Spent Solvent should be sold to Authorized Spent Solvent
re-processor.
 The unit should provide dedicated and isolated storage arrangement for the hazardous
wastes. The area shall have leachate collection system, impervious floor and covered
roof.
 Trained and experienced staff shall be employed for collection and handling of the
wastes.
4.3.8 Impact on Soil and Agriculture
Impact of any project on soil environment can be at different stages of project like
construction phase and operational phase. Causes of impact can be air (Flue gas), Water
(effluents) and solids (Waste and hazardous material). Impact can be primary, secondary or
tertiary. Impact can be positive or negative.
The project site is located in MIDC Chincholi, Dist.: Solapur, Maharashtra.As soils in the
region are predominantly clayey loams, the irrigation efficiency is low. As NPK values are
inadequate at most of the places, good crops cannot be grown without any use of fertilizers.
Overall, soils can be said of moderately quality. There could be profound impact of
hazardous wastes and solid wastes from the proposed activity on soil. Littering and spread of
these wastes can seriously affect physical and chemical characteristics of soils thereby
eventually having adverse impact on its quality. Solid waste would be in the form of boiler
ash. The same would be disposed off by supply to the brick manufacturers in the nearby area.
Moreover, the hazardous wastes from proposed activity would be forwarded to CHWTSDF
for its treatment and disposal. Hence, no impact on soil characteristics is envisaged here.

4.3.8.1 Mitigation Measures

 
 Trade effluent generated under proposed project shall be divided into two streams i.e.
Stream-I (High COD, High TDS) and Stream-II (COD, Low TDS). Stream I effluent will
be treated in an ETP comprising of Screen Chamber, OG Removal Tank, Equalization
Tank, Flash Mixer, Flocculator, Tube Settler, Holding Tank followed by Triple Effect
Evaporator (TEE) and Agitated Thin Film Dryer (ATFD).
 Stream II effluents will be treated in an ETP comprising of Screen Chamber, OG
Removal Tank, Equalization Tank, Flash Mixer, Flocculator, Primary Tube Settler (PTS),
MBBR Tank, Secondary Tube Settler (STS), Holding Tank, Filter Feed Tank, Sand and
Carbon Filters and R.O. Unit & Sludge Dewatering Equipment
 The condensate from TEE shall be mixed with stream II effluent and after treatment
would be recycled for Cooling Tower Make-up and in process and Sludge m settling tank
would be forwarded to filter press and residue left over would be bagged and forwarded
to CHWTSDF.

141
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

 Domestic effluent would be treated in proposed STP and overflow would be used for
gardening in own premises/ green belt development. Thus, no any untreated / treated
/domestic effluent would be discharged in any nearby water body.
 Boiler ash generated would be stored and sold to brick manufacturers.
 Separate area would be earmarked for hazardous waste storage. Hazardous waste
generated would be stored, bagged and dispatched to CHWTSDF for further disposal.
This area should be covered from the top and from the sides and have impervious
flooring, so as to prevent contamination of the surrounding soil environment if any.

4.3.9 Impact on Noise Levels

The criteria on which noise impacts are analyzed depend upon the people who are being
affected. Broadly, there are two types viz. people who are working near the source and the
people who stay near the industry. People working near the source need risk criteria for
hearing damage while the people who stay near the industry need annoyance and
psychological damage as the criteria for noise level impact analysis. It is quite obvious that
the acceptable noise level for the latter case is less than the former case. So, the noise impact
analysis can be of two types namely (1) Noise impact analysis on working environment; and
(2) Noise impact analysis on community.

A) Noise Impact Analysis on Working Environment

The noise to be generated near the industrial operations of production block, MEE plant,
Boiler house, DG set would be between 70 to 85 dB (A). The workers working near these
equipment would be exposed to maximum noise levels of 85 dB (A) which is well below the
limit of 90 dB (A) for 8 hours. However, the noise level of at the boundary of industry would
be reduced by 20% due to natural obstructions. The noise level at the boundary of industry
would be between 55 to 65 dB (A).
Constant exposure to noise levels in work environment of 70 to 85 dB (A) without any PPE,
can result in damage to ear drums and loss of hearing, blood pressure levels, cardio-vascular
disease and stress related heart problems among the workers. It may also disturb
psychological condition of the workers. The actual resultant noise levels outside the factory
will be much lesser in the ambient air after considering attenuation. Therefore, the impact of
noise on workers would be significant if the exposure is increased beyond 8 hours without
any PPE.

The noise levels in work environment are compared with the standards prescribed by
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA-USA), which in turn were enforced
by Government of India through model rules framed under Factories’ Act. These standards
were established with the emphasis on reducing hearing loss.

Table 4.13 Permissible Exposure In Case of Continuous Noise

Total Time of Exposure
Sound
Sr. (continuous or a number
Pressure Remarks
No. of short term exposures)
dB (A)
per Day, in hours
1 8.00 90 1. No exposures in excess of dB (A) are
permitted.

142
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Total Time of Exposure

Sound
Sr. (continuous or a number
Pressure Remarks
No. of short term exposures)
dB (A)
per Day, in hours
2 6.00 92 2. For any period of exposure falling in
between any figure and the next higher or
lower figure as indicated in column 2, the
permissible sound pressure level is to be
determined by extrapolation on a
proportionate scale.
3 4.00 95
4 3.00 97
5 2.00 100
6 1.50 102
7 1.00 105
8 0.75 107
9 0.50 110
10 0.25 115

B) Noise Impact Analysis on Community

Noise pattern from the source is computed with the help of following formula.

Noise Level at distance r2= (Noise level at distance r1) -20 log (r2/r1).

The permissible noise levels, for different categories of area, as prescribed by MoEFCC are
given in Table 4.17. The resultant noise levels at the receptor in different areas/zones are
envisaged to be within permissible limits.
Existing noise level at site before establishment of project as recorded during monitoring
period is between 63.6 to 68.5 dB (A) and at study area is between 37.5 to 58.1dB (A).But, as
mention above the noise level at the boundary of industry would be between 55 to 65 dB (A).
However, the noise level of at study area would be reduced by 20-30% due to natural
obstruction like walls, vegetation, houses etc. or gets deflected along the wind
direction.Therefore, noise level at all villages in study area is within reasonable limits
therefore; the impact of noise would be insignificant at study area.
Table 4.14 Standards in Respect of Ambient Noise Levels

Sr. Category of Area Limits in dB (A), Leq

No. Day time Night time
(6 AM to 10 PM) (10 PM to 6 AM)
1 Industrial area 75 70
2. Commercial area 65 55
3. Residential area 55 45
4. Silence zone (Hospitals, Educational 50 40
Institutes & Courts)

143
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures

 Proper care would be taken at the time of installation to insulate/enclose all the noise
sources to avoid occupational exposure to the workers and also to minimize the
generation of excess noise level.
 Monitoring of the ambient noise level and work zone noise level as per the monitoring
schedules would be done to confirm the stipulated norms.
 Noise attenuation devices such as ear mufflers would be provided to the workers in the
high noise exposure areas.
 The plant management shall be prepared a regular monitoring plan and monitoring shall
be conducted at every source of noise.
 Time to time training would be given to workers regarding precautionary measure to
avoid noise effect.
 Sign boards of information indicating the level of noise and suggestions for wearing ear
mufflers would be provided at every source.

Thus, it can be stated that noise impact due to the proposed activities could be significant on
working environment without control measures, while the noise impact on community would
be negligible.

4.3.10 Impact on Land Use

The vegetation and drainage of any region are related to each other and reflect inter-locking
or inter-connectivity between the same. The healthy vegetation shows well developed
drainage pattern.
In Mohol taluka wherein the MIDC has been setup, there is no important hill system. Rainfall
is uncertain and scanty. The first major land use is fallow land, that cover about 27.62% area
within 10 Km radius buffer. This fallow land is because of changing of crop type and leaving
the land uncultivated to get fertile. Some of the fallow land is seen where there is lack of
continuous water supply.

In study area, River Sina is flowing from north to south direction and a nala ‘VangiraOdha’
flowing from north-west direction towards south and meets the Sina river. These two servers
as major water source for the cropland in the study area. As it can be seen in the drainage
maps, there are many small drains connecting to the Sina river. The land acquired for
proposed project of DCPL is located in Chincholi MIDC which is a notified industrial area.
River Sina is located 6.97 Km from project site. The existing drainage pattern shall not be
disturbed due to the land acquired by DCPL for proposed project. The impact due to
proposed site on this river would be negligible.
Implementation of DCPL project in the notified industrial area (Chincholi MIDC, Solapur)
shall not have any substantial impact on the overall land use pattern of the study area. The
project shall come up on a well-defined and developed plot in the industrial area.

4.3.10.1 Mitigation Measures

 Every care would be taken to avoid disposal off treated or untreated effluent into the
nearby streams or drainsfrom the ETP of DCPL.
 Proper disposal method for solid and hazardous waste would be implemented by DCPL.

144
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

 The waste should not be dumped on open ground without liners.

 Training should be provided to the workers for safe handling of waste.

4.3.11 Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity

The possible environmental impacts from the proposed factory were considered for worst
case scenario, mainly direct discharge of untreated wastewater into nearby water bodies and
air pollution in the surrounding area. The factory site is surrounded by agricultural fields and
a seasonal stream originates near the factory site, which carries leachate, sewage and
industrial effluents. While number of other streams and water tanks are present in 10 km
radius of the proposed project. If not properly controlled the proposed project may contribute
to pollution in the area where already number of industries exist in 10 km radius of Devi
chem. project. Discharge of the untreated wastewater from the industry in surrounding area
can also cause environmental impact on the terrestrial and aquatic habitats and dependent
biodiversity. In case of air pollution it is learnt that the proposed industry is likely to
contribute in SPM pollution load in the nearby area. In these circumstances there is possible
negative impact particularly on avifauna, surrounding crops and local population.
4.3.11.1Mitigation Measures

 No any land from GIB Sanctuary will be utilized for industrial purpose. All project
activities will be limited to MIDC land only.
 Protection of GIB habitat i.e. Grassland habitat.
 No any untreated effluent shall be let out into nearby water body or land.
 The stack and production block shall be provided with APC equipment in form of bag
filters and scrubbers.
 No ash shall be stored outside the industrial premises or disposed off in nearby
grasslands.
 All developmental activities in and around the industries shall be essentially eco-friendly
and sustainable for long term mutual benefits of the local people and the industry.
 Nature conservation and environmental protection activities involving local youth and
local schools shall be planned on priority under industry’s CER activity.
 Activities like slide shows or expert’s lectures on GIB shall be arranged for the staff to
make them aware about the plant and animal species found nearby; also it will reduce
unnecessary human-wild conflict. This will eventually reduce the damage to biodiversity
by the employees.
 Promoting measures of energy and water conservation, wherever possible, would be
adopted.

4.3.12 Impact on Occupational Health and Hazard

Occupational health and safety is an important consideration under any industrial or

developmental project. Following tables gives details about the anticipated occupational
health hazards from proposed activities as well as precautionary measures to be taken for
same.

145
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Table 4.15 Occupational Health and Safety

 

Sr. Reason For Health Hazard Work Place Control To prevent Precautionary
No. Anticipated the Hazard engineering Controls
Hazards provided
1 Toxicity, Due Dilute Sulfuric Production Supplied air mask The condensers would
to Exposure, acid, Toluene, area, Solvents while handling be provided with Chilled
Spillage, Ammonia, Handling area Ammonia. water & Chilled Brine
Leakage, Methanol, Avoidance of circulation to avoid the
emissions, or Irritation, employees with emissions. Spill control
Reactor Skin sensitization. premedical conditions training.
Pressurization CNS for handling Hazard communication:
of ammonia , Peripheral Nervous Ammonia/ Training will be
system Respirators approved conducted, PPE usage,
Decreased muscle by NIOSH. EN or Training & Educating
strength equivalent IS the usage of PPE's
Headache, Spill control materials All The operations shall
drowsiness, like sorbent pads and be carried out in closed
Long Term booms. conditions , with
Exposure: Kidney, scrubbing systems for
Liver Damage emissions
2 Exposure to Metoprolol Production All the solid Hazard communication
Finished Succinate&Inter area chemicals &finished training will be
Products mediates, products handling conducted, PPE usage.
Clopidogrel shall be done without Training & Educating
Manual Intervention, the usage of PPE's
Bisulfate &
directly handled in All The operations shall
Intermediates, closed conditions by be carried out in closed
Ipratropium vacuum conveying. conditions, Oncology
Bromide & Respirators approved Products handling shall
Intermediates, by NIOSH. EN or be done in isolators with
Levo Salbutamol equivalent IS. powder scrubbing
Sulphate Full face protection. systems for finished
&Intermediates, Emergency shower products with
Permethrin & and eye wash detoxification liquids.
Intermediates Spill control use of
materials like sorbent
pads and booms.
3 Physical Contact with Production Good housekeeping, Effective Interlocks
injuries rotating parts area, Circuit breakers, For Reactors
-Slip, trip and falls Mechanical Effective work permit
-electric shocks workshop, system. Fire hydrant
Fire electrical system
Panel Boards

4.3.13 Impact on Historical Places

There are no historical places in the study area and hence no impact is envisaged.

4.4 EVALUATION OF IMPACT

Evaluations of impacts on the environmental parameters due to the proposed project of

DCPLwill be an important aspect to be studied. For evaluation of the impacts, Battelle
Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) has been implemented. Description of same is
presented in following paragraphs.

146
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.4.1 BATTELLE ENVIRONMENTALEVALUATION SYSTEM (BEES)

Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) has been used for evaluation of impacts
arising out of different project activities. The BEES is a simple yet very effective
methodology for conducting environmental impact analysis. It is based on a hierarchical
assessment of environmental quality indicators. The system incorporates classification
consisting of four levels-

 Level I: Categories,
 Level II: Components,
 Level III: Parameters, and
 Level IV: Measurements.

Each Category (Level I) is divided into several components, each Component (Level II) into
several parameters, and each Parameter (Level III) into one or more measurements. The
Environmental Evaluation System (EES) identifies a total of four (4) categories, twenty (20)
components and eighty six (86) parameters.

BEES assessment for environmental impacts due to the proposed activity of DCPLis based
on commensurate "environmental impact units (EIU)". Two EIU scores are produced, one
'with' and another 'without' the proposed project activities. The difference between the two
scores is a measure of the environmental impact. The scores are based on magnitude and
importance of specific impacts.

In addition to the EIU scores, the EES labels major adverse environmental impacts with a
"red flag." These flags point to fragile elements of the environment, for which more detailed
studies are warranted.

Table 4.15 shows a complete list of categories, components, and parameters of the Battelle
EES. Column 1 shows the four (4) categories, Column 2 shows the twenty (20) components,
and Column 3 shows the eighty six (86) parameters.

The BEES methodology is based on assigning importance unit to each of the parameters.
Collectively, these "importance units" are referred to as "parameter importance units" or
PIUs. Parameters have been assigned important weights by an interdisciplinary team of
experts based on the ranked-pair wise comparison techniques. A total of 1000 PIUs are
distributed among the 86 parameters based on value judgments. The individual PIUs are
shown in Column 4 of Table 4.15, the summation component PIUs are shown in Column 5,
and the summation category PIUs are shown in Column 6. Effectively, for each parameter i,
its (PIU)i represents a weight wi

Each PIUi or wi requires a specific quantitative measurement. The methodology converts

different measurements into common units by means of a scalar or "value function." A scalar
has the specific measurement on x-axis and a common environmental quality scale or "value"
on the y-axis. The latter varies in the range 0 ≤ Vi ≤ 1. A value of Vi = 0 indicates very poor
quality, while Vi = 1 indicates very good quality.

Values of Vi = Vi, 0 are obtained for conditions 'without' the project, and Vi = Vi, 1 for
conditions 'with' the project. The condition 'without' the project represents the current

147
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

condition, while that 'with' the project represents the predicted future condition. The
environmental impact EIis evaluated as follows:

EI = ∑ [ Vi,1wi ] - ∑ [ Vi,0wi ]for i = 1 to n, where n = number of parameters (86).

For EI> 0, the situation 'with' the project will better than 'without' the project, indicating that
the project has positive environmental benefits. Conversely, for EI< 0, the situation 'with' the
project is worse than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has negative
environmental benefits, i.e. certain negative impacts. A large negative value of EI indicates
the existence of substantial negative impacts.
The assigned weights or PIU's represent the relative importance of each parameter within the
overall system. Once established, they should be kept constant; otherwise, the environmental
impact assessment would be difficult to replicate.

The potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value
changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (in
percent)-
ΔVi (%) = 100 (Vi,0 - Vi,1) / Vi, 0

These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may
warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag
applies when 5% <ΔVi< 10%; a major red flag when ΔVi> 10%. In all other categories, a
minor red flag applies when ΔVi< 30% whereas a major red flag when ΔVi ≥ 30%. The EES
can be applied for the evaluation of project impacts, to select specific alternatives, or during
the planning process to minimize potential adverse impacts of proposed projects. In the latter
case, a feedback loop is used to continually modify the proposed project through successive
iterations. Projects developed with the help of EES are expected not only to minimize
environmental impacts, but also help improve selected portions of the environment

4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT EVALUATION FOR DCPLPROJECT

Environmental quality assessment for the proposed project of DCPLhas been undertaken
through evaluation of relevant environmental parameters. These parameters represent various
components and categories of environment namely-

1. Biological Environment
2. Environmental Pollution

 Water
 Air
 Soil
 Noise
3. Aesthetics
4. Human Interest

Functional relationship (value functions) has been developed for each of the selected
parameter, resulting in parameter measurement with environmental quality.

The allocation of PIUs, among the selected environmental parameters, represents a

consequence of opinion of members of an interdisciplinary team of experts. Accordingly, the

148
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

major environmental categories i.e. biological environment, environmental pollution,

aesthetics and human interests are allocated 240, 402, 153 and 205 PIUs respectively, out of
total of 1000 units.

The exhaustive list of parameters and associated PIUs used for impact assessment of the
activities of DCPL are presented in Table -4.15

Though the BEES is considered to be the best available environmental evaluation technique,
conflicting conclusions among decision makers could arise in the interpretation of evaluated
results. The primary factors giving rise to such difference in opinion are at uncertainty and
subjectivity in the allocation of PIUs to different environmental parameters and uncertainty
caused by the aggregation of individual parameter scores to yield the final project score under
different project impact scenarios. It is, therefore, necessary to take into account such
variability and uncertainty while inferring the impact of a development project on the
surrounding environment.

In order to study the influence of variation of PIU allocation on project evaluation, sensitivity
analysis was performed by varying the PIUs for all environmental categories from 0 to 1000
with step size of 50 units. While performing the sensitivity analysis, the aggregate of PIUs
allocated among these categories was kept fixed at 1000 units. This gave rise to numerous
environmentally beneficial, indifferent or adverse decisions.

4.5.1 Biological Environment

Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) has already acquired the land on
which proposed project of DCPL would be located.Many other types of industries are already
present in the area. Details of same are presented at Chapter – 3. Total land area acquired by
the DCPL is 16309 m2(1.63Ha).Out of this, 5112.24 m2 is built up area. Green Belt
development to the extent as per the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change
(MoEFCC) guidelines has been implemented by most of the industries. A comprehensive
green belt plan would be implemented in the premises of DCPL also. Green belt would be
developed on an area of about 5381.97 Sq. M. This accounts for 33% of the total plot area
available with the Industry.

4.5.1.1 Terrestrial Environment

a) Natural Vegetation

Natural vegetation in the study area comprises of big growing trees like Pimpal, Neem, Wad,
Babhul, vediBabhul,Shewga, Umber Subabul and Gulmohar etc. In the acquired area, the
industry would do some land leveling. There would be no any trees to be cut under the
proposed project implementation. Green Belt development, on an area of about 33 % of the
open land, would be implemented as per the guidelines of MoEFCC and CPCB and as per the
plan mentioned above. Apart from this green belt development, open areas around the offices
& buildings would be covered with the grasses, shrubs & plants for landscaping. Outskirts of
the area would be planted with fast growing trees as indicated in the Environmental
Management Plan. In totality, green belt development on the acquired area would imply
positive benefits in terms of the extensive plantation and proper planning of same as indicated
in a separate chapter on the green belt development plan.

149
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

b) Crops

In the study area, under 10 Km radius crops like paddy, jowar,millet, wheat,pigeon pea,
cotton , mung bean, maize &groundnut are the common crops. Also, Orchards like Papaya,
Grapes,guava, Pomegranate,Sapodila& Banana etc were observed in study area. In some
cases where water is available in sufficient quantities, crops like sugar-cane are also
cultivated.

The project would not have any significant impact on crops because the area is already a
well-developed MIDC. As mentioned in above paragraphs, if untreated effluents are disposed
off on nearby land or uncontrolled particulate emissions from boiler without APC could lead
to negative impacts on the crops. Every care would be taken so that no effluent would be
discharged out of premises

c) Species Diversity

No major forest comes in the study area. Percentage of the area under forests, as per the
District Census Book, is 0.94%.

Great Indian Bustard (GIB) sanctuary is present in study area towards East side of Plot. As
per IUCN Red list GIB is considered as critically endangered species. No negative impacts
are envisaged due to the proposed project since there will not be loss of habitat/
contamination of habitat. However, plantation of variety of the species, as induced in the
Environmental Management Plan, would improve the ecosystem of the area. This will
improve the ecosystem marginally.

d) Food & Web Index

As sanctuary would not have any negative impact, no adverse impact on food & web cycle is
expected. However, due to conservation plan in the acquired area, improvement in the food
web index is expected.

e) Rare & Endangered Species

As stated above, there is a GIB sanctuary in study area. As per IUCN Red list GIB is
considered as critically endangered species. However, no negative impacts are envisaged due
to the proposed project since there will not be any adverse effects like loss of habitat,
fragmentation of habitat or contamination of habitat. However, plantation of variety of the
species, as induced in the Environmental Management Plan, would improve the ecosystem of
the area marginally.

i) Plant Species

Plant species noted in the study area are normal species found in semi-arid zone. No negative
impact on these species is expected.

ii) Animal Species

Except the GIB, no any critically endangered wild animal species are found in the study area.
Animals observed in study area are Black buck, Indian Hare, Indian Wolf, Jackal, Bonnet

150
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Macaque,Indian Palm Squirrel,Wild Boar,Langurand flying fox, Indian rat snake, Indian
peafowl etc. These are normal species found in the Maharashtra Zone. No negative or
positive impact on these species is expected.

iii) Pest Species

No pest or parasitic species are found in the area. Hence, no any negative or positive impact
is envisaged.

4.5.2 Environmental Pollution

Parameters for the above-mentioned category are divided into four parts as (1) Water, (2)
Soil, (3) Air, (4) Noise

Impacts of the proposedproject activities on these components are summarized below:

4.5.2.1 Water

Parameters which represent the water environment are mainly pH, COD, BOD, TDS, Oil&
Grease. Trade effluent generated from the proposed industrial activities shall be
38M3/Day. This effluent shall be segregated in two streams, stream I and stream II; based
upon their characteristics i.e. Stream-I effluent–(High COD& BOD,High TDS) will be treated
in an ETP.The condensate from TEE to the tune of 36 M3 / Day would be forwarded to
Stream II for treatment. Further salts from TEE would be forwarded to authorized
reprocessor.
Stream-II effluent–(Low COD& BOD, Low TDS) from cooling blow down, boiler blow
down, DM Plant back wash and scrubber would be treated in ETP. The treated water from
stream II of 29 M3 / Day would be recycled back for cooling make up, boiler blow down,
D.M back wash and gardening. The RO reject 7 M3 / Day will be sent to MEE in Stream-I
treatment thereby achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD).
Domestic effluent would be treated in proposed STP and overflow would be used for
flushing. Thus, no any untreated / treated /domestic effluent would be discharged in any
nearby water body.

4.5.2.2 Soil

Analysis of soil in the acquired area shows that it is good for cultivation. In case of the study
area, the soil chemistry will not change because no any untreated/ treated/ domestic effluent
would be discharged on land. Moreover, the hazardous and solid waste generated would be
properly stored in lined area and disposed off by forwarding it to CHWTSDF.

a) Land Use Pattern

No changes in the land use pattern of study area are expected. The site is located in MIDC
area. Thus, the designated land use is solely for the industrial use. The study area would not
have any positive or negative impact, on the land use pattern, because of the proposed
project.

151
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

b) Soil Chemistry

Soil observed is neutral in nature, mostly black clayey loams. This indicates presence of clay
material. The porosity varies between 55.29 – 74.02, and is good in accordance to the texture
of soil, and considered good for air and water movement in the soil for crops. pH index
indicates neutral nature of the soil. The bulk density is observed 0.15 to 1.02 gm/cc. Soils
from this study area have high EC values. The water retention capacity is observed in range
of 57.89 % to 75.81 %, which indicates good availability of water for crop growth indicating
less frequent water application for growing crops. The Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) is in
the range of 0.042 to 0.072 and indicate that samples are normal (SAR below 13)

c) Soil Erosion

Development of the green belt plan as mentioned in chapter 2ndwould prevent the soil erosion
from the project premises. Also, grassland on the open lands would help arresting the erosion
of soil. Thus, there will not be any soil erosion from the acquired area.

4.5.2.3 Air

For proposed boiler Bag Filter would be provided as APC equipment. The average
concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx monitored at proposed site is 58.61g/M3,
16.38g/M3, 26.33 g/M3 and 34.31g/M3 respectively. These are well within the limits
specified by MPCB / CPCB.

4.5.2.4 Noise

Major sources of the noise generation would be Boiler, Reactors & Compressors; Fans and
Pumps, Vehicles, D. G. Sets. All the machinery including pumps and compressors should be
lubricated and well fixed to minimize noise.The D.G Set under proposed unit would be
enclosed in separate canopy. However, this would not be a continuous source of noise as the
same would be operated in case of electricity failure. Isolation, insulation, separation
techniques would be adopted under the proposed activities to reduce noise effects on the
work environment as well as on the ambient noise levels. Prevention of noise with the plans
suggested in EMP would suffice the control of noise pollution.

4.5.2.5 Vibration

No major source of vibration would be present in the industry under proposed operations.

4.5.3 Aesthetics

4.5.3.1 Topographical Character

a) Landscape

Topography & landscape of the area indicates plain terrain. Changes would occur in the form
of general leveling and digging for construction purposes. Debris arising from the

152
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

construction would be utilized for filing of low-lying area. Thus, even if some changes may
occur in the topography of the area, it would bring out positive impact in the form of leveling
and landscaping.

b) Green Belt

There is always positive impact due to green belt development.Natural vegetation and its
diversity will increase from the activity.

c) Visual Quality of Air

There will not be any effect on the visual quality of the air.

d) Visual Quality of Water

There will not be any effect on the visual quality of the water body present in the study area.

e) Sound

There might be small increase in the noise levels around the proposed project site. This can
be taken care by proper isolation, insulation, separation techniques and provision of green
belt development plan as suggested above.

4.5.4 Human Interest

Human interest will not be affected negatively. The proposed project activities will provide
direct and indirect employment to residents of nearby locality. As such, the overall effect will
be positive.

a) Community Health

The DCPL project would not have any impact on health and sanitation of the study region.
The domestic effluents from proposed projectactivities would be to the tune of 5.4M3/Day.
The same would be treated in proposed STP and overflow would be used for flushing in
toilets. Hence, sanitation in the study area as well as acquired area would not have any
positive or negative impact.

b) Employment

The skilled and unskilled workers would be required under the proposed project. The
preference would be given to local labors. Thus, there would be marginal increase in the
employment at local level. Further, employment in the form of contract jobs would also be a
positive impact due to proposed project activities.

c) Economy

The economy of the study area would have somewhat positive impact due to the proposed
project activities. Through, primary and secondary level employment as well as contractual
jobs becoming available, the overall economy of the study area would impart positive effects
on it. The small contract jobs at local level would improve the economy at the micro level. It

153
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

was observed that majority of the population within the sample size had considerable income
which is mostly due to job opportunities in MIDC.

d) Transportation & Communication

Due to requirement of raw materials and dispatch of products to market, transportation in the
project area would be increased. The local transporters would be benefited primarily. Further,
common communication facilities are available in project area since the area is well
developed MIDC area.

e) Education

All the required education facilities up to postgraduate levels are available at the Solapur.
Mainly the staff & officers would come from the city areas. The main staff and officers reside
in these cities and work on daily up & down basis. Thus, no any additional education
facilities at local level are required nor there is any impact of the proposed activities in the
study region.

f) Water Supply

The plot being located in the Chincholi MIDC, the water required for proposed operations
would be taken from MIDC water supply scheme.

g) Occupational Health

Occupational health is usually the concern in case of routine industrial operations. Regular
health checkup camps and facilities such as doctors, dispensary, hospitals, ambulance etc. are
the prerequisites of a good program. The proposed unit shall be having all such facilities and
amenities. Thus, proposed infrastructure and practices in DCPL unit would suffice for
requirements towards occupational health & safety measures under the proposed project.
Moreover, the industry would adopt measures suggested in the EMP. Thus, no occupational
health problem would be anticipated under the proposed project.

Table 4.16 Application of BEES for Impact Evaluation due to DCPL, Chincholi MIDC, Solapur

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0 V i,1 ΔVi W
Without With iΔVi
Project Projec
t
Paramete Component Category
r PIUs PIUs
PI\Wi
1 2 3 4 5= 6= 7 8 9= 10 =
Sum of 4 Sum of 5 8-7 9X4
Biological Species & 1. Terrestrial 14 240 0.5 0.5 0 0
Environment Populations browsers and
(Ecology) (Terrestrial grazers
Flora, 2. Terrestrial crops 14 0.6 0.6 0 0
Terrestrial (Farm land)
Fauna, 3. Terrestrial natural 14 0.5 0.6 0.1 1.4
Aquatic vegetation.
Biota) (Grass, Flowers,
Trees & Shrubs.)

154
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0 V i,1 ΔVi W
Without With iΔVi
Project Projec
t
Paramete Component Category
r PIUs PIUs
PI\Wi
1 2 3 4 5= 6= 7 8 9= 10 =
Sum of 4 Sum of 5 8-7 9X4
4. Terrestrial pest 14 0.6 0.6 0 0
species
5. Terrestrial upland 14 1.0 1.0 0 0
birds
6. Aquatic 14 0.7 0.7 0 0
commercial
fisheries.
7. Aquatic natural 14 0.6 0.6 0 0
vegetation
8. Aquatic pest 14 0.5 0.5 0 0
species
9. Fish 14 0.6 0.6 0 0
10. Water fowl 14 140 0.6 0.6 0 0
Habitats & 11. Terrestrial food 08 0.8 0.8 0 0
Communities web index
12. Land use 10 0.7 0.7 0 0
13. Terrestrial rare 15 0.3 0.5 0.2 3.0
and endangered
species.
14. Terrestrial 10 0.8 0.8 0 0
species diversity
15. Aquatic food web 08 0.7 0.7 0 0
index
16. Aquatic rare and 08 0.5 0.5 0 0
endangered
species
17. River 10 0.5 0.5 0 0
characteristics
18. Aquatic species 10 0.6 0.6 0 0
diversity
19. Habitat Removal, 08 0.7 0.7 0 0
Contamination of
Habitat (Aquatic
Biota)
20. Terrestrial Fauna 13 100 0.4 0.4 0 0
-Fragmentation of
Terrestrial
Habitat,
Environmenta Water 21. Basin hydrologic 20 402 0.6 0.5 - 0.1 - 2.0
l Pollution loss (alteration of
hydraulic regime,
alteration of
surface runoff,
alteration of
aquifers)
22. BOD (Water 28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.8
Quality - WQ)
23. Dissolved 33 0.8 0.8 0 0
Oxygen (WQ)
24. Fecal Coliforms 10 0.6 0.6 0 0

155
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0 V i,1 ΔVi W
Without With iΔVi
Project Projec
t
Paramete Component Category
r PIUs PIUs
PI\Wi
1 2 3 4 5= 6= 7 8 9= 10 =
Sum of 4 Sum of 5 8-7 9X4
(WQ)
25. Inorganic carbon 26 0.6 0.6 0 0
(WQ)
26. Inorganic 26 0.6 0.6 0 0
nitrogen (WQ)
27. Inorganic 26 0.6 0.6 0 0
phosphate (WQ)
28. Pesticides (WQ) 10 0.3 0.3 0 0
29. pH (WQ) 25 1.0 1.0 0 0
30. Stream flow 30 0.8 0.8 0 0
variation
(alteration of
river, nalla,
channel)
31. Temperature. 33 1.0 1.0 0 0
32. TDS (WQ) 10 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -1.0
33. Toxic substances 10 0.7 0.7 0 0
(WQ)
34. Turbidity (WQ) 25 312 0.6 0.6 0 0
Air 35. CO2 (Air Quality- 8 0.8 0.8 0 0
AQ)
36. Nitrogen oxides 7 0.8 0.8 0 0
(AQ)
37. Particulate matter 14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.4
(AQ)
38. Photochemical 3 1.0 1.0 0 0
oxidants (AQ)
39. Sulfur dioxide 10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.0
(AQ)
40. Other (process & 10 52 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -1.0
fugitive
emissions
Land 41. Land use 10 0.6 0.7 0.1 1.0
(Soil) 42. Soil erosion 6 0.8 0.8 0 0
43. Soil Quality 12 28 0.7 0.7 0 0
Noise 44. Noise 10 10 0.8 0.8 0 0
Aesthetics Land 45. Surface material 6 158 0.8 0.8 0 0
Cultural 46. Relief and 16 1.0 1.0 0 0
topographic
character
47. Width and 10 32 0.8 0.8 0 0
alignment
Air 48. Odor and visual 3 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -0.3
49. Sounds 2 5 0.8 0.8 0 0
Water 50. Appearance 16 1.0 1.0 0 0
51. Land and water 16 1.0 1.0 0 0
interface
52. Odor and floating 10 0.8 0.8 0 0
materials
53. Water surface 10 1.0 1.0 0 0

156
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0 V i,1 ΔVi W
Without With iΔVi
Project Projec
t
Paramete Component Category
r PIUs PIUs
PI\Wi
1 2 3 4 5= 6= 7 8 9= 10 =
Sum of 4 Sum of 5 8-7 9X4
area
54. Wooded and 10 62 0.8 0.8 0 0
geologic
shoreline
Biota 55. Animals- 5 1.0 1.0 0 0
domestic
56. Animals – wild 5 0.6 0.6 0 0
57. Diversity of 12 0.7 0.8 0.1 1.2
vegetation types
58. Variety within 8 30 0.8 0.9 0.1 0.8
vegetation types
Manmade 59. Manmade objects 9 9 0.8 0.8 0 0
Objects
Composition 60. Composite effect 10 0.7 0.7 0 0
61. Unique 10 20 1.0 1.0 0 0
composition
Human Educational / 62. Archaeological 6 200 1.0 1.0 0 0
Interest Scientific 63. Training in new 13 0.5 0.7 0.2 2.6
(Social, Packages technologies&
Cultural) skill development
64. Ecological 9 0.8 0.8 0 0
Effects on crops,
Reduction of
farm land
65. Geological 10 1.0 1.0 0 0
66. Hydrological 10 48 0.7 0.7 0 0
Historical 67. Architecture and 5 1.0 1.0 0 0
Packages styles
(Infrastructur 68. Conflicts with 10 0.9 0.9 0 0
e and projects of urban ,
services) commercial or
industrial
development
69. Events 10 1.0 1.0 0 0
Recreation
70. Persons 12 1.0 1.0 0 0
71. Religions and 10 1.0 1.0 0 0
Cultures
72. Western frontier 8 55 1.0 1.0 0 0
Cultures 73. Indians 13 1.0 1.0 0 0
74. Other ethnic 5 1.0 1.0 0 0
groups
75. Religious groups 5 23 1.0 1.0 0 0
Mood/ 76. Awe-Inspiration 8 1.0 1.0 0 0
Atmosphere 77. Isolation / 8 1.0 1.0 0 0
solitude
78. Mystery 4 1.0 1.0 0 0
79. Oneness with 8 28 1.0 1.0 0 0
nature
Security and 80. Increase in crime 5 0.5 0.5 0 0

157
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0 V i,1 ΔVi W
Without With iΔVi
Project Projec
t
Paramete Component Category
r PIUs PIUs
PI\Wi
1 2 3 4 5= 6= 7 8 9= 10 =
Sum of 4 Sum of 5 8-7 9X4
Safety and accidents
caused
Health 81. Temporary acute 5 0.7 0.7 0 0
and chronic
Life Patterns 82. Employment 16 0.7 0.9 0.2 3.2
(Economy) opportunities
(Creation of new
economic
activities.
Generation of
Temporary &
Permanent Jobs)
83. Income for state 5 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.5
& private sector.
84. Housing. 5 0.6 0.6 0 0
(Commercial
value of
properties,
Electricity tariff)
85. Social 5 46 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.5
interactions
(Conflict due to
negotiations & /
or compensation
payments,
Political conflicts,
Demonstration
and Social
Conflicts.
The Battelle EES Environmental Impact Analysis Cumulative Index Ei + 4.7

Table 4.17 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in BEES for DCPL

Parameters PIUs V i,0 V i,1 ΔVi ΔVi, r # Red Flag
Wi Without Project With Project
1 2 3 4 5 = 4-3 6 = 5/3 X 7
100
21.Basin hydrologic loss (alteration of 20 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17% Minor
hydraulic regime, alteration of surface
runoff, alteration of aquifers)
22. BOD (Water Quality - WQ) 28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17% Minor
32. TDS (WQ) 10 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -12% Minor
37. Particulate matter (AQ) 14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17% Minor
39. Sulphur Di-oxide (AQ) 10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17% Minor
40. Other (Process Emissions) 10 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -14% Minor
48.Odor& Visual 3 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -14% Minor

158
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

# ‐ In the Battelle EES, the potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for
which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following
relation (negative values, in percent)

ΔVi, r = 100 [V i,1 ‐ V i,0] / V i,0.These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate
potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the
ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi,r ≤ 10%, and a major red flag
when ΔVi,r> 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi,r ≤ 30% or
ΔVi ≤ 0.1, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r> 30% or ΔVi> 0.1.

4.6 THE MITIGATION MEASURES

The potential problem areas mentioned in above Table 4.15 would be having adverse impact
due to proposed project activities. The various mitigation measures to minimize the impact on
different parameters are presented below-

1. Basin Hydrologic Loss

The proposed DCPL project shall require 70 M3/day of water for various manufacturing
processes & operations. The fresh water for DCPL project shall be taken from MIDC water
supply source which in turn receives water pumped from the Ujani Dam located on River
Bhima (at about 130 Km). There are number of competing users for the total water lifted and
supplied to Solapur. In addition to MIDC, there is Solapur Municipal Corporation which
entirely supplies drinking water to the city from this source. Moreover, there are additional
MIDC in the city which also is depending up on this water supply source. In the quantity of
Chincholi MIDC water quota, there shall be additional burden of water use by DCPL to the
tune of 70 M3/day. This in turn is considerable quantity of fresh water which could serve
other important & priority purposes like drinking, irrigation, fishery etc. Utilization of such
fresh water would result in to certain basin hydrologic loss from Ujani catchment imparting
negative impact of DCPL Project on Environment.

To minimize the negative impact up to some extent, DCPL has planned to reduce its fresh
water demand by about 49 % through recycling of treated effluent from its manufacturing
activities. Thus, the Industry shall reuse 29 M3/day of its treated effluent, and 5 M3/Day
treated water from STP.

2. B.O.D.

Through the manufacturing operations in proposed DCPL project, effluents would be

generated from process, laboratory, washing, cooling tower and boiler blow downs, scrubbers
and DM plant backwash. The total effluent generated from various operations and processes
in proposed project shall be segregated into two streams – Stream I and Stream II. The
Stream I effluent generated would be to the tune of 35M3 / Day. Same comprise of effluent
from manufacturing operations viz. process effluent and washing. This effluent will be
treated in an ETP comprising of Screen Chamber, OG Removal Tank, Equalization Tank,
Flash Mixer, Flocculator, Tube Settler, Holding Tank followed by Triple Effect Evaporator
(TEE) and Agitated Thin Film Dryer (ATFD). The condensate from TEE to the tune of 36 M3
/ Day would be forwarded to Stream II for treatment. Further salts from TEE would be
forwarded to CHWTSDF.
The Stream II effluents generated would be to the tune of 3M3 / Day, MEE condensate from
Stream I of 36 M3 / Day. Stream II effluent shall be contributed by DM plant backwash,

159
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

boiler blow down, and cooling blow down. The same will be treated in process consisting of
Screen Chamber, OG Removal Tank, Equalization Tank, Flash Mixer, Flocculator, Primary
Tube Settler (PTS), MBBR Tank, Secondary Tube Settler (STS), Holding Tank, Filter Feed
Tank, Sand and Carbon Filters and R.O. Unit & Sludge dewatering equipment. The treated
water from stream II of 29 M3 / Day would be recycled back forcooling make up, boiler blow
down. The RO reject 7M3 / Day will be sent to MEE in Stream-I treatment thereby achieving
Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD).Domestic effluent from proposed activities shall be to the
tune of 5.4 M3/Day. The same would be treated in STP. Green belt development and
complete utilization of the treated domestic wastewater for the plantation therein shall
prevent any degradation of the ground as well as surface water quality. As a result of actions
described above, there shall not be any discharge of treated or untreated effluents in any
water body or on ground. This shall avoid adverse impact of the industry on environment
especially due to the organic pollution of attributes such as water and land.

3. TDS

This parameter comes under water component of environmental pollution category. It has got
importance since during manufacturing processes various salts are used as raw materials in
considerable quantities. Moreover, many times salts are generated as intermediate or end
products of number of chemical reactions. Subsequently, through procedures of product
finishing, refining or purifying, effluents containing huge concentrations of TDS are
generated. If such effluents of high TDS are discharged on land or in surface waters or if they
find access to ground water, serious negative impacts could result. The TDS in surface and
ground water may increase, the water could become hard and the soil can become saline.
These changed properties of water, land and soils, in turn, could demand costly measures for
making them useful or fit for consumption towards various purposes. More details about this
aspect have been described in earlier sections of this chapter while stating impacts and their
mitigation measures.

4. Particulate Matter&Terrestrial Crops

Particulate matter is the parameter that comes under 'Environment Pollution' category and
Terrestrial crops comes under 'Biological Environment' of the BEES. Through various
activities under proposed project, particulate matter generation shall occur. The main source
of particulates is fuel burning operation of the Boiler. The stack emissions releasing fly-ash
primarily and majorly contribute to the SPM in the atmosphere in the absence of adequate
pollution control measures. For the boiler,bag Filter as air pollution control equipment shall
be provided. This shall effectively and adequately control the SPM emissions from stacks
which shall ultimately go in to ambient air. Apart from the proposed industrial activity in the
campus; certain other factors are also responsible for SPM generation such as commercial
and domestic operations, traffic and communication especially on poorly surfaced roads in
the premises. It is observed through monitoring of AAQ in the study region that PM10 levels
vary from a minimum of 44.4µg/m3 to maximum of 73.16 µg/m3. Although the latter is
within the stipulated limit of 100 µg/m3, every step shall be taken to minimize and curb SPM
generation at individual sources in the premises. Control measures like good manufacturing
practices (GMP’s), development of adequate and effective green belt, surfacing of roads,
effective actions at biomass, Coal and ash storage yards for suppressing dust etc. shall be
adopted. Therefore there would be no any impact on nearby terrestrial crops.

160
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

5. SO2

The SO2shall get released to atmosphere as stack emissions due to burning of fuel. There the
quantum of SO2emission shall be of more concern. In light of such event, the mitigation
measure in the form of adequate stack height of 30Mhas been considered.

6. Other (Process & Fugitive Emissions)

This parameter comes under 'Environmental Pollution' Category (Component – Air). There
would be process emissions in the form of sulphur dioxide, HCL as well as VOCsas process
and fugitive emissions. Same would be controlled through installation of scrubbers and fume
extraction systems. Further, the scrubbed material shall be forwarded to secondary uses or
sent to ETP. Thus, no any process emissions shall be let out into ambient air.

7. Odour and Visual

This parameter comes under 'Aesthetics' category for component of air in the BEES.
Although, there would be the minor predicted negative impact (14% as shown in Table 4.16)
of this parameter, due consideration for same is equally important. This is because the said
parameter is related with aesthetics in respect of ambient air in the industrial premises and in
surrounding region. The odor may be because of fugitive emissions from different process
operations during manufacturing as well as unhygienic and poor storage conditions in the
industrial premises of waste materials (discarded product batches, spent organics & catalysts,
mother liquor etc.), sludge, solid and hazardous wastes. Odour nuisance would be controlled
by curbing emissions responsible for same at the source itself. Further, provision of scrubber,
efficient ventilation and exhaust systems, proper O & M as well as good house-keeping shall exercise
adequate control on factors responsible for odour nuisance.


4.7 IMPACTS DUE TO DECOMISSIONING ACTIVITY

4.7.1 Decommissioning Phase

"Decommissioning" is a procedure to make an equipment or manufacturing setup unfit for its

reuse for its designed function. This could be done by cuttingproject components into small
pieces, demolition of buildings, disconnecting circuits and removing of all infrastructures set
up thereby making it unusable. Hereunder, impacts of decommissioning have been described.

4.7.2 Planning for Decommissioning of the DCPL Project –

When a plan for decommissioning of the DCPL plant would be confirmed, initially a detailed
survey of the site and entire plant shall be carried out. Detailed photography and videography
shall be done. A review of all documents shall be taken and thorough checking shall be done
w.r.t. permissions from all concerned Govt. authorities for the decommissioning. If required,
competent personnel shall be arranged at the site to supervise the entire assignment.

Subsequent to survey, a planning towards sequence and chronology of decommission and

dismantling shall be done by taking in to consideration following –

161
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

1. Number and types of buildings like administration building (2 storied) and security office
in RCC and brick work, manufacturing plant in MS &RCC, allied piping, staging and
supports etc.
2. All electrification infrastructures with cables and cable trays, transformers, poles and
lighting, underground cable trenches, etc.

For demolishing RCC structure, no any blasting is recommended as the site is in Roha MIDC
and surrounded by other chemical industries. Same would be done by using hydraulic
breakers. Fabricated structure would be dismantled by gas cutting.

Inventory of left over hazardous chemicals after shutdown would be done. These chemicals
based on their characteristics would be scientifically collected and disposed off for authorized
re-processor or forwarded to CHWTSDF. This would be done also for safe disposal of used /
unused chemicals from the industry.The decommissioning would be done by detoxification
followed by dismantling activity under trained manpower and expert supervision.

A) Detoxification
 
For detoxification of reactor, column, bulk storage tanks following in-situ methods are
suggested -

a. Hot Water/ Air Purging: Hot air /watershall be purged through the units until specified
criteria are met.
b. Dilute Acid Wash: Some of the equipment and pipelines shall be given acid wash to
detoxify them. Dilute HCl (5-10%) is suggested for this purpose.
c. Water Wash: Finally a thorough water wash of the equipment and pipelines is
recommended, before they are dismantled from their supports.

The used water shall be diverted to ETP for its treatment and safe disposal. The effluent
generated fromdetoxification process will be treated in ETP and treated water will be
disposed off accordingly. Further sludge from ETP would be forwarded to CHWTSDF

B) Dismantling
 
All the equipment, pipelines and structural components shall be dismantled only after in-situ
detoxification has been carried out as specified above. The pipelines would be dismantled
first followed by the equipment and finally by the structure. The dismantling of the units will
begin from the topmost floor and proceed towards the ground floor. Large equipment shall be
dismantled in sections wherever possible. The dismantled metal components would be
disposed off by sale to authorized parties. Demolition of RCC buildings would be done
manually and debris generated would be used for filling low lying areas.

After dismantling and disposal of all dumps to disposal sites, there would be necessity to
check soil contamination due to leakages and spillages. The top soil samples in industrial site
be analyzed and the quality would be checked.

Table 4.18 Quantum of Soil from Surface Layer (0-20 cm)

No. Description Dimensions Volume (m3)
1. Production Block 1 795.24 sq.m. X 0.2m 159.048

162
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

No. Description Dimensions Volume (m3)

2. Production Block 2 808.4sq.m. X 0.2m 161.68
3. Raw Material Warehouse 323.36sq.m. X 0.2m 64.672
4. Finish Goods Storage 525.3sq.m. X 0.2m 105.06
5. ETP 312 sq. m. X 0.2m 62.4
Total 552.86
.
From above table, the quantum of contaminated soil generated would be 552.86m3 from
surface layer (0-20 cm). Considering density of soil as 1.7 MT/m3, the quantum of
contaminated soil would be generated as 939.862MT. The contaminated top soil will be
scraped and forwarded to CHWTSDF for secured land filling. In light of high quantum of soil
then in-situ technologies like thermal desorption, chemical oxidation and bioremediation
would be suggested. No any hazardous materials will be stored on site. Also, all the workers
will be informed about the decommissioning of the industrial plant. The impacts due to
decommissioning phase are tabulated below-

Table 4.19 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of DCPLProject

Env.
No. Activities / Operation Impact Identification Measures
Aspect
1. Land Use Dismantling and No impact on land use as the --
decommissioning of site is in notified industrial
industrial set up. area, post-decommissioning
use would be industrial only.
2. Air  Washing of reactors,  Fugitive emissions due to  Scrubbing of
pipeline during fumes of acid/ alkali emissions through
detoxification. during washing of scrubbers attached
 Cutting, demolition reactors, distillation to reactors and
and dismantling column, storage tanks, subsequent
operations pipeline etc. demolition of both.
 Fugitive dust during  Water sprinkling to
demolition of building. suppress dust
during demolition
work.
3. Water  Washing activities of  Washing discharges  Washing
tanks, reactor, getting access into nearby discharges to ETP;
piplines, columns etc. nalla under uncontrolled treatment &
operational conditions. disposal through
same as ZLD.
Demolition of ETP
shall be the last
4. Solid and  Cutting wastes, scrap,  Littering of wastes  Solid wastes
Hazardous demolition wastes etc.  Bad aesthetics disposal to
Waste  Oils and lubricants  Leachate formation & authorized re-
removed from Ground water processor, sale.
equipment, any un- contamination  HW disposal to
disposed HW left at CHWTSDF
site (residue, chemical
sludge, spent catalyst,
spent carbon)

163
 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

Env.
No. Activities / Operation Impact Identification Measures
Aspect
5. Noise  Cutting&drilling Increase in noise levels PPEs to manpower
duringdecommissionin during decommissioning. involved in
g decommissioning
 Dismantling of and safety measures
reactors, columns, to will be followed.
buildings etc.
6. Risk & Dismantling Accidents, chemical Use of PPEs, expert
Hazard &Decommissioning of spillages, storage tanks and experienced
equipments& buildings. explosion during supervision, due
detoxification&dismantling. follows up of safety
norms & procedures.

164
 Chapter 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES …5 
 

5.1 INTRODUCTION

While preparation of EIA report it is necessary that one should consider project alternatives
and their relative potential impact on the environment. Selection of alternative is thus more
critical in an industrial development where time, money, environment and natural resources
are at stake. Hence, selection of alternative must be both practical and rational, taking into
consideration the constraint of the proposed project.

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES

5.2.1 Raw Material Alternative

The product will require certain raw materials. The raw materials for proposed unit listed in
Chapter 2. The raw materials would be selected based on their purity and desirable form. This
would avoid the probability of discards or non-specification outcome. It also follows the mass
balance more faithfully than when impurities are involved.

5.2.2 Technology Alternatives

To reduce the carbon footprint by our business operations, we aim to use wherever possible
renewable energy sources for the process requirements, wherever necessary. We have plans
to use all the latest available energy efficient and environmental friendly technologies to
contain or minimize the impact on Environment.

World over Bulk Drugs and Intermediates manufacturing technology is a closely guarded
process with only a few handful companies having access to such technology. DCPL’s
confidence in the indigenous technology helped it to implement and make a success of the
project. It includes manufacturing process described in Chapter 2 which is based on raw
materials that are easily available. Also it is cost effective and safe. Solvents used are
recoverable. Working pressure of boiler is reasonably low and easy to manage. The resultant
products are accepted in international markets and have gained distinct export quality status.
This has made DCPL as one of the few companies in India having the potential to match the
stringent International Quality Standards. No technological failures are reported so far. Hence
no alternative technologies are analyzed.

5.3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES

The proposed project site of DCPL is located in the Chincholi MIDC i.e. the notified
industrial area for chemical Industries, adequate facilities and infrastructure would be
provided for establishment by MIDC. As such, no alternative sites are analyzed.

165

 
 Chapter 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
PROGRAM
 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

6.1 INTRODUCTION

With the knowledge of baseline conditions, and impacts predicted in Chapter – 4, the
monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental
conditions due to operation of the project. This will enable in taking up suitable steps, in
time, to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is an important tool for control of pollution
since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

In DCPL, monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular

basis to ascertain the following:

 State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity;

 Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the plant;
 Generate data for predictive or corrective purposes in respect of pollution. The same
could serve as basis for future impact assessment studies for project.
 To verify the impacts predicated due to the proposed project.
 To identify the trends with time in the levels of parameters.

The environmental monitoring during the proposed project is important to assess the
performance of pollution control equipments to be installed in the project complex. The
sampling and analysis of environmental attributes including monitoring locations will be as
per the guidelines of the Central Board/State Pollution Control Board.

The details of proposed mitigation measures that have been suggested in order to achieve
economic development due to the proposed DCPL’s project without harming the nature are
as follows –

6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

As discussed in Chapter 4, the impact during construction phase shall not be permanent and
certain minor impacts are predicted on air, water, soil and human health due to dust emissions
and noise during transportation and construction activities. Hence, there the need to conduct
intensive monitoring during construction phase is not felt. However, appropriate measures to
minimize impacts during this phase are suggested in Chapter 4 of this report.

6.3 MONITORING DURING THE POST CONSTRUCTION/OPERATIONAL

PHASE

During operational stage, continuous activities are expected which shall include - air
emissions from boilers, process as well as fugitive emissions, wastewater generation and its
disposal, solid wastes (ash) and hazardous waste (Distillation Residue, Process Residue and
Chemical Sludge from Wastewater Treatment etc, ETP sludge) generation etc. The attributes
which shall be regularly monitored, based on the environmental setting and nature of project
activities, are listed below:

 Source emissions and ambient air quality;

 Groundwater levels and ground water quality;
 Water and wastewater (effluent & sewage) quality;
 Solid and hazardous waste characterization (fly ash, bottom ash, Distillation Residue,
Process wastes, ETP sludge);
 Soil quality;

166
 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

 Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and ambient
noise levels)
 Ecological preservation and afforestation.

6.3.1. Air Pollution Management

Apart from the above ambient and source monitoring during operation stage following
recommendations are also suggested.

 Air pollution control equipment would be interlocked with the process as per the
guidelines of CPCB.
 If the emissions exceed the standards, the corresponding units of the plant which are
contributing the excessive pollutant load are stopped till the qualities of pollutant
discharged from those units are brought down to the required level.
 In case of failure of pollution control equipment, the production process connected to it
shall be stopped.
 Under no circumstances, the emissions shall exceed the limits mentioned in the consent
letter.
 Online monitoring system shall be installed under proposed project.
 In case of power failure, alternate electric source shall be provided which shall be
sufficient to operate the APC equipment.

6.3.2. Water Management

The total water requirement for project would be 68 M3/Day. For details on water
requirement refer Section 2.8.1.2 of Chapter – 2. The effluent generated from proposed
activities shall be given proper treatment as per CREP guidelines. Refer Section 2.8.2.2 of
Chapter - 2 for effluent generation and disposal.

The following measures would be adopted by the industry under proposed project:
1. The industry would be provided effluent collection, treatment and disposal facilities.
Proper operation and maintenance will also done to keep the same in a good shape so as
to achieve desired efficiencies.
2. No untreated industrial effluent should be allowed to be disposed off on land or in any
surface water body.
3. The pipeline and storage tanks meant for effluent conveyance and storage would be
checked periodically to avoid any leakages.

6.3.3. Noise Level Management

Mitigation measures for noise levels are of following types:

 Prevention at source
 Control of transmission path
 Protective measures in the work environment
 Administrative control

In the proposed unit, the major sources of noise generation would be the boiler house. The
high noise generating sources would be kept in an isolated area and would be provided with
proper acoustic treatment to have the ambient noise level as per the CPCB standards.

167
 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

Moreover, people working in close vicinity of the high noise generating equipments are being
provided with Personal Protective Equipments (PPE) such as ear plugs, ear muffs etc.

As per the Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2010, the D.G. set would be
enclosed in a canopy.

6.3.4. Land Management

There are no chances of change in the soil characteristics due to deposition on ground of air
pollutants and suspended particulates from the proposed activities.

Under the proposed activities, solid waste generated would be in the form of boiler ash to the
tune of 2.4 MT/Day. The same would be disposed off by supply to the brick manufacturers in
the nearby area for secondary use. Other solid waste such as scrap material, carboys plastic,
office paper waste, woven sack bags (HDPE), drums etc would be sold.

6.3.5 Odour Management

There are different odour sources in the industry. The raw materials & product storage places,
process operations, loading / unloading sections etc. could give rise to smell nuisance. To
abate the same, the industry would take following steps and actions-

1. Scrubbers to process plant will be provided.

2. All the feed, loading & unloading pumps for products and raw materials would be fitted
with mechanical seals instead of glands to reduce leakages.
3. Adoption of Good management practices (GMPs).
4. Arranging awareness and training camps for workers.
5. Provision and use of PPE like masks by everybody associated with odour prone areas.
6. Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to
remove and control odour from work zone areas.

6.4 OPERATION CONTROL AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE

All the equipments and machinery used under proposed project will be maintained properly
and would be kept clean. The quality of stack emission depends very much on the operating
parameters of plant. Improper combustion of fuel in the boiler increases unburnt carbon
particles in the exhaust flue gases therefore proper maintenance is an important factor. The
lubricants used for various equipment and fuel-handling areas would contribute to the
pollution aspect. It would be taken care of, at the source, by looking after possible spillage,
drippings, leakage etc. in the plant.

6.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY MEASURES

The following measures would be taken up in the DCPL unit -

 Availability of an ambulance all the time i.e. 24X7.

 Regular medical checkup of employees and records maintenance.
 Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Mediclaim Health Policy for all the workers
(temporary and permanent) in the industry and its annual renewal.
 Display of sign boards in hazard areas in local language.
 Provision of PPE to all workers.

168
 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

 Public Liability Insurance Policy would be done.

Following equipment and gadgets would be kept in the OHC of DCPL.

Table 6.1 Health Care Facility Equipments

No. Instrument Use

1. Stethoscope Used to hear sounds from movements within the
body, like heart beats, intestinal movement, breath
sounds, etc.
2. Reflex testing hammer To test motor reflexes of the body
(padded)
3. Sphygmomanometer To record the patient’s blood pressure
(Blood pressure meter)
4. A thin beam electric torch To see into the eye, body’s natural orifices, etc., and
to test for pupillary light reflex, etc.
5. A watch / stopwatch Used in recording rates like heart rate, respiratory
rate, etc.; for certain tests of hearing
6. A measuring tape For size measurements
7. A weighing machine To record the weight
8. Tuning forks To test for deafness and to categorize it
9. Kidney dish As a tray for instruments, gauze, tissue, etc.
10. Thermometer To record the body temperature
11. Gas cylinders Supply of oxygen, nitrous oxide, carbon dioxide,
etc.
12. Oxygen mask or tubes Delivering gases up to the nostrils to assist in
oxygen intake or to administer aerosolized or
gaseous drugs
13. Vaporizer To produce vapours
14. Instrument sterilizers Used to sterilize instruments in absence of
an autoclave
15. Dressing drums Storage of gowns, cotton, linen, etc.
16. Syringe of different sizes For injections and aspiration of blood or fluid from
and needles the body
17. Otoscope To look into the external ear cavity

6.6 MEASURES FOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

6.6.1 Better Employment Opportunities

DCPL has planned its Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) policy and the same
would be implemented. Under this policy, DCPL would undertake a number of CER
activities. These include promotion of Govt. Missions, Tree plantation, Arrangement of
drinking water through water tanker during drought condition, Contribution for GIB
conservation.

169
 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

6.6.1.1 List of Activities to be Undertaken for Corporate Environmental Responsibility

(CER) Planning
Table 6.2 Budgetary Provisions to be undertaken by DCPL under CER
No CER Activity Details Total Amount
1. Arrangement Arrangement of drinking water through water Rs. 3.84 Lakhs
of Drinking tanker during drought condition-
water Capacity of tanker -10,000 liters (In )
Cost of one tanker- Rs.3000
Frequency of tanker –Two times in a week
No of villages -4 village. Nanaj, Darfal, Pakni,
Akolekati
period of supply - February to May
Total cost of tanker = 3.84 Lakhs
2. Provision of 1 unit to be provided in 2 villages (Pakani, Darfal, Rs. 16 Lakhs
rural sanitation Nanaj, kondi)
infrastructure Each unit comprising of 6 toilet seats (3 for ladies
& 3 for gents), water tank of 500 lit capacity and a
septic tank including all piping etc. complete)
Total 2 units @ 8 Lakh/Unit
3. Provision of 1 unit to be provided in 2 village schools (wirvade Rs. 16 Lakhs
school level kh., Pakani)
primary Each unit comprising of 6 toilet seats (3 for ladies
sanitation & 3 for gents), water tank of 500 lit capacity and a
infrastructure septic tank including all piping etc. complete)
Total 4 units @ 8 Lakh/Unit
4. Roadside Tree Road side tree plantation in three villages Nannaj, Rs. 12 Lakhs
plantation Darfal. Pakani
No. of trees =500
Cost of per Tree Plantation = 800/-
Cost of Tree Plantation/ Village = 4,00,000/-
5. Promotion of Participation & Promotion of Govt. Missions Rs. 5 Lakhs
Govt. Missions namely – Pradhanmantri Vidya Laxmi Karyekram
(Literacy Promotion), Save the Girl Child, Swatch
Bharat Abhiyan, Digital & Cash Less Economy
etc. & Providing Financial Assistance for
Treatment of Cancer, Kidney, Brain & Heart
Problems of Local People.
6. Contribution Conservation of critically endangered species as Rs. 3 Lakhs
for GIB well as awareness programme for local people
Conservation. would be conducted.
7. Provision of Provision of Solar lamps in nereby four villages Rs. 7.66 Lakhs
Solar lamps for viz. Nanaj, Darfal, Pakni, Akolekati
street lights
Total Rs. 63.5 Lakhs

For implementation of the above said activities under CER plan in command area of
proposed project complex, a budgetary allocation of Rs. 63.5 Lakhs (2.54 % of total
Investment - 25 Cr.). These activities shall be put in action and completed in a period of 3

170
 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

years after commissioning of project.

Table 6.3 CER Implementation Schedule

Sr. CER Activity Investment Year of

No Year 2019 Year 2020 Year 2021 Completion
1. Arrangement of drinking Rs. 3.84 Lakhs --- --- 2019
water through water tanker
2. Provision of rural --- Rs. 8 Lakhs Rs. 8 Lakhs 2020
sanitation infrastructure
3. Provision of school level --- Rs. 8 Lakhs Rs. 8 Lakhs 2020
primary sanitation
infrastructure
4. Tree plantation --- Rs.6 Lakhs Rs. 6 Lakhs 2020
5. Promotion of Govt. Rs.1 Lakhs Rs.2 Lakhs Rs.2 Lakhs 2021
Missions
6. Contribution for GIB Rs.1 Lakhs Rs.1 Lakhs Rs.1 Lakhs 2021
conservation
7. Provision of Solar lamps Rs. 3.83 Rs. 3.83 2021
for street lights Lakhs Lakhs
Total Rs. 5.84 Rs. 28.83 Rs. 28.83 Rs. 63.5
Lakhs Lakhs Lakhs Lakhs

6.6.1.2 Measures for Improvement of Ecology

Following steps would be taken-

 Afforestation program under proposed project.

 Keeping noise levels under control at night time.
 Keeping sufficient height of stacks.

6.6.1.3 General Guidelines -

1. Green belt of adequate width and density would be provided to mitigate the effects of
noise.
2. Provision of shrubs and thick trees at storage and disposal places of the solid waste would
be made.
3. Trees would be planted along the roads, around solid waste storage area as well as along
the periphery.
4. All the necessary steps would be taken & care would be observed under the project
regarding proper maintenance of the industrial premises.
5. Use of e-mail and other modern communication systems would be followed to conserve
the papers and attain speedy interaction in daily business activities.
6. Use of recyclable papers, if possible, would be done.
7. Promoting measures of energy and water conservation, wherever possible, would be
adopted.

6.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAME SCHEDULE

171
 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

In the proposed unit, the monitoring in respect of Air, Water and Noise will be done regularly
and records of the same are maintained. The routine monitoring program as detailed in
following Table 6.4 shall be implemented at site and study area. Besides to this monitoring,
the compliances to all environmental clearance conditions and regular permissions from
CPCB/ MoEFCC shall be monitored and reported periodically.

Table 6.4 Yearly Monitoring Plan within Industrial Premises

Attribute Location Parameters Monitoring Sampling Conducted
Frequency Number By
Air Source emissions- 3 SO2, SPM, NOx Monthly 36 Nos.
Emissions locations- Boiler & (3 nos. X 12
TFH- 1 stack, D.G. Months)
Set- 1 Stack
AAQM - 2 locations PM10, PM2.5, Monthly or 24 Nos.
Upwind & Downwind SO2,NOX,CO,NH3 & CPCB / SPCB
within the premises. VOC requirement
(2 locations X
12 months)
WAQM in two PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Monthly or 48 Nos.
manufacturing blocks NOX, NH3 & VOC CPCB / SPCB
requirement
(4 locations X
12 months) MoEFCC
Noise Workzone Noise at Spot Noise Level Monthly 120 Nos. and NABL
area – Boilers, recording; Leq(n), (10 locations X Approved
Production block (2 Leq(d), Leq(dn) 12 months) External
Nos.) D.G. sets (1 Laboratory
Nos) Ambient – main
gate, ETP area,
parking, canteen
Effluents ETP- (Treated & pH, TSS, TDS, Monthly 24 Nos.
Untreated) BOD, COD, (2 samples X
2 Nos. of Samples Chlorides, SO4, Oil 12 months)
& Grease. Other
parameters as per
recommended by
Authority.
Drinking Aqua Guard Parameters as per Monthly 12 Nos.
Water drinking water Std. (1 sample X 12
IS10500 months)
Waste Industrial Premises Records of Solid & Quarterly -- By DCPL
management Hazardous Waste
Generation,
Treatment &
Disposal shall be
maintained.
Emergency Industrial Premises On site Emergency Twice a year --
Preparedness Plan, Evacuation
such as fire Plan, fire fighting By DCPL
fighting mock drills
Green Belt Plantation of Survival rate Quarterly / 450
indigenous trees in Six Monthly

172
 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

Attribute Location Parameters Monitoring Sampling Conducted

Frequency Number By
premises along through
compound wall, trained
internal roads, etc. personnel.
Health Employees & migrant All relevant health Yearly 120
labour health check checkup parameters checkups workers
ups (pre & post
placement)

Table 6.5 Yearly Environmental Monitoring Plan in Study area

Monitoring Sampling Conducted

Attribute Location Parameters
Frequency Number By
Air AAQM - 5 locations PM10, PM2.5, Six Monthly -
Emissions within Study Area. SO2, NOx, CPCB/ MPCB
Darfal, Pakni, VOC, CO, NH3, norms 10 Nos.
Sawaleshwar, HCL (5 locations X 2
Kondi,Chincholikati, months)
Water Ground Water (GW): Comprehensive Six Monthly as
Quality Chincholikati, Near monitoring as per CPCB/
Chincholi MIDC, per IS 10500 MPCB norms MoEFCC
Darfal , Sawaleshwar. (GW– 2 16 Nos. and NABL
Surface Water (SW): samples X 4 & Approved
Wirvade, Shivani , SW –4 samples External
Darfal , Sawaleshwar X 2) Laboratory
Noise 4 Village within 5 Km Leq(n), Leq(d),
Quarterly 20 Nos.
from site - Leq (dn)
Chincholikati,
Akolekati, (5 locations X
Sawaleshwar, Darfal 4)
Soil 5 Locations : Darfhal, Comprehensive Six Monthly
Savleshwar, Kondi monitoring as (5 samples X 2)
Chincholikati, per NBSS and
10 Nos.
Akolekati LUP
CER Study Area As per plan Six Monthly -- BY DCPL

6.8 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

ASPECTS

The mitigation measures suggested in Chapter - 4 i.e. anticipated Environment & Mitigation
measures will be implemented so as to reduce the impact on environment due to the
operations of the proposed plant. In order to facilitate easy implementation of mitigation
measures, the phased priority of implementation is given in below table.

Table 6.6 Environmental Monitoring Program

Sr Attribute Time Period Implementation Schedule

No Immediate Progressive
1 Air Pollution Control Before * ----
2 Water Pollution Control commissioning * ----
3 Noise Control of the Plant * ----
4 Solid Waste Management Stage wise ---- *

173
 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

Sr Attribute Time Period Implementation Schedule

5 Green Belt Development Stage wise * *
& Rainwater Harvesting.
6 Ecological Aspects Stage wise ---- *
7 Socio - economic Aspects Stage wise ---- ----
Note:* indicates implementation priority.

174
 Chapter 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

The proposed project site is situated in Chincholi MIDC area. Hence, as per Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification No.S.O.1533 (E)” dated 14th September 2006; and
amendment thereat, the proposed project does not requires conducting of public hearing. The
EIA report has been complied by incorporating required information with regards to the
project as mentioned in the Standard Terms of Reference (TORs) issued by MoEFCC vide
letter J-11011/580/2017-IA II (I) to DCPL on 5thFebruary 2018.

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT REPORT

The study of risk assessment report in respect of proposed project was done by Functional
Area Expert (FAE) Dr. Ramdas Wani. The proposed project would be formulated in such a
fashion and manner, so that utmost care of safety norms and Environment Protection Act
shall be taken care of.

7.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION REGARDING PROJECT

DCPL’s management has planned to go for establishment of Bulk Drugs and Intermediates
manufacturing unit. It involves number of equipments like reactors, condensers and
distillation columns. The process involves solvents like Methanol, Ethyl Acetate,
Isopropanol, Acetone, and Ethyl Alcohol. The process types are mainly of Amidation,
Bromination, Condensation & catalytic reactions.

7.4 OBJECTIVE OF THE RISK AND HAZARD ANALYSIS

1) Identify hazards and nature of hazard in the process, storage and handling of hazardous
chemicals.
2) Carry out Qualitative risk analysis for the process and suggest mitigation measures.
3) Carry out Quantitative risk analysis of the storage of hazardous chemicals and estimate
the threat zones for Most Credible and Worst case scenarios.
4) Suggest mitigation measures to reduce the risk/probability of the accident to the
minimum.
5) Incorporate these measures for ensuring safe operations and safe layout and for effective
preparation of On-site and Off-site emergency plans.
6) Suggest Guidelines for on-site and off - site emergency plan.

7.5 METHODOLOGY

A] Identify hazards based on

 Manufacturing Processes
 Identify Hazardous Chemicals handled and stored.
 Inventory of Hazardous chemicals
 Proposed storage facilities for hazardous chemicals
 Plant layout
 Safety measures to be adopted by the company

B] Hazard Assessment

 By Qualitative Risk Assessment

174
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
 By Quantitative Risk Assessment by Hazard index calculations and estimate threat zones
by using ALOHA.

C] Recommendations

 Recommend mitigation measures based upon the above

 Recommending guidelines for the preparation of On-site Emergency plan.

7.6 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

7.6.1 Risk Prone Areas

Based on classification of chemicals the hazard prone areas have been identified as follows-

 Reaction and separation Sections of production unit

 Storage of chemicals in tanks or respective vessels
 Handling of the materials or the process equipment by the operator or worker.
 Transportation of the products and raw materials.

A) QUALITATIVE RISK ANALYSIS

7.7 REACTION AND SEPARATION SECTIONS OF PRODUCTION UNIT

The reactions carried out in batch reactor, separation and recovery of solvents (used as
reaction media), un-reacted component, neutralization, followed by separation and
purification of the product. In the production plant, major hazards observed in the reaction
section and separation sections. Major hazard in this section is of fire, explosion leading to
toxic release. Fire, explosion and release of toxic gases of serious nature are result of accident
particularly in reactors or distillation/solvent recovery units in the production plant. The
accidents can occur due to wrong operation, failure of utilities and failure of safety systems
installed.

 Mitigation measure

Minimum risk is of most importance and this can be achieved by selecting an intrinsically
safe process and optimizing operating process parameters near to the atmospheric conditions.
But this is not possible most of the time. Hence, it is necessary to install safe guards and build
in perfect operating procedure that will minimize chances of accident to the minimum. Also
types of reaction taking place during the process are of prime importance. It may be
exothermic or endothermic.

HAZOP studies will be carried out for potentially dangerous and hazardous reactions in the
manufacturing of products. The Amidation, Bromination, Hydrogenation & catalytic
reactions are dangerous or hazardous reactions will be carried out. All the recommendations
of HAZOP study particularly for exothermic reactions will be strictly implemented in the
plant.

 Major Hazard in Reactions

It is known that highly exothermic reactions and even mildly exothermic reactions can lead to
the uncontrollable rise in temperatures and pressures in the reactors and ultimately to the

175
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
conditions of run-away reaction, (mostly in highly exothermic reactions and which use
solvents as reaction media or and flammable and explosive chemicals) and this results in
catastrophic explosion and fire. The major reason for occurrence of uncontrollable rise in
temperature is accumulation of un- reacted reactants. This accumulation of un-reacted
reactant has to be avoided at any cost.

 Mitigation Measures

For controlling exothermic reactions and to eliminate the possibility of uncontrolled reaction
following safety measures will be adopted-

1. Setting up a Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for all critical operations, reactions and
separations.
2. Once the SOP and operating parameters have been finalized, strictly following it, 24X7,
particularly for batch operations without any change of procedure.
3. Must have in built system to check that the procedures (SOP) are not violated at any
time, and no short cuts are taken in batch processes. Manufacturing and production of
APIs are in majority batch processes.
4. Provision of following alarm and interlock system (essential for highly exothermic
reactions and alarms recommended for all exothermic reactions)
 Utility failure alarm
 Agitator failure alarm
 High temperature alarm
 Alarm for High rate of addition of limiting reactant which is added at controlled rate.
 Raw material (limiting reactant) addition rate should be controlled by flow control
loop. (FT, FIC, FCV). Controlling parameter being reactor temperature.
 FCV and/or On-Off valve should be interlocked with the reaction mass temperature
and agitator tripping.

7.8 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS RAW MATERIALS

7.8.1 Hazard Identification

This is another area of major concern for fire, explosion and exposure to and release of toxic
liquids and gases and there is risk of persons, outside the factory limits getting affected.
The aim for RH analysis is
1. To identify the hazardous materials handled and stored at the plant site. Based on the
hazardous properties, conditions of storage.
2. Quantify the hazards in case of major fire, explosion or toxic release by visualization
of Maximum Credible Accident Scenarios.
3. Incorporate the results of QRA for safe layout of hazardous chemicals storage in tank
farm as well as in the warehouse and factory layout, in addition to the requirements of
statutory rules and regulations.
4. Suggest mitigation measures to reduce the risk/possibility of the accident to the
minimum.
5. Incorporate all these measures to arrive at Safe Disaster Management Plan, On-site
and Off-site Emergency preparedness plan, if there is any possibility of off-site
emergency. For storage and handling of the potentially hazardous material also.

7.8.2 Storage of Hazardous Chemicals

176
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
Hazard Analysis and Risk Assessment

Hazard analysis is the process of determining the release probabilities and quantities,
emission or release rates, the routes/pathways by which the released substances could reach
the receptors, the fate of the substances in environmental media through which they are
transported or moved and the characteristics of the receptors at risk.

Characterization of Hazardous Raw Materials

For the manufacture of above products number of organic/inorganic chemicals are used. Out of
these, hazardous raw chemicals have been characterized into

A. Flammable solvents
B. Toxic and hazardous chemicals
C. Other non hazardous materials chemicals

The following solvents will be stored on site:

Table 7.1 List of Flammable solvents Stored in Warehouse

Sr. Name of the NF Flammable Limit Max. Qty Capacity Number

No Chemical Value Stored of
(MT) Drums/
Bottles
1. Toluene 3 Lower: 1.1% 15 200 Liter/Drum 75
Upper: 7.1%
2. Methylene 3 Lower: 12% 8 200 Liter/Drum 40
dichloride Upper: 19%
3. Tetrahydrofuran 3 Lower: 2% 3.5 200 Liter/Drum 3
Upper: 11.8%
4. Dimethyl 2 Lower: 2.2% 2.5 200 Liter/Drum 15
formamide Upper: 15.2%
5. Triethylene glycol 1 Lower: 0.9% 12 200 Liter/Drum 3
Upper: 9.2%

7.8.3 Main Hazards in Storage of Chemicals

The main hazards from the storage of flammable liquids are fire and explosion, involving
either the liquid or the vapour given off from it. Fires or explosions are likely to occur when
liquid or vapour is released and comes into contact with a suitable ignition source, or
alternatively, when a heat or fire source comes into contact with the container.

 Common causes or contributory factors of such incidents include

1. Lack of awareness of the properties of flammable liquids.

2. Operator error, due to lack of training.
3. Inadequate or poor storage facilities.
4. Hot work on or close to flammable liquid containers.
5. Inadequate design, installation or maintenance of equipment.
6. Decanting flammable liquids in unsuitable storage areas.
7. Exposure to heat from a nearby fire.

177
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
8. Dismantling or disposing of containers containing flammable liquids.

 Combustion of liquids

Combustion of liquids occurs when flammable vapors released from the surface of the liquid
ignite. The extent of a fire or explosion hazard depends on the amount of flammable vapour
given off from a liquid which is determined by: A) temperature of the liquid. B) The
volatility of the liquid. C) How long the liquid is exposed for; and the air movement over the
surface. Other physical properties of the liquid give additional information on how vapour/air
mixtures may develop and also on the potential hazards. These physical properties include:
flashpoint; auto-ignition temperature; viscosity; lower explosion limit; and upper explosion
limit.

 Effect of Flash Point

Generally, a liquid with a flashpoint below the ambient temperature of the surroundings will
give off sufficient vapour to mix with the air and be ignited. The lower the flash point of a
liquid, the higher the risk.

 Health hazards

Flammable liquids can pose a health hazard if they are ingested; come into contact with skin
or eyes, or their vapours are inhaled. For example, methanol is toxic as well as flammable.
Information on the health hazards of a particular liquid, and on any specific precautions
required, should be obtained from the material safety data sheet (MSDS) or from the supplier.

 Mitigation Measures

The storage is as per the rules and regulations of Petroleum Act, The petroleum Rules 2002.
The approval is in place valid up to 2023.

Lot of vegetation and growth of trees around the storage will be removed. The fencing around
the tank needs to be relooked and can be reduced as per the rules. And there should be no
growth of vegetation and trees inside the fencing.

7.8.4 Mitigation measures to avoid fire and explosion

Following are the major mitigation measures

1. Good Ventilation in the storage area.

2. No ignition source. To be stored in good containers. No spillage. Control of spillage.
3. Adequate separation from each other and other storage areas and process areas.
4. Maintenance and modifications: Many incidents involving flammable liquids occur
during maintenance and repairs. The likelihood is increased if the work is done by staff or
outside contractors who have little knowledge of the hazards associated with flammable
liquids. You should only employ experienced contractors. A guide which gives sound
practical advice for selecting and managing contractors should be used while employing a
contractor.
5. Hot work Permit: It is absolutely essential to establish Hot work permit system for any
hot work to be carried out in the factory, especially in the areas which store flammable
solvents of Class A. And this should be strictly followed for any hot work carried out.

178
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
6. It is essential that no maintenance work is done until the potential hazards of the work
have been clearly identified and assessed; the precautions needed have been specified in
detail; the necessary safety equipment has been provided; and adequate and clear
instruction has been given to all those concerned.
7. In most cases, a permit-to-work (PTW) system should be used to control maintenance
operations in areas where flammable liquids are stored or used. PTWs are formal
management documents (see Figure 3). They should only be issued by those with clearly
assigned authority to do so, and the requirements stated in them must be complied with
before the permit is issued and the work covered by it is undertaken. Individual PTWs
need to relate to clearly defined individual pieces of work. PTWs should normally
include: the location and nature of the work intended; identification of the hazards,
including the residual hazards and those introduced by the work itself; the precautions
necessary, for example, isolations; the personal protective equipment required; the
proposed time and duration of the work; the limits of time for which the permit is valid;
and the person in direct control of the work.
8. Information and training: Adequate training and knowledge of the properties of
flammable liquids are essential for their safe storage. You need to inform all staff on the
site about the hazards of storing flammable liquids, and about the need to exclude sources
of ignition and heat from the designated storage areas. Those responsible for the operation
of the store also need to receive specific training in how to deal with spillages and leaks,
and emergency procedures.
9. Periodic retraining will normally be required. The training should include the following
aspects:
1. The types of flammable liquid stored their properties and hazards.
2. Use of protective clothing.
3. Housekeeping.
4. Reporting of faults and incidents, including minor leaks and spills.
5. Emergency procedures, including raising the alarm, calling the fire brigade and the
use of appropriate fire-fighting equipment.

7.8.5 Storage of Toxic Chemicals

Table 7.2 List of Toxic Chemicals (In drums and Warehouse)

Sr. No Name of the NH Max Qty Capacity of Number of

Chemical Value stored Container Containers
1. Thionyl 4 1500 MT 35 Kg/ Carboy 1000 Carboy
chloride
2. Sulphuric acid 3 0.5 MT 35 Kg/ Carboy 1000 Carboy
3. Bromine 3 3.5 MT 3 Kg/ Bottle 1000 Bottle
4. Hydrochloric 3 3.5 MT 35 Kg/ Carboy 1000 Carboy
acid

Mitigation measures for storage of chemicals in warehouse

 Warehouse Design

Warehouse for the storage of chemicals in drums of the area will be constructed. This will be
constructed as per the IS code 3594 and other relevant standards
Major points are from the code are given below:

179
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
1. Roadways around warehouse should be min 5 meters wide and compound gates min
4.5 m wide
2. Floor areas: WH should be divided to have max 750 sq m area by separating walls.
Dimensions LXW not exceeding 40 meter
3. Floors should have 2 hrs fire resistance
4. Buildings used for storage of hazardous and extra-hazardous goods should be
preferably of single storied structure and in no case should exceed 2 stories in height
5. In no case should a storage building exceed 1S m in height
6. Floor Drainage The floors should be of watertight construction and Scuppers of not
less than 20 cm sq cross sectional area should be provided at no more than 6·0 m
intervals or as required to take care of maximum water discharge from
hydrant/sprinkler system.
7. External Drainage External drains of not less than 25 CM width and 30 Cm depth
should be provided along the side of each building and so constructed that any flow of
water from the building be directed to a suitable ground tank or reservoir or public
drainage system in the vicinity not leading to a natural water source. No external
drainage of warehouses storing hazardous goods should be connected to public
drainage system which leads directly to a natural water source.
8. Every storage/warehouse building should have a minimum of two exit doorways, and
at the rate of one exit doorway per every 30 m length of the external walls of the
building
9. The means of exit as well as the exit ways, travel distances, etc, should be as per the
guidelines given in IS 1641 : 1988 If used for storage of hazardous goods, it should
conform to Type I of IS 1642 : 1989.

 Additional measures for improving Warehouse Safety

Measures for improvement in the design of warehouse:

1. Dividing warehouse into fire compartments, by suitably designed firewalls, to limit
the spread of fire.
2. Limiting the quantity of hazardous chemicals stored.
3. It is safe practice to store explosive, self igniting, oxidizing and organic peroxides
separately, preferably in different compartments.
4. Storage of chemicals should be planned by categorizing these based on their
hazardous properties, like toxicity, flammability, explosibility, for which MSDS
needs to be critically studied.
5. Based on the above, proper segregation of materials should be achieved.
6. Installation of smoke, fire and toxic gas leak detectors.
7. It should be easily possible to reach and attend toxic chemical leakage.
8. There should be enough space, and pathways for easy approach and escape.
9. Having all flameproof fittings inside the warehouse.

7.8.6 Storage of Other Hazardous Chemicals in tanks

Table 7.3 List of Chemicals stored in tanks

Max.
Sr. Size Capacity
Storage No. Storage
No Chemical Diameter X height / MOC
At a Time of tanks In
length
at Site (MT) tanks
1 IPA 25 2 Under 15 KL(Dia-2300mm Stainless Steel
ground x Length-4500mm)

180
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
Max.
Sr. Size Capacity
Storage No. Storage
No Chemical Diameter X height / MOC
At a Time of tanks In
length
at Site (MT) tanks
2 Methanol 35 2 Under 20 KL(Dia-2300mm Stainless Steel
ground x Length-5000mm)
3 Ethyl 10 1 Under 10 KL(Dia-1850mm Stainless Steel
acetate ground x 3750mm)
4 Acetone 10 1 Under 10 KL(Dia-1850mm Stainless Steel
ground x 3750mm)
5 Ethyl 10 1 Under 10 KL(Dia-1850mm Stainless Steel
alcohol ground x 3750mm)

7.8.7 Risk Assessment for storage and Handling of hazardous chemical:

The following table illustrated the risk involved due to storage and Handling of hazardous
chemical.
 

181
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 

Table 7.4 Risk Assessment for storage and Handling of hazardous chemical

Sr. Probability/ Risk

Process/Activity Hazard involved Risk Level
No. Frequency rating
 Since many of the chemicals are toxic in
nature. Exposure of the spilled chemical Low –
can cause health problems to public and minor Once or twice
can be serious if dust or vapor of these leakage in a year 6
chemicals is inhaled. Especially 3
Bromine, Acetonitrile, Di methyl 2
Transportation of raw Spillage of material during chloride etc.
1
material and chemicals transportation.  The material spillage can cause land
pollution, air pollution due to spread of
High – Rare less than
vapors of the chemicals. The spilled
Heavy once in five
chemicals if not removed properly will 5
leakage years
washed in rain will pollute surface water.
5 1
 Heavy spillage of the chemical can be
there in case of accident of the vehicle
Leakages of liquid material during  Exposure to toxic vapors and fumes as Heavy leakages
Unloading of material
transfer – unloading. Risk of fire. highly hazardous materials like Bromine, High Once in five
2 from road tanker/truck, or 5
Spillage of solid material due to torn methanol, acetone is handled. Health risk 4 year or rare
lorry
bags or improper handling. to workers. 1
Spillage of material during handling.  Exposure to toxic vapors and fumes. Moderate Once or twice
Health risk to workers. to high in a year 12
The material may catch fire as some
4 3
chemicals like Toulene, Methanol,
3 Storage of material
Hydrogen Acetone are flammable.  Risk of catching fire of flammable and Rare, less than
combustible chemicals Very high
Health risks in case of contact with once in five 5
5
material. years 1
Use of electrically  Electrical shock can result in serious Moderate Low less than
Hazards due to shock. Short
4 operated machines and injury or can be fatal. There can a fire if to high one in a year 4
circuiting & spark leading to fire .
pumps due to short circuiting. 4 2
Degradation or Possibility of runaway reaction  Risk of fire, injury and health problems High to Rare with the
5 contaminated by Possibility of deterioration of to workers. excessive control 5
incompatible material. product quality and generation of 5 measures

182
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 

Sr. Probability/ Risk

Process/Activity Hazard involved Risk Level
No. Frequency rating
Uncontrolled reaction. process waste (Hazardous) 1
Disposal of solid and Exposure to toxic remains of  Health effect and minor injury Once or twice
hazardous waste like material. Injury while handling solid Moderate in a year,
6 9
and waste drums of hazardous and
packing material and used 3 moderate
chemical drums. toxic chemicals 3
Overheating of material may cause  Health risks to workers. Once in more
runaway reaction and generation of Moderate than five years,
3
hazardous waste due to bad quality 3 Rare
of material. 1
7 Reactor operation Spillage of material while  Health risk due to inhalation of Toxic
transferring and charging the and carsogenic vapors High, very
High
material to reactor. Generation of frequent 16
4
vapors, fumes while charging liquid 4
formaldehyde to reactor.
Movement on road and Chances of accident due to  Injury to workers or employees. Health Moderate Low
8 6
supply of material movement of material on road. risks in case of spillage. 3 2
Chances of spillage while  Injury to workers. Health risks are also
transferring from reactor to storage involved.
Storage and handling of Very Low Low
9 drum or container. Chances of 2
finished goods. 1 2
accident while transporting the
goods.
10
Operation of DG set and Generation of noise due to rotating  Impairment of hearing Moderate Once or twice
12
rotating machines machines/DG set. 3 in a week 4
Rating scale
1. Level of Hazard : Negligible - 1, Low - 2, Moderate - 3, High - 4, Excessive - 5
2. Probability Frequency: Once in more than five years (Rare – 1), Once in a year (Low – 2), Once in a Month (Moderate – 3), Once in a week
(High-4), Very Frequently (Very High – 5)
3. Rating Score Scale: 1 to 5 – Low risk, 6 to 10 – Medium risk, 10 and above – High risk

183
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
7.8.8 Action Plan and safety systems for Handling and storage of hazardous
chemicals:
In DCPL, being a bulk drug and intermediate industry, it is handling highly toxic and
flammable raw materials and chemicals, Safety will be given utmost priority while storage,
transfer and handling these hazardous chemicals . The following precautions are taken and
safety procedures are followed to avert any untoward incident.
1) The toxic and hazardous chemicals are stored separately and in well covered storage shed
to protect them from direct sunlight.
2) The area will be well ventilated to keep the vapour concentration level of toxic chemicals
well below the PEL Values. The use of eco ventilators and exhaust fans will be done.
3) Compatibility will be taken care while deciding storage location of individual chemicals.
The flammable chemicals are stored away from oxidizing chemicals like hydrogen
peroxide and nitrates.
4) The MSDS of all the chemicals stored will be made available at the point of use, and the
people are trained in MSDS.
5) Sufficient Number of fire extinguishers are available in the storage area. All the staff in
the stores area will be well trained in fire fighting as well as first aid.
6) Safety shower and eyewash is readily available near the storage area and periodic
inspection/ testing is done to keep them in working at all the times.
7) First aid box will be made available in the stores.
8) Required antidotes stock is maintained in First aid room or in the stores as per
requirement.
9) The storage stock level of highly hazardous chemicals is maintained minimum to keep the
hazard level low.
10) Sufficient stock of emergency PPE’s like canister mask, escape mask , breathing suit will
be maintained and all people working in the stores are well trained in the use of these
safety PPE’s.
11) All chemical storage containers will be well marked, identified with name label and other
GHS hazardous symbols and Pictograms are followed .
12) Highly toxic chemicals like acetonitile, methylene Chloride, epichlorohydrine. will be
kept separately in lock and key.
13) People will be required to take bath if they are exposed to toxic chemical
14) A separate lunch room is provided to the workers near the gate as to avoid any remote
chance of food getting contaminated with toxic chemical. People are advised to wash
their hands thoroughly before taking lunch or tea.
15) All the transfer operations will be mechanised as far as possible and liquid chemicals are
transferred by pump through pipeline.

7.8.9 Quantification of Hazards due to Storage of Hazardous Materials

Worst case scenarios for leakage / spillage of hazardous raw materials using ALOHA
software are done. Details of same are provided in Appendix L. This is summarized in
following table:

184
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 

Table 7.5 Risk Assessment - Worst Case Scenarios and Mitigation Measures

No. Raw Scenario of Area of Spread Mitigation Measures

Material Spillage/Leakage
1 Toluene Direct Source: 2 THREAT ZONE: Small Spill: Absorb with
liters Model Run: Heavy Gas an inert material and put the
Source Height: 0 spilled material in an
Source State: Red : 12 yards --- (3700 ppm = appropriate waste disposal.
Liquid AEGL-3 [60 min]) Large Spill: Flammable
Source liquid. Poisonous liquid.
Temperature: Note: Threat zone was not drawn Keep away from heat. Keep
equal to ambient because effects of near-field away from sources of
Release patchiness make dispersion ignition. Stop leak if
Duration: 1 predictions less reliable for short without risk. Absorb with
minute distances. DRY earth, sand or other
Release Rate: non-combustible material.
0.0631 Orange: 17 yards --- (560 ppm = Do not get water inside
pounds/sec AEGL-2 [60 min]) container. Do not touch
Total Amount spilled material. Use water
Released: 3.79 Note: Threat zone was not drawn spray to reduce vapors.
pounds because effects of near-field Prevent entry into sewers,
patchiness make dispersion basements or confined
predictions less reliable for short areas; dike if needed. Call
distances. for assistance on disposal.
Be careful that the product
Yellow: 49 yards --- (67 ppm = is not present at a
AEGL-1 [60 min]) concentration level above
TLV. Check TLV on the
Note: Threat zone was not drawn MSDS and with local
because effects of near-field authorities.
patchiness make dispersion
predictions less reliable for short
distances.
2 Bromine Direct Source: 3 THREAT ZONE: Small Spill: Absorb with
kilograms Model Run: Heavy Gas an inert material and put the
Source Height: 0 Red : 144 yards --- (8.5 ppm = spilled material in an
Release AEGL-3 [60 min]) appropriate waste disposal.
Duration: 1 Orange: 918 yards --- (0.24 ppm Large Spill: Toxic
minute = AEGL-2 [60 min]) flammable liquid, insoluble
Release Rate: Yellow: 1.3 miles --- (0.033 ppm or very slightly soluble in
0.11 pounds/sec = AEGL-1 [60 min]) water. Keep away from
Total Amount THREAT AT POINT: heat. Keep away from
Released: 6.61 Concentration Estimates at the sources of ignition. Stop
pounds point: leak if without risk. Absorb
Downwind: 0.38 miles with DRY earth, sand or
Off Centerline: 0.024 miles other non-combustible
material. Do not get water
Max Concentration: inside container. Do not
Outdoor: 0.338 ppm touch spilled material.
Indoor: 0.00686 ppm Prevent entry into sewers,
basements or confined
areas; dike if needed. Call
for assistance on disposal.
Be careful that the product
is not present at a
concentration level above
TLV. Check TLV on the
MSDS and with local
authorities.
3 Thionyl Direct Source: 2 THREAT ZONE: Small Spill: Absorb with

185
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
No. Raw Scenario of Area of Spread Mitigation Measures
Material Spillage/Leakage
chloride kilograms Model Run: Heavy Gas an inert material and put the
Source Height: 0 spilled material in an
Release Red : 104 yards --- (14 ppm = appropriate waste disposal.
Duration: 1 AEGL-3 [60 min])
minute Large Spill: Corrosive
Release Rate: Orange: 260 yards --- (2.4 ppm liquid. Poisonous liquid.
0.0735 = AEGL-2 [60 min]) Stop leak if without risk.
pounds/sec Absorb with DRY earth,
Total Amount Yellow: no recommended LOC sand or other non-
Released: 4.41 value --- (N/A = AEGL-1 [60 combustible material. Do
pounds min]) not get water inside
container. Do not touch
spilled material. Use water
spray curtain to divert vapor
drift. Use water spray to
reduce vapors. Prevent
entry into sewers,
basements or confined
areas; dike if needed. Call
for assistance on disposal.
Be careful that the product
is not present at a
concentration level above
TLV. Check TLV on the
MSDS and with local
authorities.

 Conclusions and Recommendations from QRA results

Many of the following mitigation/safety measures would be installed and are in place as plant
is operational, the rest will be adopted –
1. QRA results of pool fire in case of both the cases, i.e. in the case of flammable solvents
stored in the tank and flammable solvents stored in drums, The threat zones estimated
for the radiation effects are within or less than 10 meters in all the scenarios considered.
Because of less quantity stored.
2. However flame lengths estimated are in the range of 1.5 to 3 meters, which can cause
escalate the fire situations because of heating of the nearest tank.
3. Automatic Sprinkler system will be provided to counter this effect.
4. Tanks will be placed within the well designed dyke wall of 6 m by 12 meters to contain
and recover the spillage.
5. QRA results for toxic chemicals indicate that the threat zones as estimated based on
PAC values and other recommended values, workers inside the warehouse and factory
will be affected and on-site emergency plan will have to be put in action and if
necessary also Off site emergency plan will have to be activated, if the leakage gets
unnoticed for a long period of time like 30 to 45 minutes.
6. It is recommended to provide close watch on all the toxic chemicals stored for leak
detection by the alert staff.
7. Adequate training and retraining needs to be provided for the workers, including
contract workers.
8. Along with smoke detectors, adequate number of toxic gas leak detectors should be
installed inside the warehouse.
9. All manual handling of drums should be avoided.
10. Special and all recommended PPEs should be used while handling of toxic chemicals,
particularly suspect and confirmed carcinogenic chemicals.

186
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
11. Adequate spill kits in adequate quantities must be readily available inside the
warehouse and plant to deal effectively with spillages.

7.8.10 Electrical Hazard

Electrocution incidents can be fatal, while non-fatal shocks can result in serious and
permanent burn injuries to skin, internal tissues and damage to the heart depending on the
length and severity of the shock.
1) Electric shocks from faulty electrical equipment may also lead to related injuries,
including falls from ladders, scaffolding or other elevated work platforms. Other injuries
or illnesses may include muscle spasms, palpitations, nausea, vomiting, collapse and
unconsciousness.
2) Those working with electricity may not be the only ones at risk. Poor electrical
installation and faulty electrical appliances can lead to electric shock to others at or near
the workplace.
3) Although we speak mainly of dynamic electricity (i.e. an electric current), static
electricity, the accumulation of charge on a surface as a result of two surfaces rubbing
together can also cause a static electric shock which can be painful but normally non-life
threatening. The trouble with static electricity is if there is flammable or combustible
liquids or gases that (depending on their flash point) ignite causing explosion or fire.
 Mitigation Measures:
1) Ensure only appropriately licensed or registered electricians carry out electrical work.
2) Switch off electricity where possible before working on equipment.
3) Ensure electrical equipment is in good working order (testing and tagging).
4) Use battery operated tools rather than mains power tools where possible.
5) Remove damaged, unsafe electrical equipment or cords from the workplace.
6) Ensure tag out and isolation procedures are in place and used.
7) Use residual current devices (or safety switches) with portable equipment (as per the
WHS Regulations)
8) Don't overload power sockets. Use power boards not double adaptors.
9) Meet electrical safety standards.

7.8.11 Storage of Coal

It is proposed to install and operate two boilers of capacity 2 TPH using imported coal or
biomass as fuel.

7.8.11.1 Mitigation Measures for Coal Storage

1. Fire hydrant lines (self auto-mode fire fighting) will be laid around these areas.
2. No hot work will be permitted in this area without safety permit.
3. There will be no high voltage (H.T.) transmission lines over & near briquette and coal
storage.
4. All useful material will be stored far away from storage of coal area.
5. Proper supervision staff with necessary communication facility will be deployed.
6. Training will be arranged for all the staff in normal & emergency operating system.
7. Proper training will be imparted for creating awareness among workers about sudden coal
fire as an emergency action plan. This will be part of On‐site‐emergency plan. 
 
7.9 FIRE FIGHTING
Since number of flammable solvents are stored in the warehouse, fire-fighting system should
be designed as per the applicable IS or international code. For e.g. Section 13 IS code 3594.

187
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
Major mitigation measures:
1. Segregation of Class A solvents storage from other drum storage.
2. It is necessary to obtain the approval of CCE for the storage of Class A Solvents, in
warehouse.
3. Installation of flame/smoke detectors with alarms.
4. Cooling/ automatic spray arrangements to cool the drums.

7.10 Fire Protection

The hazard of fire is very essential to identify because the direct impact of fire or explosion is
on the worker or the operator who is actually operating in the accident areas. So to prevent
the fire, number of fire extinguishers, 10 smoke detectors would be implemented in
respective unit areas. Details of fire extinguishers same are as follows-

Table 7.6 Details of fire Extinguishers.

 
Sr. No. Type Capacity Quantity Location
1 CO2 2 Kg 10 Admin, HR, Reception
5 Kg 5 Quality control
10Kg 3 Ware house
2 Dry powder 2 Kg 5 Laboratory
5 Kg 3 Pilot plant area
10Kg 3 Chemical manufacturing area,
ware house
3 Foam type 6 Lit 3 Pilot plant area
9 Lit 2 Chemical manufacturing area

7.11 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CENTER (OHC)

 
The company will establish OHC as per the Factory act, Rule 73 clearly states the
requirements, rules for pre-employment and regular medical check-up, trained man-power
required to be employed in OHC, need for 24X7 Ambulance availability.

Since the workers will be dealing with hazardous and toxic chemicals following is
suggested

1. It is clear that the parameters for periodic health check up for workers has to be based on
and decided on the hazardous chemicals handled in the process (Raw material,
intermediates, solvents, products), their toxic properties and the extent to which shop floor
workers, including contract labours, operators, officers are exposed to these chemicals.
Detailed information on the groups of hazardous chemicals, chemicals included in the
group, their use, target organs, (organs which are affected by the exposure to these
chemicals) and corresponding medical tests to be carried out is available.
2. It is expected that the parameters based on such or similar tables, hazardous properties of
chemicals (available in MSDS) have to be finalized by the OHC doctor in consultations
with the safety officials of the company.
3. Frequency of periodic examinations will depend upon the exposure, TLV values, extent of
these chemicals in air, based upon air monitoring.
4. Periodic medical examination, in comparison with pre medical checkup results will reveal
the ill effects on the worker’s health. This will help early detection of the disease and the
effect on organs tec. This will be used for suitable corrective action to prevent further
deterioration. Suitable medical treatment will be initiated for the worker.

188
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
5. If air monitoring shows presence of hazardous chemicals more than TLV values, suitable
action needs to be initiated immediately to improve process conditions/ pollution
measures.
For less hazardous industries, same health parameters as per pre employment check up will
be included in periodic medical checkup.

7.11.1 EHS policy:

Company shall have clearly defined EHS policy and it will be known to all employees and
will be properly displayed.

7.12 ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

DCPL will prepare On-site Emergency Plan based on the following guidelines, before
the plant start-up.

This can be made as per the following guidelines suggested below:

On-site and Offsite emergency plan will be prepared as per the factory act and will be
prepared as per Rule no. 12 of factory act (control of Industrial Major Accident Hazard
Rules, 2003) as per the guidelines given in Schedule 6.

Objectives of Onsite Emergency Plan will be:

a) To control emergency situation arising out of possible hazards identified in the factory
fire, explosion, and toxic leakage.
b) To identify all possible hazards, its consequence, areas affected.
c) To estimate areas affected.
d) Define actions to be taken in case of emergency.
e) Identify persons responsible to take necessary actions to deal with situation.
f) To localize emergency and if possible eliminate it.
g) To avoid confusion, panic and handle the emergency in a planed manner.
h) To minimize loss of life and property to the plant as well as to the neighborhood.
i) To carry out rescue operations
j) To treat injured persons and transfer to the nearest hospital for treatment.
k) To restore normalcy.

 It will specify names of key personnel as

1. Chief Controller (Generally he is Factory Chief)
2. Incidence Controller (Generally he is plant in charge where emergency has occurred or
shift in charge after General Shift)
3. Under Chief Controller, three teams are formed
a. RESCUE TEAM
b. SERVICE TEAM
c. WELFARE TEAM
4. Liaison Officer

The nature of responsibilities of these Key personal & Teams are clearly defined.
Reporting chain of command will be clearly defined. Following documents will be required
and will form essential part of the Onsite and offsite Emergency Plan
1. Factory layout showing location of all plants, location of hazardous storage, location
of Emergency control center.
2. Factory layout showing designated assembly areas
3. Block diagram of manufacturing processes.

189
 
 ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 
 
4. List of hazardous chemicals stored.
5. MSDS of all hazardous chemicals
6. List of Anti dots
7. List of Key Factory personnel with contact numbers and addresses.
8. List of employees trained in fire fighting with contact numbers
9. List of employees trained in first-aid and rescue operations
10. List of Telephone numbers and addresses of outside government and other agencies
mainly
 Nearest Police station
 Nearest Fire Brigade Station
 Ambulance services
 Nearest Government and other Hospitals
 Blood Bank
 MSEB
 MPCB
5. Emergency Action Plan in case of all possible hazards identified.
6. Procedure for reporting emergency will be clearly defined.
7. Actions to be taken by personnel where emergency has occurred and
8. Actions to be taken by personnel at other location will be clearly defined.
9. Precautions/Actions to be taken after emergency will be clearly defined.

7.12.1 Training and Mock Drill

It is absolutely necessary to train & carryout mock drills for success of emergency plan
during actual emergency. Emergency procedures should be laid down clearly and
convincingly to everyone on site, particularly the KEY PERSONNEL & ESSENTIAL
WORKERS.

7.13 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

This will be prepared after the preparation of On-site emergency Plan in co-ordination with
industries round and local Government authorities.

190
 
 Chapter 8

PROJECT BENEFITS
 PROJECT BENEFITS…8 
 

8.1 PROJECT BENEFITS

Any industrial activity helps in improving the social status of the locality. The project by
DCPL would help in improvement of infrastructure and social structure in the command area
and would lead to sustainable development.

Being a Socially Responsible Company DCPL would contribute for the sustainable
development of all the stakeholders around it. DCPL are committed to implement the long
term sustainable energy efficient and environmental friendly technologies with transparency
and comply the best extent of statutory requirements.

8.2 IMPROVEMENT IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

 The industry shall construct well-paved roads for easy access to the workers,
transportation of raw materials and products from the industry.
 The industry shall adopt effective rain water harvesting system that will affect ground
water recharge which in turn shall improve the ground water table.
 Plantation of trees in the industrial area and its surrounding shall help in improving the
aesthetic beauty of the surrounding environment giving a pleasant look and improvising
the air quality. Also green belt will help in arresting dust emissions as well as noise.

8.3 IMPROVEMENT IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

 The people residing in the nearby areas will be benefited from CER activities to be
implemented by the project proponents such as assistance to educational facilities in the
study area that will help in enhancing the literacy rate.
 The industry shall organize various campaigns regarding the medical and health check up
for the workers/ labors and also for the local people. This will help promote concepts of
good sanitation practice as well as health awareness among the people. Ambulance
service will be made available for everyone.
 The industry will undertake implementation of amenities like street lights, school
infrastructure, community sanitation, rainwater harvesting & waste management in the
study area.
8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL
In any industrial activity all three types i.e. skilled, semiskilled and unskilled people are
required. Preference would be given for employment to local people based on qualification
and requirement.
8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS
DCPL project have above mentioned benefits. Apart from this other tangible benefits which
could result are mentioned below
 After establishment of the industry, the industry will meet the national interest of
economical growth through sustainable development, as there is a good demand of
products in India as well as abroad. Out of the total products 50 % of the products will be
exported.
 First Aid Training and fire safety training will be given to all the workers.
 Insurance Policies for the workers will be made available.
 Improvement in the aesthetic through green belt development.
 The ground water recharging shall be done by arresting rain water.

191
 Chapter 9

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
PLAN (EMP)
 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

9.1 INTRODUCTION

Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required for ensuring sustainable development. The
management plan presented in this chapter needs to be implemented by the project of DCPL.

The EMP aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology
followed by treatment measures. Waste minimization and waste recycling measures are
emphasized. In addition to the Industry specific control measures, the proposed activities
should adopt following guidelines
 Application of Low and Non Waste Technology in the production process;
 Adoption of reuse and recycling technologies to reduce generation of wastes and to
optimize the production cost of the industry.
The recycling and reuse of industrial waste not only reduces the waste generation but also
can be an economic gain to the industry. For, proposed project will take all the necessary
steps to control and mitigate the environmental pollution in the designing stage itself. While
implementing the project, the management will follow guidelines issued by CPCB.
The EMP is prepared based on the existing environmental status of the project location and
the anticipated impacts of the project activities on environment.

9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC)

Environmental Cell consisting of Managing Director and departmental heads would be

created for efficient management of the environmental activities in the industry.
A separate environmental cell to look after the Effluent Treatment Plant, monitor and control
the environmental quality. This cell would comprise of following members

Table 9.1 Environmental Management Cell

Sr. No. Description Number of Working Person

1. Environmental Engineer 1
2. Environmental Chemist 2
3. Safety Officer 1
4. Operators and Supporting Staff 4
5. Laboratory Attendants 2
Total 10

192
 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

Figure 9.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities

Managing Director
Effective implementation of Management Plan

Factory Incharge
Explaining all the activities within their units related
to Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)

Health and Safety Manager

Reporting the Managing Director, Operational Risk
Committee and the Board on matters regarding HSE
performance, HSE Management System performance
and the HSE risk position in the Industry

Environmental Engineer Environmental Chemist Safety Officer

Providing technical advice Collecting and analyzing  To develop and implement occupational
on implementation of HSE the samples and health & safety policy, program & procedure
Management Plan. developing remediation’s  To increase health and safety awareness at
programs. all levels within the organizations

Members of the Environmental Cell would be well qualified and experienced in the
concerned fields. The details of the same are given in Table 9.2. Some of the routine tests of
wastewater such as pH, solids, temperature etc. would be carried out in the laboratory to be
established on site. Also, for additional tests of water, wastewater, soil, air etc., services of
accreditated laboratories as well as that of a consultant would be hired.

Table 9.2 Employment Criteria for Environment Cell

Sr. Post Minimum Qualification Required Minimum

No. Experience
1. Environmental B.E. (Environment), M. Tech. Atleast 5 years
Engineer (Environment), M.E. (Environment)
2. Environmental B.Sc. (Chemical), M.Sc. (Chemical), Atleast 3 years
Chemist B. Tech. (Chemical) and M.Sc.
(Environment)
3. Safety Officer B.E. (Chemical/ Mechanical/ Fire/ Atleast 3 years
Chemical Technology), M.E./
M.Tech. (Toxicology/Chemical
Technology/ Industrial Safety/
Chemistry)

193
 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

9.3 WORKING OF ENVIRONMNETAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Figure 9.2 Environmental Management Plan

Environmental
Policy

Management Review Planning

• Environmental Aspects
• Preparing Environmental Plan and • Objectives & Targets
Policy • Environmental Management Plan

Checking / Corrective Action Implementation

• Monitoring & Measurement • Implementation of EMP in the plants
• Non-conformance & Corrective & • Document Control
Preventive Action • Operational Control
• Records • Emergency Preparedness
• EMS Audits /Response

9.4 RECOMMENDATION AND IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

The mitigation measures suggested for proposed unit in Chapter 4 would be implemented.
This will reduce the impact on environment due to the proposed project. To facilitate easy
implementation, the recommendations suggested are grouped in different phases. The most
important measures are accommodated in earlier phase whereas the lesser important ones are
grouped in later phase.
9.4.1 Summary of Recommendations
Table 9.3 Summary of Recommendations
No Aspect Description Recommendations &
Proposed Action
1. Water As far as the water conservation is a) To mitigate the impact on
Consumption concerned, it has been suggested to surface water, the industry
the Project Proponents (PP) to make has planned to implement
maximum use of the treated water certain measures which
The total water requirement for would augment the aquifer
industrial activities is to the tune of capacity in the region. The
70 M3/Day. Out of this, 36 M3/Day same include conservation of
would be fresh water, 29 M3/Day fresh water through
would be ETP treated water and 5 application of reuse and
M3/Day treated water from STP. In recycle concepts and
all about 49 % of recycled water implementation of intensive
would be used for industrial purpose rain water harvesting scheme
thereby reducing fresh water in the industrial premises so
consumption. as to arrest the runoff and
recharge it to the ground
water/ harvesting pit. Also, to
maximum extent water shall

194
 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

No Aspect Description Recommendations &

Proposed Action
be recycled.
2. Effluent Effluent generated from proposed a) Installation of online
Treatment activities would be segregated in monitoring system and
two different streams, viz. Stream – continuous checking of
I (High COD & BOD; Low TDS) outlet parameters
and Stream – II (Low COD & BOD; b) Provision of separate guard
High TDS). The Stream I effluent tank for collecting the
generated would be to the tune of 40 contaminated water from
M3 / Day. Same comprise of effluent nallah due to accidental
from manufacturing operations viz. discharge of effluent. Also,
process effluent and washing. This the contaminated soil would
effluent will be treated in an ETP be scrapped and forwarded
comprising of Screen Chamber, OG to CHWTSDF if the effluent
Removal Tank, Equalization Tank, is accidentally discharged on
Flash Mixer, Flocculator, Tube land.
Settler, Holding Tank, Pressure c) The contaminated water
Sand Filter (PSF), Activated Carbon would be treated in ETP to
Filter (ACF) followed by Triple be provided on site.
Effect Evaporator (TEE) and d) If the quantum of
Agitated Thin Film Dryer (ATFD). contaminated effluent is
The condensate from TEE to the beyond control then
tune of 36 M3 / Day would be immediate shut down of the
forwarded to Stream II for industry should be taken.
treatment. Further salts from TEE The collected water from
would be forwarded to CHWTSDF. river would be stored and
The Stream II effluents generated treated in ETP. The treated
would be to the tune of 3 M3 / Day, water would be discharged
MEE condensate from Stream I of in nearby nallah.
36 M3 / Day. Stream II effluent e) Provision of additional
shall be contributed by DM plant, pumps in working condition
boiler blow down, and cooling blow on site
down. The same will be treated f) Immediate vicinity residents,
Screen Chamber, OG Removal schools & hospital should be
Tank, Equalization Tank, Flash warned about contamination
Mixer, Flocculator, Primary Tube of river and surface water.
Settler (PTS), MBBR Tank, They should be informed of
Secondary Tube Settler (STS), precautions to be taken.
Holding Tank, Filter Feed Tank,
Sand and Carbon Filters and R.O.
Unit & Sludge dewatering
equipment. The treated water from
stream II of 29 M3/Day would be
recycled back for cooling make up.
The RO reject will be sent to MEE
in Stream-I treatment thereby
achieving Zero Liquid Discharge
(ZLD).

195
 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

No Aspect Description Recommendations &

Proposed Action
The domestic effluent from
proposed activities of DCPL would
be 5.4 M3/Day. The same would be
treated in proposed Sewage
Treatment Plant (STP) and the
treated effluent shall be reused for
flushing in toilets.
3. Air Pollution Air pollution control measures a) In light of scenarios for
Control involve installation of all necessary non-functioning of APC
Measures control equipment by DCPL. Under equipment ID fans and
proposed plant, two boilers of 2 additional filter bags would
TPH with bag filter as a APC be provided on site as back
equipment and Thermic fluid heater up. Provision and
(TFH) of 2 Lakh Kcal/Hr would be maintenance of D.G. for
installed under proposed unit for continuous operation of
requirement of steam for APC. Inspection &
manufacturing activity. Coal breakdown maintenance of
(imported) or Biomass and Furnace pollution control equipment
oil would be used as fuel for boiler, shall be undertaken by
TFH respectively. D.G. Set of 1010 proper work permit systems.
KVA shall be installed under b) Installation of online
proposed unit and the same shall be monitoring system and
used during power failure. Also, two continuous checking of
scrubbers shall be provided. parameters.
c) Provision of D.G. Set for
uninterrupted power supply
in case of power failure for
operation of APC
continuously.
d) Immediate shut down of the
industry should be taken if
APC is under maintenance
for more than 8 hours.
Manufacturing would be
started only when APC is
operating efficiently.
4. Noise Control 1. There would be no major noise a) Provision and use of
Measures generating sources in the earmuffs in high noise area.
proposed unit of DCPL other b) Providing separate sitting
than the boiler, reactors, and control room for
compressors, MEE treatment workers.
Plant and D.G. Set. c) Changing of shifts and
exposure time to high noise
area would be reduced.
5. Solid & Solid waste to be generated from a) Proper arrangements and
Hazardous proposed activities would be :Ash planning of sale of the solid
Waste Coal - 1.8 MT/Day Biomass – 0.7 waste, of industrial unit.

196
 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

No Aspect Description Recommendations &

Proposed Action
Management MT/Day sold to brick manufacturers b) Ash shall be stored in silo
for secondary use . Plastic & paper and shall be transported to
waste 2 MT/M and Empty disposal site through
Containers & Drums 1000 No/M covered vehicles
Sale as scrap. c) The hazardous waste
Hazardous wastes generated from generated from
proposed activity would be: Process manufacturing operations
Residues & Wastes, ETP Sludge, would be stored in a
Spent Carbon, Spent Catalyst leachate proof tank which
forwarded to CHWTSDF, Salts shall be stored in a leachate
generated from MEE, Spent Solvent proof yard to be provided
sold to authorized spent solvent re- on site
processor.
6. Ecological 1. The industry in the region being a) Every care needs to be taken
Aspects. located in the traditional habitat to conserve one of the rarest
past habitat of GIB, and endangered bird in the
2. The region is water scarce so due world.
care should be taken to avoid
over extraction of water from
local water resources for
industrial purpose.
3. There are irrigation tanks at
Pakani and Darfal. These lakes
have potential of sustaining large
number of faunal species,
particularly birds residential as
well migratory. Therefore in
order to save the critical aquatic
ecosystems in this arid region,
the water bodies should be
protected from any form of
pollution, particularly industrial
pollution.
4. Special care would be taken
during any tree plantation,
because the original habitat being
grasslands and scrub, it would be
destroyed by unnecessary
plantations. When necessary,
only indigenous tree species like
Acacia, Jamun, Palas, Neem etc.
to be planted.
5. Due disposal of fly ash at
industry site is must, otherwise it
would harm soil quality of
nearby agriculture fields, besides
having negative impact on

197
 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

No Aspect Description Recommendations &

Proposed Action
wildlife.
6. Opinion of local people, about
their livelihood and local
ecology, needs to be taken into
consideration at various stages of
industry establishment.
7. The water bodies and GIB
sanctuary are good educational
sites for local schools. Nature
trails would be planned at these
lakes under industry’s CER
activity.
8. All developmental activities in
and around the industries would
be essentially eco-friendly and
sustainable for long term mutual
benefits.
7. CER & green 1. The implementations under CER a) The original grassland
belt shall be done in a time bound habitats in the vicinity to be
development manner. preserved in pristine
2. Planning for CER shall be started condition and conserved by
with the identification of involving locals through
activities/ projects and may be nature conservation
undertaken in periphery of awareness and action
industrial area. programs.
b) The industry, by involving
workers and locals, should
demonstrate, encourage, and
promote suitable eco-
friendly alternatives and
green technologies in the
villages in the vicinity. Such
as water harvesting, co-
toilets, organic farming etc.
c) Environmental pollution
control measures should be
strictly implemented by the
industry.
d) No land other than MIDC
should be compromised for
activities namely
industrialization, exotic tree
plantation, agriculture etc.
for long term protection and
conservation of Great
Indian Bustard and the
grassland habitat.

198
 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

No Aspect Description Recommendations &

Proposed Action
e) The industry should try to
get ‘Green Label’ for efforts
in conserving globally
threatened GIB in their
backyard. With the help of
locals, MIDC and the
government as a role model
to others.
f) Various training programs
shall also be arranged for
awareness among the local
populace. Rs. 63.5 Lakhs
have been allocated towards
CER activity
g) Green belt for ecological
purpose:
1. Strong and effective
efforts should be taken
by the respective
industries to develop
proper ‘green belt’, of
only local tree species as
per existing government
regulation, and maintain
them from the very
beginning.
2. As per the government
rule (Standard TOR)
33% of the total plot
area should be under
green belt.
3. Trees all around the plot
to be considered. That
includes fencing, avenue
and block plantation (to
exclude lawns and
ornamental gardens).
4. It is expected that trees
(4 to 5 years growth) in
healthy condition should
be acquired at the
beginning of the
industry, as the negative
environmental impacts
starts from day one.
5. In ideal case the
plantation to be

199
 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

No Aspect Description Recommendations &

Proposed Action
undertaken along with
erection of plant and
sizeable plantation
should be ready at the
inauguration of the
plant.
6. Green belt is to be
maintained and
supervised by
responsible, full charge
and qualified officer
(Environmental Science
/ Agriculture).
All the recommendations are to be implemented so as to improve the environmental
condition as a whole.
9.5 ENVIRONMENTAL POST MONITORING PROGRAMMES
Air pollution control equipment would be installed and ready for commissioning along with
the industry. Noise control measures along with the earplugs and muffs would be kept ready
for immediate supply to the workers. Tree plantation and green belt development would
commence as soon as the land is taken in possession. This activity can be extended stage wise
even after commissioning of the unit.

Table 9.4 Implementation schedule

Sr. Recommendations Time Period Implementation Schedule

No Immediate Progressive As per Time
Schedule of
Proposed Unit
1. Air Pollution Control Before * - -
(Boiler Stack) commissioning
of the industry
2. Water Pollution Control Before * - -
(Execution of ETP) commissioning
of the industry
3. Noise Control (Green Before * - -
belt augmentation as commissioning
well as isolation & of the industry
Insulation)
4. Ecological aspects Stage wise * * -
(Green belt
augmentation)
5. Solid waste Stage Wise - * -
Management
6. Socio-economic - - *
aspects (Corporate Stage wise
Social Responsibility)
200
 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

Note :-‘ * ’ indicates implementation of recommendations

9.6 POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE COMPLIANCE

After commissioning of the project, regular monitoring of Environmental Attributes such as
Ambient Air Quality, Stack Emissions, Noise, and Effluent would be done on regular basis.
Refer Chapter 6 for details w.r.t Post Monitoring Program to be conducted

Following compliance against the consent conditions after commissioning of project would
be observed under the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air (Prevention
& Control of Pollution) Act 1981, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling &
Transboundary Movement) Rules 2010
Table 9.5 Compliance against the Consent Condition
No. Description Frequency Remark
1. Renewal of Once in a Application for renewal shall be done 60 days
Consent year before the expiry date.
2. Environmental Once in a Would be submitted for every financial year
Statement year before 30th September of next year.
3. Hazardous Waste Once in a Would be submitted for every financial year
Returns year before 30th June of next year.

9.6.1 Monitoring Equipment

Air Quality and Meteorological Instruments

1. Fine Dust Sampler

2. Weather station with Wind Vane, Anemometer, Thermometer, Dry/ Wet Bulb
Thermometer, Rain-gauge
3. Spectrophotometer
4. Single pan balance up to 0.0001 gms detection levels.
5. Relevant chemicals as required
6. Oven
Water and Waste Water Quality

1. BOD Incubator
2. COD reflux assembly
3. Refrigerator
4. Thermometer
5. pH meter
6. Stop watch
7. Distilled water plant
8. Pipette box
9. Titration set
10. Relevant chemicals and glass wares

Noise Levels

Sound level meter in different scales like A, B and C with slow and fast response options.
Soil Characteristics

201
 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

Soil samplers (auger) to collect soil samples.

9.7 COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE CREP GUIDELINES
Following activities would be undertaken by DCPL under proposed unit towards CREP
norms -
1. Effluent Segregation in two streams
 Stream I (High COD & High TDS Effluent)
 Stream II (Low COD & Low TDS Effluent)
2. Installation of MEE for Zero Discharge of effluent.
3. Proper infrastructure for handling and storage of hazardous waste. As per nature it would
be forwarded to CHWTSDF / Authorized Re-processor.
4. For control of air pollutants APC Equipment in the form of Bag Filter will be provided.
To control the process emissions three scrubbers to be provided.
5. Post project implementation: Environmental Monitoring & Environmental Auditing to be
carried out regularly.
6. Environment Management Cell and Certification System
9.7.1 Other Compliance.
The ‘Great Indian Bustard (GIB)’ Sanctuary is located at a distance of 0.65 Km from the
DCPL’s plot. The ESZ for GIB sanctuary has not yet been finalized. Therefore, according to
Hon. Supreme Court directions, in absence of finalized ESZ or for a period till the ESZ gets
finalized, a distance of 10 Km from the boundary of PA would be treated as ESZ. Under such
circumstances, as per the provisions in MoEF Notification dated 14.09.2006, any project in
Cat. B coming in ESZ of a PA would be treated as Cat. A to be considered at MoEF; New
Delhi level for grant of EC. Also as directed in the Standard TORs issued by MoEF on 5th
February 2018, DCPL has submitted its application for wildlife clearance on 04.12.2017.

202
 Chapter 10

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION...10

10.1 INTRODUCTION

This EIA report has been prepared for proposed project by M/s. Devi Chemscience Private
Limited (DCPL) on Plot No. C-174/1, Chincholi MIDC in Mohol Taluka of Solapur district
in Maharashtra State. The company has taken into consideration the need to meet the
demands of the international market, the proponents of the industry have planned to go for
establishment of manufacturing of proposed Bulk Drugs and Intermediates manufacturing
plant.

Total capital investment towards proposed Bulk Drugs and Intermediates manufacturing plant
would be Rs. 18 Crores.

10.2 PROJECT AT A GLANCE

Table 10.1 Project at a Glance

Particulars Details
No.
1. Name and Address of the Industry M/s. Devi Chemscience Private Limited
(DCPL),
Plot No. C-174/1, Chincholi MIDC, Tal.:
Mohol, Dist.: Solapur, Maharashtra
2 Land acquired for the plant 16309 Sq. M. (1.63Ha)
3 Elevation 495 Meter above sea level
4 Nearest habitation Chincholikati (1.60 KM)
5 Nearest city Solapur(15.31 Km)
6 Nearest highway NH-9 (3.25 Km)
7 Nearest railway track Pakani Railway Station (6.2 Km)
Solapur Railway station(14Km)
8 Nearest airport Solapur Airport (20.08 Km)
9 Nearest tourist places Old Temple of Sri Siddheshwar (14.15 Km)
10 Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius
11 Archaeological important place Bhuikot Fort (13.89 Km)
12 Ecological sensitive zones Entire MIDC area wherein site is located does
not come in Eco-sensitive Zone of Great Indian
Bustard Bird Sanctuary. The site is located at
0.65Km from boundary. The declaration of
Eco-Sensitive Zone around GIB Sanctuary is
under process at DCF; Solapur and Standing
Committee of Wild Life of NBWL, New Delhi.
13 Reserved / Protected forest / Great Indian Bustard Bird Sanctuary is located
National Parks / Wildlife at 0.65 Km from project site. ESZ is yet to be
Sanctuary (from Project Site) declared.

14 Nearest streams / Rivers / water River Sina flows at a distance of 6.97 Km

bodies (from Project Site) towards the South West Direction.

203
 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION...10

10.3 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

10.3.1. Products and By-products

The details of products and by-products that would be manufactured under proposed project
are presented in the following table.

Table 10.2 List of Products & By-Products

Sr. Name of the Quantity Quantity Uses

No. Product (MT/Day) (MT/Year)
1. Metoprolol 0.1 36 To treat chest pain, heart failure, and
Succinate& high blood pressure. Lowering
Intermediates high blood pressure helps prevent
2. Metoprolol 0.1 36 strokes, heart attacksand kidney
Tartrate&Inter problems
mediates
3. Acetozolamide 0.067 24 To prevent and reduce the symptoms of
& altitude sickness. Used treat a certain
Intermediates type of eye problem.
4. Bambutetrol 0.00083 0.3 Used in treatment of asthma, COPD and
HCl & other respiratory disorders
Intermediates
5. (R)- 0.00083 0.3
Bambutetrol
HCl
&Intermediates
6. Bromohexine 0.13 48 Used to treat chest congestion and
Hydrochloride cough.
&
Intermediates
7. Chlorphenesin 0.2 72 Muscle relaxant: Used to treat
& muscle pain and spasms
Intermediates
8. Clopidogrel 0.067 24 Used to prevent heart attacks and strokes
Bisulfate & in persons with heartdisease,recent stroke,
Intermediates or blood circulation disease
9. Defriprone & 0.0067 2.4 Used to remove excess iron in the body
Intermediates
10. Dioctyl 0.03 12 Laxatives and as Cerumenolytics
Calcium
Sulfosuccinate
&
Intermediates
11. Dioctyl 0.03 12 Used as Laxative, Wetting agent and has
Potassium some useful applications in Agro
Sulfosuccinate industry as well
&
Intermediates
12. Dioctyl Sodium 1.67 600 Surfactant, wetting agent, and solubilizer

204
 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION...10

Sr. Name of the Quantity Quantity Uses

No. Product (MT/Day) (MT/Year)
Sulfosuccinate used in the drug, cosmetics, and food
& industries. Also been used in laxatives
Intermediates and as cerumenolytics
13. Dorzolamide 0.00083 0.3 Used to treat glaucoma, a condition in
Hydrochloride which increased pressure in the eye can
& lead to gradual loss of vision.
Intermediates
14. Formoterol 0.000167 0.06 Used as a long-term (maintenance)
Fumarate treatment to prevent or decrease
Dihydrate & wheezing and trouble breathing caused
Intermediates by asthma or ongoing lung disease
15. Furosemide & 0.067 24 Used to treat fluid build-up and swelling
Intermediates caused by congestive heart failure, liver
cirrhosis, or kidney disease
16. Guaifenesin & 0.67 240 Coughs and congestion caused by the
Intermediates common cold, bronchitis, and other
breathing illnesses
17. Ipratropium 0.00016 0.06 Treating, symptoms of asthma, colds,
Bromide & allergies, and chronic obstructive
Intermediates pulmonary disease (COPD) due
to emphysema
18. Levetiracetam 0.167 60 Used in combination with other seizure-
& control medications to treat and prevent
Intermediates seizures associated with epilepsy
19. Methocarbamol 0.167 60 Medication used with rest, physical
& therapy, to relax muscles ,
Intermediates relieve pain and discomfort caused by
strains, sprains,
20. Permethrin & 0.067 24 Used as an insecticide, to
Intermediates prevent mosquito-borne disease such
as dengue fever and malaria.
21. Quinaldic Acid 0.2 72 Used as advance intermediate in
Agrochemical industry, Chemical
industry & some of the Pharmaceutical
manufacturing as well.
22. Levo 0.00083 0.3 Used for Chronic bronchitis, Asthma,
Salbutamol Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
Sulphate and other conditions.
&Intermediates
23. Salbutamol 0.1 36
Sulphate&
Intermediates
24. Salmetrol 0.00016 0.06 Treatment to prevent or decrease
Xinafoate & wheezing and trouble breathing caused
Intermediates by asthma
25. Tiotropium 0.00016 0.06 Used to prevent wheezing, shortness of
Bromide & breath, coughing, and chest tightness
Intermediates
205
 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION...10

Sr. Name of the Quantity Quantity Uses

No. Product (MT/Day) (MT/Year)
26. Diamyl Sodium 1 360 Used as Laxative, Wetting agent and has
sulfosuccinate some useful applications in Agro
and Solution industry as well
27. Moxifloxacin 0.033 12 Used to treat a number of infections,
Hydrochloride including: respiratory tract
28. Moxifloxacin 0.1 36 infections, cellulitis, anthrax, intra-
Intermediate abdominalinfections, endocarditis, meni
ngitis,and tuberculosis
29. Pregabalin & 0.2 72 This medication is used to treat pain
Intermediate caused by nerve damage due
to diabetes or shingles(herpes zoster)
infection.
30. Carbimazole& 0.033 12 Carbimazole is an antithyroid medicine
Intermediate that's used to decrease the amount of
thyroid hormones produced by the
thyroid gland in people.
31. Methimazole 0.016 6 Methimazole is used to treat overactive
& Intermediate thyroid (hyperthyroidism). It works by
stopping the thyroid gland from making
too much thyroid hormone.
32. Ondansetron & 0.025 9 This medication is used alone or with
Intermediate other medications to prevent nausea and
vomiting caused by cancer drug
treatment (chemotherapy) and radiation
therapy and after surgery.
33. Carvedilol & 0.025 9 Carvedilol is used to treat high blood
Intermediate pressure and heart failure. It is also
used after a heart attack to improve the
chance of survival if your heart is not
pumping well. Lowering high blood
pressure helps prevent strokes, heart
attacks, and kidney problems.
Total 5.275 1899.84

Table 10.3 List of Byproducts

Sr. By Products Quantity Quantity Uses

No. (MT/Day) (MT/Year)
1. Sodium Bromide 0.0138 5 Used as a hypnotic, anticonvulsant,
and sedative in medicine
2. Sodium Chloride 0.0138 5 Used in the Solvay process to produce
sodium carbonate and calcium chloride,
to preserve some foods, such as smoked
bacon, fish, or cabbage
3. Ammonium Chloride 0.0055 2 Main application of ammonium chloride
is as a nitrogen source in fertilizers.
4. Sodium Sulphite 0.028 10 Used in water treatment as an oxygen

206
 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION...10

Sr. By Products Quantity Quantity Uses

No. (MT/Day) (MT/Year)
scavenger agent. Used as an Antioxidant
and Preservative in food industry.
5. Sodium Sulphate 0.0056 2 Used as an inert drying agent. Used in
Oxidizing agent. Used in oil and gas
exploration.
6. Potassium Chloride 0.0028 1 Used for making fertilizer, called potash.
Used in water as a completion fluid
in petroleum and natural gas operations,

Note: From above product list, only 6 products shall be manufactured daily, as per market
demand. Refer Appendix – G for Chemical name of Products with CAS Number.

10.3.2. Raw Material

Table 10.4 List of Raw Materials

Sr.
Raw materials Quantity in kg/ batch
No.
1 Diethylene glycol 175
2 1,2-bis-(2-chloroethoxy)-ethane 514
3 Potassium hydroxide 1048
4 1,4-Dioxane 490
5 Di-chloro Methane 9510
6 Acetonitrile 2816
7 Triethylene glycol 164
8 Tetrahydrofuran 2764
9 Ammonium thiocyanate 145
10 Hydrazine hydrate 103
11 Iso Propyl Alcohol 7173.5
12 Triphosgene 548
13 Toluene 25534.52
14 Acetyl chloride 891.59
15 Triethylamine (TEA) 481.138
16 Hydrochloric Acid 1307.66
17 Sodium bicarbonate 1375.95
18 Chlorine gas 106
19 Acetic acid 1395.75
20 Liquor Ammonia 447
21 Activated carbon 50.59
22 Methanol 21237.85
23 Charcoal 87.64
24 3,5-dihydroxyacetophenone 48
25 Dimethylcarbamyl chloride 100
26 Potassium carbonate 1214
27 Anhydrous potassium carbonate 18.8
28 Pyridine 76

207
 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION...10

29 Ethyl acetate 3311

30 Dilute sulfuric acid 20
31 Sodium sulphate 206
32 copper (II) bromide 115.4
33 2’-bromo-3,5-di(N, N dimethylcarbamyloxy) 44
34 Acetophenone
35 Sodium borohydride 44.27
36 Di-ethanol amine 56
37 Pentane 160
38 Ethanol 3500
39 t-butylamine 500
40 Hydrogen chloride in diethyl ether 400
41 (-)-DIP-_Chloride 42.4
42 Cyclohexanone 175
43 Monomethylamine 754.72
44 Raney Nickel 1014.58
45 Hydrogen Gas 60.43
46 o-Nitro Toluene 500
47 Di bromo dimethyl hydentoin (DDH) 398.44
48 AIBN (Azobisisobutyronitrile) 398.44
49 MCB (mono chlorobenzene) 2005.21
50 Soda ash (Sodium Carbonate) 390.82
51 Bromine 1874
52 Nitrogen 121.74
53 Methanolic HCl 48.61
54 Epichlorohydrin 1230
55 Phosphoric acid 52.53
56 p-chlorophenol 400
57 Sodium hydroxide 2253.64
58 EDC (Ethelene Dichloride) 10100
59 2-chlorophenyl glycine 512.5
60 Thionyl chloride 918.73
61 L-Tartaric acid 385
62 Aq. Ammonia solution 62
63 IPA. HCl 800
64 2-Thiophene ethanol 175
65 p-toluene sulfonyl chloride 284
66 K2HPO4 (Potassium phosphate) 586
67 Acetone 16666
68 Formaldehyde solution 1315
69 Sulphuric acid 636.06
70 Maltol 400
71 Catechol 240
72 bis-(chloroethyl)-ether 190

208
 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION...10

74 Butenedioic acid 1900

75 monosodium sulfite 775
76 Calcium chloride 28
77 CHCl3 (Chloroform) 2400
78 Hyflow 138.28
79 Monopotassium sulfite 331
80 Methyl-3(R)-hydroxy butyrate 23.5
81 p-Toluene sulphonyl chloride 50
82 Thiophene 16.13
83 n-BuLi (n-butyllithium) 75.8
84 Sulphur 6.01
85 Formamide 152
86 Hexane 778.3
87 Sodium Chloride 93
88 Trifluoroacetic anhydride 59.2
89 Hydrogen peroxide 71.4
90 Sodium tungstate solution 16.2
91 Sodium acetate solution 94.6
92 Sodium bisulphate 42
93 Potassium dihydrogen phosphate 19.2
94 Dextrose monohydrate(Glucose) 70.6
95 NADP (Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate) 0.21
96 Glucose dehydrogenase 3.09
97 Ketosulfone reductase 5.97
98 2-Pentanone 773.67
99 Oleum 12.4
100 Chlorosulfonic acid 108.67
101 Borane THF 370
102 BMBN-Keto compound 10.06
103 DIPE( Diisopropylamine) 82
104 Acetic anhydride 2.1
105 Formic acid 1.04
106 Pd-C (Palladium catalyst) 23.62
107 Fumaric acid 0.241
108 2,4-Dichlorobenzoic acid (2,4-DCB) 265
109 Chlorosulfonic acid 440
110 Ammonia solution 488.5
111 Furfurylamine 562.5
112 Guaiacol 800
113 Tropine 1.25
114 Tropic acid 1.48
115 Isopropyl bromide 0.44
116 Butyric acid 300
117 L-Tartaric acid 344

209
 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION...10

118 HCl gas 8.75

119 4-Benzyl Albuterol 100
120 Dimethyl carbonate 500
121 Ammonia gas 125
122 Anisole 750
123 Aluminum chloride 1280.95
124 Sodium methoxide 360
125 R (-) Epichlorohydrin (EPCH) 434
126 Cat M 7
127 Isopropyl Amine 4800
128 Succinic Acid 63
129 Tartaric Acid 63
130 m-Phenoxy benzyl alcohol 150
131 DV Acid chloride (Cypermethric acid) 192
132 Tetrabutyl ammonium bromide (TBAB) 6
133 Sodium hypochlorite 220
134 Quinoline 520
135 Hydrogen peroxide 1145.5
136 Catalyst 14.6
137 Dimethyl sulfate (DMS) 885.3
138 NaCN (Sodium cyanide) 328.15
139 Methyl salicylate 218
140 Benzyl chloride 201
141 t-Butyl amine 162
142 NaBH4 (Sodium Borohydride) 61.1
143 3-(2-bromoacetyl)-salicylaldehyde 6.9
144 6-[(4-phenyl butoxy)hexyl]benzylamine 7.1
145 N-Benzyl Salmetrol 11.1
146 Xinafoic acid 2.9
147 Methyl ter-Butyl ether 41.7
148 Phenyl acetaldehyde 50
149 Malonic acid 73.33
150 Ammonium Formate 28.12
151 Scopine 1.25
152 MTDG 1.27
153 DBU 0.87
154 CDI 0.89
155 Benzylamine 2500
156 1,3-Cyclohexane dione 100
157 Phenyl hydrazine 96.43
158 Acetic acid 825
159 Zinc chloride 750
160 5% Pd-C 5
161 Diethyl bromoacetal 60

210
 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION...10

162 Methylamine 88
163 Potassium thiocyanate 26.5
164 2-Methyl Imidazole 105

10.4 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES, FLOW CHARTS CHEMICAL REACTION

AND MASS BALANCE OF PROPOSED PRODUCTS

Refer Appendix H for manufacturing process and mass balance of proposed products.

10.5 SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES

10.5.1 Water Pollution

Effluent generated from proposed activities would be segregated in two different streams, viz.
Stream – I (High COD & High TDS) and Stream – II (Low COD & Low TDS). The details
w.r.t effluents considered under Stream – I and Stream – II are as follows -

The Stream I effluent generated would be to the tune of 40 M3 / Day. Same comprise of
effluent from manufacturing operations viz. process effluent and washing. This effluent will
be treated in an ETP comprising of Screen Chamber, OG Removal Tank, Equalization Tank,
Flash Mixer, Flocculator, Tube Settler, Holding Tank followed by Triple Effect Evaporator
(TEE) and Agitated Thin Film Dryer (ATFD). The condensate from TEE to the tune of 36 M3
/ Day would be forwarded to Stream II for treatment. Further salts from TEE would be
forwarded to authorized reprocessor.

The Stream II effluents generated would be to the tune of 3 M3 / Day, MEE condensate from
Stream I of 36 M3 / Day. Stream II effluent shall be contributed by cooling blow down,
boiler blow down, DM Plant back wash and scrubber. The same will be treated Screen
Chamber, OG Removal Tank, Equalization Tank, Flash Mixer, Flocculator, Primary Tube
Settler (PTS), MBBR Tank, Secondary Tube Settler (STS), Holding Tank, Filter Feed Tank,
Sand and Carbon Filters and R.O. Unit & Sludge dewatering equipment. The treated water
from stream II of 29 M3 / Day would be recycled back for cooling make up, boiler blow
down, D.M back wash and gardening. The RO reject 7M3 / Day will be sent to MEE in
Stream-I treatment thereby achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD).

The domestic effluent from proposed activities of DCPL would be 5.4 M3/Day. The same
would be treated in proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and the treated effluent shall be
reused for flushing in toilets.

10.5.2 Air Pollution

The causes leading to air pollution from proposed DCPL project may include - (1) Point
source emissions (like fuel burning and manufacturing operations) from stacks, vents of
laboratory hood, distillation unit, reactor, storage tank, material loading / unloading
operations including tankers, vessels and trucks. (2) Fugitive emissions from pumps, valves,
flanges, sample collection, mechanical seals, relief devices, tanks etc. (3) Secondary
emissions from waste and wastewater treatment units, cooling tower, process sewer, sump,
spill and leak prone areas.

211
 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION...10

Coal, HSD would be used as fuel for boilers installed in proposed unit. D. G. set of 1010
KVA, which will install proposed unit. It will be used only during power failure.

10.5.3 Noise Pollution

 The source of noise generation would be the Boiler, Reactors, Compressors, D.G. Set and
MEE treatment plant etc.
 Major source of noise generation would be the Boiler house. Insulation helps in limiting
noise levels. The workers entering inside the plant are protected by earmuffs, which
would give the reduction of 30 dB (A).
 D.G. Sets would be provided with acoustic enclosure to reduce the noise levels.
 Green belt would be developed to attenuate the noise levels.

10.5.4 Solid Waste

Table 10.5 List of Solid Wastes

Sr.
Type of Waste Solid waste generation Disposal
No.
1. Ash Coal -2.4 MT/Day/ Sold to brick manufacturers
Biomass – 1.08 MT/Day for secondary use
2. Plastic & paper waste 2 MT/M
3. Empty Containers & 1000 No/M By Sale as scrap
Drums

10.5.5 Hazardous Waste

Table 10.6 Hazardous Waste Details

Sr. No Description Quantity Mode of Disposal

1. Cat.:28.1-Process Residues& Wastes 8 MT/M
To be forwarded to CHWTSDF
2. Cat.: 35.3 – ETP Sludge 5 MT/M
Would be sold to Authorized re-
3. Cat.: 35.3 – Salts generated from MEE 2 MT/M processor
Would be sold to Authorized Spent
4. Cat.: 28.6 Spent Solvent 50 MT/M Solvent re-processor
5. Cat.: 28.3 Spent Carbon 1.7 MT/M CHWTSDF
6. Cat.: 28.2 Spent Catalyst 0.07 MT/M CHWTSDF

The entire quantity of hazardous waste is handled and disposed as per Hazardous Waste
(Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2010.

10.5.6 Odour Pollution

 There are different odour sources in a chemical plant. The raw materials & product
storage places, process operations, loading / unloading sections etc. could give rise to
smell nuisance. To abate the same, the industry would be taken following steps and
actions-
 All the feed, loading & unloading pumps for products and raw materials would be fitted
with mechanical seals instead of glands to reduce leakages.
 Adoption of Good management practices (GMPs).

212
 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION...10

 Arranging awareness and training camps for workers.

 Provision and use of PPE like masks by everybody associated with odour prone areas.
 Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to
remove and control odour from work zone areas.

10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to

ascertain the following:
 State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity;
 Examine the efficiency of Pollution Control Systems installed in the plant;
 Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution;
 To assess environmental impacts

The project management will carry out the monitoring regularly and record shall be
maintained of the same

10.7 CONCLUSION
The proposed project of M/s. Devi Chemscience Private Limited (DCPL), will help to
elevate the economic growth at the local level as well as national level. It will also generate
the employment in the study region, thereby improving the standard of living in the region.
The proposed project activity would not disturb the land use pattern in the study region of 10
Km. No Rehabilitation is involved under this project as project established in to MIDC
Chincholi. There is a good demand of products manufactured from the proposed unit as out
of the total

Production 50 % of the products manufactured will be exported. The proposed project is

further beneficial for society without hampering the environment and thereby accomplishing
the aim of sustainable development.

213
 Chapter 11

DISCLOSURE OF
CONSULTANT
 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS …12
 

11.1 THE ORGANIZATION

Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL) is a major company under the 'Equinox
Group' (EG). It is one of the leading environmental consultants in the country and renders all
the environmental services, under one roof, needed by various industries. EG companies offer
services related to Environmental; Civil & Chemical Engineering, Pollution Control & its
abatement, Industrial Safety, health & Hygiene. EEIPL is an ISO 9001:2008 certified
organization (DNV-GL) that has been duly accredited through QCI – NABET for the
Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi as recognized
and approved ‘Environmental Consultant’ at the National Level. EG group is in
environmental business since 1997 and operates through its offices located in Kolhapur, New
Mumbai, Hyderabad and New Delhi in India as well as at Baltimore in Maryland; USA.
Moreover, the organization is having back up of a most modern laboratory infrastructure. The
NABL accredited lab, also approved by Govt. of India through the MoEFCC; New Delhi has
received certifications namely ISO/ IEC – 17025:2005.

The 'Equinox Group' have rendered services as well as expert consultation to a number of
industries such as sugar factories, power plants, distilleries, foundries, sponge iron & steel
plants, textile industries, bulk drug manufacturing units and chemical industries, food
processing & beverage manufacturing units, asbestos products & roofing, timber and particle
board Industries etc.

11.2 TECHNICAL KEY PERSONNEL

1. Dr. Sangram P. Ghugare (Chairman & MD)

Ph.D., ME (Environmental by Research), BE (Env.) AMIE (India), MISWA (Austria),
MIWA (UK), Chartered Engineer.
EIA Co-ordinator: (Sectors- Thermal Power Plants, Metallurgical Industries, Synthetic
Organic Chemicals, Distilleries, Sugar Industries)
Functional Area Expert (Cat. A - AP, WP, SHW)
30 years' all-round experience in Environmental and Civil Engineering consultation
services, civil construction & erection activities (cast in situ; prefabricated & pre-
stressed).
Doctoral research - ‘Study on Optimization of Surface Aerobic Bio-composting (SABC)
Process in the Distillery Wastewater Management.’ Patents for the research findings have
been applied for.
Master's degree program research – 'Engineering Aspects in the Treatment of Spentwash
by using Aquatic treatment System (ATS)'.
Worked on four research projects funded by MoEFCC, MNES and MEDA that
contemplated - innovative wastewater techniques and treatments (ATS), conservation of
resources, non-conventional energy recovery & utilization (pressmud, night soil,
vegetable wastes, poultry wastes, slaughter house wastes), environmental value addition
through by-product processing to gain energy / clean fuel, rural sanitation and hygiene
etc.
Involved in - preparation of DPRs for Lake Conservation projects (worth Rs. 315 Cr.) and
their implementation, assignments of procuring Environmental Clearance, rendering
services under pollution control and environmental management.

214
 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS …12
 

2. Ms. Sulakshna Ayarekar (Joint MD & In-charge -Projects)

M.Sc. (Env. Science), PGDEM & ISO 14000/14001, PG. DIP. Industrial Water & Waste
Water Treatment)
EIA Co-ordinator (Sectors - Asbestos milling and asbestos based products, Synthetic
Organic Chemicals, Distilleries)
Functional Area Expert (EB)
12 years’ experience in assignments of – Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
studies; environmental clearance jobs, environmental management & pollution control,
environmental monitoring & measurement.

3. Mr. Yuvraj N. Damugade (Executive Director & Sr. Env. Engineer)

BE (Env.)
Functional Area Expert (ISW, AP, AQ)
13 years’ experience in - designing of ETP, STP, water treatment system, EIA studies;
environmental clearance jobs, environmental management & pollution control, DPRs for
lake conservation projects and their implementation.

4. Mr. Jaydeep S. Patil (Dy. Engineer)

BE (Env.), DCE
Functional Area Expert (WP)
10 years’ experience in - environmental engineering and management, ETPs; STPs;
WTPs, Technical and administrative expertise in the DPRs on lake and river conservation
projects under NRCD (NLCP, SLCP) and their implementation, project monitoring and
performance evaluation.

5. Dr. Rohan J. Lad (Dy. Head- Projects)

Ph.D., M.Sc. (Env. Science), B.Sc. (Chem.), PG Dip (Industrial Safety, Health &
Environment)
Functional Area Expert (EB)
5 years' experience during doctoral research - Studies on the Impact of Mining Activities
on Environment in Kolhapur District. Seven years’ experience in air quality & noise
monitoring, Four research papers published in impact factor international & national
journals.

6. Prof. (Dr.) Jay S. Samant (Tech. Director -EB)

Ph.D. Zoology (Ecology), M.Sc. Zoology (Marine Biology), B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology
50 Years' all-round experience in Research, Admin, Teaching (PG & Ph.D.), Guide for 38
Research Scholars.
Member of National and International Committees / Organizations - Wetland
International Asia (WISA), Ex Member SEAC Committee Maharashtra, Ex Director
BNHS, Founder & Ex Head Environmental Science Department; Shivaji University;
Kolhapur, High Level Monitoring Committee (HLMC) on Mahabaleshwar - Panchgani
Eco-sensitive Zone; MoEFCC; Govt. of India, Governing Council; Salim Ali Centre for
Ornithology & Natural History (SACON); A Research Centre of Excellence under
MoEFCC, UGC's CAS Program to the Dept. of Zoology; University of Rajasthan,
Steering & Monitoring Committee; Indian Institute of Science Education and Research
(IISER); Pune, Maharashtra State Bio-Diversity Board, (MSBB); Govt. of Maharashtra,
World Commission on Protected Areas (WCPA); (IUCN) Switzerland, Founder
Secretary; World Wildlife Fund (WWF) India - Kolhapur Division (Maharashtra),
Coordinator- NAAC Peer Committee; UGC, Bird Hazards Research Group; AR&DB;

215
 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS …12
 

Ministry of Defence; Govt. of India, Steering Group for Biodiversity Conservation

Prioritization Project India funded by BCPP; WWF; USAID and UNDP, IXth Five Year
Plan Committee on Forest and Wildlife; MoEFCC, National Geographic Society;
Washington; USA, International Society for Tropical Ecology; Selection Committees for
senior scientists in Wildlife Institute of India (WII); MoEFCC & DST and for position of
Professor in Universities.

7. Dr. Anuradha J. Samant (Tech. Director -SE)

Ph.D. (Sociology), MA (Sociology), BA (Education, Sociology, Psychology)
40 Years' experience in Research, Teaching (PG & Ph.D.) Guide for 20 Research
Scholars.
Member of National Committees / Organizations - National initiative “Save the Western
Ghats March” (A pioneering environmental movement in peninsular India), IWSA
(Indian Women Scientist Association); An NGO - DEVRAAI (Development Research,
Awareness & Action Institute), Vanita Sanskruti Sanstha, Peoples Regional Protection
Movement SESA (Sahyadri Ecologically Sensitive Area); Maharashtra, Goa and
Karnataka, Maharashtra State representative of PCRA (Petroleum Conservation &
Research Association), Conducted 88 workshops for teachers; women and youth in
Maharashtra.

8. Dr. Jaysingh B. Ghugare (Tech. Director -SC)

Ph.D.(Horticulture), M.Sc., B.Sc. (Agri.)
45 Years' experience in Research, Teaching and Administration, Ex-Director Horticulture
Department; Govt. of Maharashtra. Active involvement in development of select fruit
species of commercial importance (grapes, mangoes, coconut etc.), expertise in soil
science.

9. Dr. Jotiram B. Pishte (Emp. Expert – HG;GEO)

Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Sc. (Geology)
40 Years' experience in Research, Teaching and Admin., Principal Gopal Krishna
Gokhale College; Kolhapur, Special expertise in geology and hydrogeology.

10. Dr. Bahubali N. Patil (Emp. Expert -SE)

Ph.D. (HR Dev. in Co-op Banks), M.Phil., MSW (HR), BA (Economics), PG Dip. Env.,
PG Dip. HRD
30 Years' experience in Research, Teaching and Admin; Professor in Shahu Institute of
Business Education & Research, Kolhapur, Expertise in socioeconomics.

11. Prof. Jayant M. Gadgil (Emp. Expert -AQ)

ME (Env. Engg.), BE (Civil Engg.), DCE
40 Years' experience in Research, Teaching in Engineering Colleges, Shivaji University
Departments, Special expertise in Air Pollution Control & Air Quality Modeling Studies
and Research.

12. Prof. (Dr.) Nanik S. Varandani (Emp. EIA Co-ordinator-Synthetic Organic Chemicals
Sector)
Ph.D. (Renewable Energy), ME (Env. Engg.), AMIE (Civil Engg.), DCE
39 Years' experience in Environmental Research and consulting in environment related
issues, Consultant for Gujarat Energy Research and Management Institute (GERMI),
Gandhinagar.

216
 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS …12
 

13. Asso. Prof. Sunil S. Shaha (Emp. Expert - WP)

ME, BE (Env. Engg.), DCE
25 Years' experience in Teaching, Project Management Consultancy through KIT's
College of Engineering; Kolhapur and Shivaji University Departments, Special expertise
in Water Pollution Control; Solid as well as Hazardous Wastes Management.

14. Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula (Emp. Expert - LULC, NV & SHW)

M.Sc. (Geo-info Science for Environmental Modelling and Management), BE (Civil
Engg.), PG Dip in Industrial Pollution Prevention and Control.
8 Years' experience in the areas of EIA, 3D noise mapping & modeling, Land use and
land cover mapping, Remote sensing processing, GIS mapping and Ground vibration
studies.

15. Mr. Vinod Sahasrabudhhe (Emp. Expert -RH)

ME (Chem. Engg.), B.Tech.
41 Years' experience in the area of risk assessment & hazard management, Team member
– Vardharajan Committee set up by Govt. of India to investigate MIC gas leak tragedy
UCIL Bhopal.

16. Mr. B. S. Lole (Emp. Expert - SC)

M.Sc. (Agri.) B.Sc. (Agri.)
46 Years' experience in the area of Research & Study in Soil survey and soil
conservation, Research & Teaching for R. S. & GIS in SAC, ISRO, Ahmedabad

17. Ms. Sai Mohite (Associate FAE - WP)

M.Sc. (Env. Sc.), B.Sc. (Ind. Microbiology)
3 Years' experience in subordinate capacity in - coordinating EIA studies, preparation of
EIA reports, environmental monitoring, environmental management and pollution
control.

18. Mr. Neeraj Powar (Associate FAE - SE)

M.S.W. (URCD), B.A.
3 Years' experience in the field of socio-economic studies, rural-urban community
development.

19. Ms. Dipali S. Ingale ( Functional Area Associate – HG;GEO)

M.Sc. B.Sc. (Geology)
3 Years' experience in preparation of mining plans for mining of major and minor
minerals.

20. Mr. Vaibhav V. Survase (Functional Area Associate – HG;GEO)

M.Sc. B.Sc. (Geology)
3 Years' experience in preparation of mining plans for mining of major and minor
minerals.

217
 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS …12
 

11.3 SERVICES OFFERED

1) Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies, EIA Report preparation, conducting

public hearing and procurement of Environmental Clearance (EC) from Government of
India (MoEFCC) & State Governments.
2) Consultation on - compliance of EC conditions, SPCB Consent conditions, Post EC
certification assignments.
3) Environmental Management Services - SPCB Consents, Env. Auditing, Water Cess &
Hazardous Wastes Returns, Effluent & Emission Monitoring, Performance Evaluation
and O & M of Waste Treatment Facilities, Up-gradation of Treatment Systems,
Technical & Legal Consultation.
4) ETPs, STPs, WTPs & APC Equipment (Planning, Designing, Erection, Commissioning
& Turnkey Projects)
5) Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Management services
6) Planning, designing and implementation of green belt development as well as rain water
harvesting system.
7) Procurement of Ground Water Abstraction (GWA) clearance from Central Ground Water
Abstraction (CGWA) & Ministry of Water Resource (MoWR); New Delhi, Government
of India.
8) Procurement of clearance from National Board for Wild Life (NBWL); New Delhi,
Govt. of India for projects located in sanctuaries, national parks and other protected areas
as well as in their ESZs.
9) Planning, designing and installation of groundwater aquifer monitoring infrastructure
with Piezomener Stations Networking and Hydro-Geological Surveys.
10) Consultation on - Resource & Energy conservation, Non-conventional energy utilization,
Noise; Ventilation; Illumination & Temperature profile surveys, Occupational Health &
Safety.
11) Procurement of ISO 14000:14001 accreditation for proects.
12) Revival and conservation of Lakes and Rivers under National Plan for Conservation of
Aquatic Eco-System (NPCA) (Central Govt.) and State Lake Conservation Plan (State
Govt.)

218
219
 NATIONAL ACCREDITATION BOARD FOR EDUCATION & TRAINING
QUALITY COUNCIL OF INDIA
QCI Office, 6th Floor, ITPI Building, Ring Road, I.P. Estate, New Delhi
Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations
Accreditation Committee Meeting for Surveillance Assessment held on
February 09, 2018

The following members were present during the meeting:

1. Dr. S.R. Wate - Chairman

2. Dr. G.K. Pandey - Member
3. Dr. S. P.Chakrabarti - Member
4. Prof. Umesh Kulshrestha - Member

Prof. B.B. Dhar, Dr. Nalini Bhat , Prof. C.P. Kaushik and Prof. G.J. Chakrapani expressed their inability to
attend the meeting.

Mr. A.K. Jha – Senior Director, Dr.S.K Mishra – Joint Director, Dr. Pawan Kumar Singh – Assisstant
Director and Ms.Meenakshi Arora – Accreditation Officer were present in the meeting.

1.0 Case for Surveillance Assessment

The following case was discussed and decisions taken as noted below.

1.1 Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd, Kolhapur

The ACO has been assessed as per Version 3 of the Scheme. Result of the 2nd Surveillance assessment
(SA) is given below :

1.1.1 Category of Approval :

ACO has scored more than 60% marks. Hence, the organization accreditation is continued with
Cat.A.

1.1.2 Scope of Accreditation

Sector No.(MoEFCC
NABET
Sl. Cat. Notification dated Sep.
Scheme Sector Description
No. 14, 2006 and
Sectors
Amendments)
Mining of minerals including opencast /
1 1 A 1 (a) (i)
underground mining
2 4 Thermal power plants B 1 (d)

SA- 216thAC Meeting Feb 9,2018 Page 1

220
 3 8 Metallurgical industries both primary & secondary B 3 (a)
4 12 Asbestos milling and asbestos based products A 4 (c )
5 13 Chlor-alkali industry A 4 (d)
Pesticides industry and pesticide specific
6 17 A 5 (b)
intermediates (excluding formulations)
Petro-chemical complexes (industries based on
7 18 processing of petroleum fractions & natural gas A 5 (c)
and/or reforming to aromatics)
Petrochemical based processing (processes other
8 20 than cracking &reformation and not covered under A 5 (e)
the complexes)
Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye
intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates
9 21 excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; A 5 (f)
basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic
chemicals and chemical intermediates)
10 22 Distilleries A 5 (g)
11 25 Sugar Industry B 5 (j)
Common hazardous waste treatment, storage and
12 32 A 7 (d)
disposal facilities (TSDFs)
Common municipal solid waste management
13 37 B 7 (i)
facility (CMSWMF)
14 38 Building and construction projects B 8 (a)
15 39 Townships and Area development projects B 8 (b)
16 40(ii) Electro Plating and metal Processing A -
17 40(v) Food Processing A -

1.1.3 Sectors approved for EIA Coordinators (ECs)

a.Assessed as per SA norms – for ECs approved earlier:

Earlier approval status Approval status

Sl. (in RA/subsequently) (after SA)
Name Remarks
No. Sectors Sectors
Cat. Cat.
approved approved
In-house
4 B CA B
21 B CA A
1 Sangram Ghugare Upgraded to Cat. A in Sector 21.
22 A CA A
25 B CA B
2 Sulakshana Ayarekar 21 B CA A Upgraded to Cat. A in Sector 21.
Empanelled
32 B CA A
3 Vinay kumar Kurakula Upgraded to Cat. A in Sector 32
37 B CA B

b. Assessed as per IA norms – for new Sectors of approved ECs and fresh ECs proposed:

Sl. Functional Area

Name Cat. Remarks
No. Applied Recommended Approved

SA- 216thAC Meeting Feb 9,2018 Page 2

221
Sl. Functional Area
Name Cat. Remarks
No. Applied Recommended Approved
In-house
1 Dipali Survase 1 No No - Absent
12 Yes Yes A
Sulakshana Ayarekar
2 22 Yes Yes A None
25 Yes Yes B
3 Sangram Ghugare 8 Yes Yes B None
Empanelled
13 Yes Yes A
20 Yes Yes A
Ramdas Wani
5 21 Yes Yes A None
38 Yes Yes B
39 Yes Yes B
6 Vivek Navare 1 Yes Yes A None
17 Yes Yes A
18 Yes Yes A
Yes Yes *40(ii & v only)
7 Bhaskar Thorat 21 A
22 Yes Yes A
40* Yes Yes A

1.1.4 Functional Areas (FA) approved for Functional Area Experts (FAEs)

a. Assessed as per SA norms – for FAEs approved earlier:

Earlier approval status Approval status

(in RA/subsequently) (after SA)
Sl. No. Name Remarks
FAs FAs
Cat. Cat.
approved approved
In-house
AP A CA A
1
Sangram P. Ghugare WP A CA A None
SHW A CA A
2 Sulakshna Ayarekar EB B CA A Upgraded to Cat. A.
AQ B CA A
Yuvraj Damugade Upgraded to Cat. A in
3 AP B CA A
AQ and AP.
HW B CA B
4 Jay Samant EB A CA A None
5 Anuradha J. Samant SE A CA A None
6 Jaydeep Patil WP B CA B None
AP B CA B
7 Rohan Lad None
EB B CA B
Empanelled
8 Jayant M. Gadgil AQ A CA A None
Geo A CA A
9 Jotiram Pishte None
HG A CA A
10 Vinod Sahasrabuddhe RH A CA A None
RH A CA A
11 Ramdas Wani None
SHW A CA A
12 B. N. Patil SE B ANC - Absent.
13 Vinay Kumar Kuruakula LU A CA A None

SA- 216thAC Meeting Feb 9,2018 Page 3

222
 Earlier approval status Approval status
(in RA/subsequently) (after SA)
Sl. No. Name Remarks
FAs FAs
Cat. Cat.
approved approved
NV A CA A
SHW B CA B

b. Assessed as per IA norms – approved experts for new functional areas and fresh FAEs proposed:

Sl. Functional Area

Name Cat. Remarks
No. Applied Recommended Approved
Inhouse
Sandip Manglekar AP Yes Yes B
1 None
NV Yes Yes B
SHW - - - Candidature withdrawn
2 SwapnaN. Ghatge
RH - - -
3 Tejas Patil AQ Yes Yes B None
SHW - - -
Candidature withdrawn
4 Pragatee Murkute RH - - -
NV - - -
5 Rohan Lad RH Yes Yes B None
6 Sai Mohite WP Yes Yes B None
7 Neeraj Powar SE Yes Yes B None
Vaibhav Survase HG Yes Yes B
8 None
Geo Yes Yes B
Empanelled
Jayant Gadgil AP Yes Yes A
9 None
WP Yes Yes A
10 B.S. Lole SC Yes Yes A None
Sunil Shaha WP Yes Yes A
11 None
SW Yes Yes A
RH Yes Yes A
12 Ramdas Wani SHW Yes Yes A None
AQ Yes Yes B
RH Yes Yes A
Bhaskar Thorat
13 WP Yes Yes A *HW only.
SHW* Yes Yes A

1.1.5 Functional Area Associates (FAAs)

a.FAAs Approved

Approval status Remarks

SI. No. Name (after SA) Name of FAE/Mentor
FA Status
In-house
AP Continue Sangram Ghugare None
1 Tejas Patil
HW Continue Sangram Ghugare

SA- 216thAC Meeting Feb 9,2018 Page 4

223
b.FAAs Proposed

Approval status Remarks

SI. No. Name (after SA) FAE/Mentor
Applied Approved
In-house
1 Gandhar Ghanekar HW Yes Vinay Kumar None
Snehal Powar SC Yes B.S. Lole None
2
NV Yes Vinay Kumar
Pooja Sarnaik WP Yes Sai Mohite None
3
SHW Yes Sangram Ghugare

Note: The following will be communicated to the ACO by NABET

1. Detailed observations and reasons for alerts
2. Results of balance candidates and details of the assessment

The meeting concluded with a vote of thanks to the Chair.

Issued by
A K Jha
Senior Director
QCI-NABET

SA- 216thAC Meeting Feb 9,2018 Page 5

224
 Abbreviations:

ACO - Accredited Consultant Organization

AC - Accreditation Committee
IA - Initial Accreditation
SA - Surveillance Assessment
EC - EIA Coordinator
FA - Functional Area
FAE - Functional Area Expert
FAA - Functional Area Associate
CA - Continue by Assessment
CWA - Continue with alert
ANC - Approval Not continued

SA- 216thAC Meeting Feb 9,2018 Page 6

225
226
227
@ q. d. gdo-llOO+l9g REGD, NO. D. L.-33004199

ehe 6oz of SrLdio

3I{TTETRgT

EXTRAORDINARY
eilrr II-€qg 3-srT-Elug (ii)
PART Il-Section 3-Sub-section (ii)

crfrr*.R +qqrRrd
PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY
F. 3s2l T$ m, yJifi-rR, q1qfr to, 20'17 Afiq 21 , 19gB
No. 3521 NEW DELHI. FRIDAY. FEBRUARY 10. 2017IMAGHA 2I,1938

TqiT{qr, qc *( qtr+rg qFr{q qT-cq

Brfuqsir
i-{ R"ft, t o .r-c4ft, zot z

sl.q[. 388(e{1.-+fi-q scfiR, [qfd{q- lgeo t ft+q to h wq qfu6, qqf{$l

(€rewr1 fr-Tq,
({{H"T) ertfR-{q, 1986 (1986 6-r ZOl ft are- ft werr{r (t ) * ds (q) st( erKr 13 dr{I Tffi erRFq} 6I
'12

trqtq-s-G 6q *{ i-isrtrfi rtrrtr T.+r{ + .rqtflur qt< +c qarcq ft 3lfltrFir d. +t.cil. I lz+ 1et;, a-rfru
t e E-m€, zooz t ffifu+ qk risfra-{ q;cfi e qqfE :-

s+ qfdqq;n t F"i-{ o.t6+r t -

(+) Fq (cqi6 12, 16, 18, 21 , 22, 47 , 75, 76,77 , 88,89, 90,91 *t gz aqr v+t trfdrd rMi +
rqFr rR ffifu+ Fq Ticqiq 3{tt rRBqi {ft qr$ft, eT.rk .-
(1) (2) (3) (4)

12 ffi*A-ftdqffitrq (1) t'fi fi-qr rEqTq srrer{

1qq-{rq{itz fru-s tc&) (2) ffi rrFn d-<rs g-<-{r+
09.02.2017
* + %, \nT.q{ 10, (3) {"ft wfsdT ft-ftel frqft
t
e-rffi Er$trtT ffie, ftrrinq riiiqr+r 08.02.2022
EiFfi-cf, + ffi-tr, gq 411004, T{r<tE
to M ftz6ri ,itr+Tft n-us sfrM TTFq (1) sr. €ftq gut+ vrr+ 09.02.2017
frfrZs (\r{4TT.i'r ttqi-z qw 121
,fi tgo qeqq wEiT +
E-SftqR-{r Fftta-a), q{or rq, s*q-
(3) ,ffi F=-qrft <-iftc
08.02.2022
sfr'.ftfr, Tfr q-ilG-flqq cftf,{, fr BtT€ ft
qfftq + qrq, f,qffi q-.R, {dr-+t t oos,
qef{r6z
18 frryf +}ffi ftq=i slr?rrr. t-flz ri. 338/1. 1t1 fr ft-ftrr ar{vlg q2q 09.02.2017
(2) ffi- fr-{-{ I+eI ftrfr
744 GU20t1

228
ENCLOSURE
 No.IA-J-11011/580/2017-IA-II(I)
Goverment of India
Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change
Impact Assessment Division
***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,

Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,
Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003
05 Feb 2018

To,

M/s DEVI CHEMSCIENCE PRIVATE LIMITED

Plot No.13, Revenue Colony, Talegaon- Chakan Road, TalegaonDabhade, Dist. Pune,
Maharashtra.,
Pune-410507
Maharashtra

Tel.No.02114-224653; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest
and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA
study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of
the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the
prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are
given below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/MH/IND2/71771/2017

2. Name of the Proposal: M/s. Devi Chemscience Private Limited

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(f) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes

& dye intermediates; bulk

5. Date of submission for TOR: 22 Dec 2017

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR
for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment
management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation
as follows:

229
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/
ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(f):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SYNTHETIC
ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE
INTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES
EXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS;
BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC
CHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES) AND
INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT
A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE
1) Executive Summary
2) Introduction
i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation
ii. Information about the project proponent
iii. Importance and benefits of the project
3) Project Description
i. Cost of project and time of completion.
ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.
iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land
is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.
iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.
v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities
vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.
vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,
man-power requirement (regular and contract)
viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet
(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided
ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.
x. Expansion/modernization proposals:
c. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for
the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the
latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests
as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated
in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In

230
 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR
PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operation
of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.
d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not
taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification
2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and
Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and
CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance
report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.
4) Site Details
i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification
for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.
ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale
on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)
iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site
iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.
v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.
vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant
area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout
of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.
vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show
photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.
viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/
private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not
required for industrial area)
ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be
incorporated. Land use details of the study area
x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.
xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km
radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence
frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the
project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field
projects)
xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process
and expected time of complete possession of the land.
xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

231
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/
ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and
recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)
ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating
the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)
iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest
status shall be submitted.
iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,
Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly
authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location
and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.
v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State
Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.
vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the
Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.
6) Environmental Status
i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-
meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction
and rainfall.
ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other
parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based
CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone
and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the
NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for
each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure
to the EIA Report.
iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)
and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.
v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if
yes give details.
vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.
vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.
viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.
ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,
additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

232
 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR
PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area
shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-
I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and
furnished.
xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.
7) Impact and Environment Management Plan
i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on
site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the
AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for
determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources
of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of
the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality
contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation
nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.
ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body
iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment
hall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and
finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-
cum-rail transport shall be examined.
iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused
for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics
of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)
Rules.
v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.
vi. Measures for fugitive emission control
vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies
of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be
included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover
techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.
viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed
plan of action shall be provided.
ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than
1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall
be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening
of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.
x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest
rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to

233
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/
ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water
requirement from other sources.
xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures
shall be included.
xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.
xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management
Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be
linked with District Disaster Management Plan.
8) Occupational health
i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual
workers
ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being
evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far
& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and
periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed
data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department
wise.
iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards
and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,
what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers
can be preserved,
iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and
Safety.
9) Corporate Environment Policy
i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of
Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.
ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring
into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /
conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the
environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance
conditions? Details of this system may be given.
iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental
norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at
large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

234
 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR
PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the
labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during
operation phase.
11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)
i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise
Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time
bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be
elaborated upon.
12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law
against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice
under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water
Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.
13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCEFOREIASTUDIES FOR SYNTHETIC

ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES;
BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUG
FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANIC
CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS AND
CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES)
1. Detailsonsolvents to be used,measuresfor solventrecovery and for emissions control.
2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.
3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, otherprocess-specificpollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,
HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-asapplicable)
4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.
5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including ssegregation of effluent streams for units adopting
'Zero' liquid discharge.
6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.
7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly
that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.
8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in
TSDF, if any.
9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.
10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.
11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

234
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/
ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

12. Details of incinerator if to be installed.

13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling
& safety system to be incorporated.
14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

***

236
 at."-. .'.
'. ::ji.
DeVi' Chemscience Pvt. Ltd.
The Right Chemistry

Plot No 7, CTS 2224. Valan Nagar,

Ta eqaor Oabhade. Dst. Pune 410507

T :+91 8390003535
E : info@[email protected]
wW.devichemscience.com

DECLARATION clN. u24232PN20i2PtC1452t 5

This is to state that the 'EIA Report' submitted herewith has been prepared in
respect of our Proposed Bulk Drugs and Intermediates manufacturing unit
Deyi Chemscience Pvt. Ltd., located at Plot No. C-174l1, MIDC Chincholi,
Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur, MS.

The information, data and details presented in this report are true to the best of
our knowledge. The primary and secondary data have been generated through
actual exercise conducted from time to time as well as procured from the
concemed Govt. offices / departments has been incorporated here subsequent to
necessary processlng, ion and compilation.

c{:ts,
!'i* ,o;1;t
r,,".ti':i,.,2
\-.l:,,--
Dr, Ramsingh S. Rawat Dr. Sangram P. Ghugare
(Director) (Chairman & Managing Director)
Devi Chemscience Pvt. Ltd. M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd.,
Plot No.C-174l1, MIDC Chincholi, Tal.: (EEIPL)
Mohol, Dist.: Solapur, MS. F- 11, Namdev Nest 1160-8, 'E' Ward
Sykes Extension opp. of Kamala College,
Kolhapur 416 001
Project Proponent Environmental Consultant